Skip to main content

Full text of "The Improvement Era"

See other formats 


JPul  Vkw  ysuvc 


SEE   PAGE   2 


JANUARY,  1940 

VOLUME  43  NUMBER  1 
RETURR  POSTAGE  GUARANTEED 
SALT    LAKE    CITY,    UTAH 


M 


''■■■■■.*j8PS™-.v 


aP«: 


«ns 


a* ' 


r 


Plows  and  tillage  tools  of  every  variety  and  descrip- 
tion, for  all  soil  and  land  conditions,  are  available  in 
the  McCormick-Deering  line.  They  are  built  in  sev- 
eral sizes  to  make  possible  the  most  advantageous  use 
of  the  power  and  speed  in  each  of  the  new  Farmalls, 


•  Planters  and  cultivators  to  meet  every 
need  have  always  been  outstanding  equip- 
ment for  McCormick-Deering  Farmalls. 
And  this  is  just  as  true  today  with  the  new 
Farmalls.  A  great  new  line  of  tools  has 
been  engineered  by  Harvester  for  these 
new  all-purpose  tractors. 


Cjreat  strides  in  design  have  been 
made  for  1940  by  International  Har- 
vester engineers!   The  good  values 
of  other  years  have  been  outdone  all 
along  the  line.  Unless  you  have  seen 
the  new  McCormick-Deering  Tools,  with  their  new  crop- saving, 
time-saving  improvements,  you  have  no  idea  what  really  good 
farm  equipment  can  do  for  you. 

Introduction  of  the  jour  neiv  Farmalls  has  brought  an  en- 
tirely new  line  of  simplified,  improved  Farmall  machines.  Many 
are  designed  for  use  with  the  wonderful  new  "Lift -All"  hydrau- 
lic lift.  Others  are  built  for  manual  operation  and  are  priced  at 
new  low  levels. 

Tractor  drawbar  machines  and  horse-drawn  machines  have 
come  in  for  their  full  share  of  improvement.  There  are  out- 
standing values  in  store  for  you  in  plows,  tillage  tools,  plant- 
ing equipment,  etc. 

McCormick-Deering  dairy  equipment  is  setting  a  new  pace 
with  a  brand-new  cream-and-stainless-steel  cream  separator,  a 
new  portable  milker,  and  modern  coolers  in  new  sizes. 

So  it  goes!  New  values—new  improvements— new  opportu- 
nities to  save  by  seeing  the  International  Harvester  dealer!  See 
his  display  of  1940  tractors  and  tools— or  phone  him  and  ask 
him  to  come  out  to  your  place. 

Company 


International   Harvester 

(INCORPORATED) 

180  North  Michigan  Avenue 


Chicago,  Illinois 


McCORMICK-DEERING 

Farm  Operating  Equipment 


£xpfo/iwo^  Uul  cUmv&hASL 


By  Franklin  S.  Harris,  Jr. 


Tn  some  of  the  Ural  provinces  of  the 
*•  Soviet  Republic,  snow  is  packed  into 
underground  chambers  during  the  win- 
ter months,  furnishing  the  people  their 
only  source  of  water  supply  during 
the  dry  season.  The  natives  at  Point 
Barrow,  Alaska,  store  ice  for  water  to 
be  used  during  the  long  Arctic  winter. 
4 

HPhe  pressure  exerted  by  the  sunlight 
on  the  earth  when  absorbed  by  the 
earth  is  very  small,  just  less  than  a 
trillionth  of  an  atmosphere.  Yet  the 
fact  that  the  tails  of  comets  always 
curve  away  from  the  sun  has  been  ex- 
plained by  the  pressure  of  the  sunlight 
on  the  very  thinned-out  matter  in  com- 
ets' tails. 


Cpiders  and  flies  serve  science  by 
***  making  possible  better  instruments. 
The  so-called  cross-hairs  used  in  every 
telescope,  range-finder,  or  other  optical 
instrument  of  precision  are  not  hairs 
but  filaments  of  spiderweb.  Spiderweb 
threads  are  used  because  they  are  fine, 
stronger  than  steel  wires  of  the  same 
size,  and  elastic  enough  to  hold  them- 
selves tight  and  hence  straight.  Fine 
platinum  wire  is  usually  too  coarse. 
Radiometers,  to  measure  radiation,  are 
made  of  a  pair  of  vanes  extending  from 
each  side  of  a  quartz  fiber  support. 
Some  of  the  best  radiometers  have  been 
made  from  wings  of  flies. 
4 

VI7inners  in  a  modern  plastics  compe- 
*^  tition  included  such  varied  items 
as  an  all-plastic  shoe  heel  that  won't 
split,  peel,  mar,  or  crack;  molded  plastic 
jewelry;  dentures;  a  garment  hanger 
that  keeps  clothes  from  slipping  off  the 
sides  and  contains  clips  for  sleeveless 
dresses;  and  a  transparent,  plastic  clari- 
net. The  new  Annex  of  the  Library 
of  Congress  received  a  major  award 


for  its  many  different  uses  of  laminated 
plastics  such  as  table  tops,  corridor  wall 
panels,  book  shelves,  and  drawer  fronts. 

4 

f"^N  Admiral  Byrd's  former  expedition 
^■^  to  the  Antarctic  he  found  that  his 
flashlights  wouldn't  work  at  forty  de- 
grees below  zero  Fahrenheit  because 
the  chemical  reaction  in  the  batteries 
was  slowed  down  too  much.  On  the 
new  expedition  he  is  taking  sixteen 
panes  of  non-frosting  window  panes 
called  "Therm opane."  These  three- 
foot  by  one-foot-nine-inch  panes  will 
be  skylights  in  the  prefabricated  labora- 
tories to  be  established.  The  new  win- 
dows are  made  of  layers  of  heat-tem- 
pered glass  with  the  space  in  between 
filled  with  moisture  free  air.  ( See  p.  28 
for  review  of  Byrd's  book  Alone. ) 
4 

HThe  average  person  grows  up  with  a 
right  arm  bigger  than  his  left. 
Measurements  by  Professor  C.  R.  Van 
Dusen  further  found  that  the  right  arm 
is  more  likely  to  be  longer,  among  chil- 
dren more  so  than  among  adults. 
4 

"TtiMORS  are  found  even  in  the  gnat- 
sized  Drosophila,  a  fly  much 
studied  by  geneticists.  In  certain 
strains  these  tumors  appear  generation 
after  generation  in  the  digestive  tract. 
They  are  six-linked,  appearing  only 
in  males,  of  which  they  kill  half.  In 
another  strain  the  tumors  appear  in 
both  sexes  but  do  not  kill. 
4 

Tf  you  can't  grow  wisdom  teeth  or  a 
full  set  of  teeth  it  isn't  your  fault. 
Failure  to  grow  a  full  set  of  teeth  is  an 
hereditary  trait  and  is  linked  to  hair 
color.  Members  of  a  family  strain 
with  the  same  tooth  deficiency  tend  to 
have  the  same  color  of  hair. 

(Continued  on  page  3) 


TE1EFACT 


WING  BEATS  OF  INSECTS 

M  )))))))) 

COMMON  HOUSE  FLY   160  BEATS  PER  SECOND 

Y)))))))V 

190 

)))))))))))) 

240 

Science  Service-Pictorial  Statistics,  Inc.TO-U 


BUMBLE  BEE 


Nothing  less  than  Genuine 
IRON  FIREMAN  Coal  Heat 

TOl    IYI6  . . .  says  Carl  W,  Horchler 

His  beautiful  home  (pictured  below), 
shows  that  Carl  W.  Horchler  knows 
and  appreciates  the  good  things  of 
life.  He  determined  to  have  the  finest, 
most  luxurious  automatic  heating 
obtainable.  He  decided  on  Iron 
Fireman,  firing  an  air  conditioning 
furnace.  Three  years'  enjoyment  of 
Iron  Fireman  heating  has  confirmed 
his  selection.  It  gives  him  abundant 
heat,  with  plenty  of  reserve  capacity ; 
self -regulation ;  automatic  starting; 
cleanliness,  quietness,  convenience; 
Iron  Fireman  dependability. 

NO  COAL  HANDLING  .  .  .  and  So  Economical 

The  Coal  Flow  Iron  Fireman  (pictured 
above),  feeds  direct  from  bin  to  fire — 
there's  no  coal  handling!  All  Iron  Fireman 
burners  use  stoker  coal — the  most  eco- 
nomical of  all  automatic  fuels.  We  will 
make  a  free  heating  survey  of  your  home 
and  quote  you  our  easy  terms. 


Residence  of  Carl  W.  Horchler,  Lexington  Road, 
near  Mansfield,  Ohio. 

IRON  FIREMAN 

Automatic  Coal  Firing 


Iron  Fireman  Mfg.  Co..  Portland,  Oregon;  Cleveland;  Toronto. 
Mail  to  3261  West  106th  Street,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

□  Please  make  survey  and  quote  me  on  Iron  Fireman. 

□  Please  send  free  "27  Ways  to  Plan  a  Basement." 


N»me_ 


Address_ 


/Hmprouemenriira 

"The  Glory  of  God  is  Intelligence" 

JANUARY,   1940 

VOLUME    43  NUMBER    1 


Heber  J.  Grant, 
John  A.  Widtsoe, 

Editors 
Richard  L.  Evans, 

Managing  Editor 
Marba  C.  Josephson, 

Associate  Editor 

Georqe  Q.  Morris,  General  Mgr. 
Lucy  G.  Cannon,  Associate  Mgr. 
J.  K.   Orton,  Business  Mgr. 


"THE    VOICE    OF    THE    CHURCH" 

OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF  THE  PRIESTHOOD  QUORUMS, 
MUTUAL  IMPROVEMENT  ASSOCIATIONS,  DEPART- 
MENT OF  EDUCATION,  MUSIC  COMMITTEE,  WARD 
TEACHERS,  AND  OTHER  AGENCIES  OF  THE  CHURCH 
OF     JESUS     CHRIST     OF     LATTER-DAY     SAINTS. 

The  First  Presidency's  Greeting , 9 

The  Gospel  of  Work Stephen  L  Richards  10 

The  First  Day  of  the  Swarm Helen  S,  Williams  12 

Bee-Hive  Girls  in  Action 13 

Bee-Hive  Jubilee  Year— 1915-1940 Ileen  Ann  Waspe  16 

Evidences  and  Reconciliations:    XX — Why  Did  Joseph  Smith, 

the  Prophet,  Need  the  Help  of  the  Urim  and  Thummim? 

'....„ John  A,  Widtsoe  33 

Bee-Hive — A  Worldwide  Program 48 


Melvin  J.  Ballard's  Story  of  His 

Favorite  Hymn 4 

Anti-Tobacco-Liquor  Campaign: 

A   Rhodes    Scholar    and    the 

Word   of   Wisdom,    James 

Nash 5 

How  I  Conquered  the  Tobac- 
co Habit,  Robert  P.  Adams..     6 

Is  It  O.  K.? 38 

Alcohol  and  Accidents 38 

Word  of  Wisdom  Review 42 

The  Church  Moves  On 30 

Priesthood:      Melchizedek 38 

Achievement  Standards  Set 
by  250th  Quorum  of  Sev- 
enty, B.  Y.  Harbertson 39 

Word  of  Wisdom  Review 42 


Aaronic  i 41 

Ward  Teaching  43 

Genealogy    44 

Music:      Confidence    in    Choir 
Conducting,  Frank  W.  Asper  45 
Church     Music     Steps     Up, 
Tracy  Y.  Cannon 45 

Mutual  Messages: 

M  Men-Gleaner 46 

Junior  46 

Bee-Hive 46 

Latter-day  Saint  Girls  Win- 
ners, Marian  Nicholson 47 

Field  Photos 47,  50 

Hawaii  Says  Aloha,  Roscoe  C. 
Cox  and  Hilton  A.  Robertson  51 


SpAcitzL  J<&atuMJu 


Decision! Jack  Sears  14 

It  Happened  in  Mexico James  P.  Sharp  22 

Personal  Progress  Through  Wise  Money  Management 

Ira  J.  Markham  24 

The  Common  Source  of  Religious  Truth — Part  II — Baptism.... 

Milton  R.  Hunter  26 

Voices  and  Virtues Susan  Fulton  34 

Exploring  the  Universe,  Frank-            Homing:     Voices  and  Virtues, 
lin  S.  Harris,  Jr 1  Susan  Fulton  34 


Telefacts  1,  3,  4,  5 

Bible  Goes  On  Ever  More  and 

More   5 

How  Useless  Truth 7 

On  the  Book  Rack 28 


The  Cook's  Corner,  Barbara 

B.  Burnett  37 

Index  to  Advertisers  54 

Your  Page  and  Ours  64 


Year's  End Richard  L.  Evans  32 

Crime  Begins — Early! Richard  L.  Evans  32 

A  Tribute  to  Bee-Hive Marba  C.  Josephson  32 

J'LdtiotL,  (pvsdJu^,  tfAoA&w&tcL  (pu%$JbL 

Scotch  Wooing Janet  Silver  Blake  17 

Hole-in-the-Rock — A  True  Mormon  Story 

Sullivan  C*  Richardson  18 

The  Blue  Pitcher— A  Short  Short  Story Ruth  H.  Helm  23 

Frontispiece:     Only  the  Spirit,  Where    Has    the   Dark    Gone? 

Frances  Hall  _.     8  Nell  Cox  34 

Poetry  Page  29       Scriptural  Crossword  Puzzle  ....  62 

JPul  Qov&u 

This  photo  by  H.  Armstrong  Roberts  carries  with  it  a  dramatic  symbolism  of  the 
meaning  of  the  New  Year — a  time  of  balance  and  settlement,  when  the  scales  are 
weighed  and  the  debts  are  paid — even  as  all  will  be  settled  and  accounted  for  on  that 
greater  day  of  judgment  to  come. 


(Do  QJiul  JOww- 

Who  won  the  Nobel  prize  in  physics 
for  1939?  3 

The  story  the  late  Melvin  J.  Ballard 
told  about  his  favorite  hymn? 4 

Whether  sale  of  the  Bible  is  increas- 
ing or  declining?  5 

How  one  man  conquered  the  tobac- 
co habit?   6 

In  what  way  the  real  problem  today 
is  not  so  much  with  the  unem- 
ployed as  with  the  employed? 10 

Why  the  year  1940  is  significant  in 
Bee-Hive  work? 12,  16,  48 

What  qualities  made  Arthur  Bris- 
bane the  foremost  editorial  writer 
of  his  time?  14 

What  the  facts  are  concerning 
"Hole-in-the-Rock"?   18 

Where  an  historic  trek  over  an  "im- 
passable" trail  has  been  recently 
re-enacted?   18 

What  one  old  cowboy  said  about 
Mormon  dugways? 18 


How    the    typical    Latter-day    Saint 
family  may  apportion  its  income? 


.24 


Among  what  peoples  and  for  what 
purposes  baptism  has  been  ob- 
served through  the  centuries? 26 

Where  new  stakes  have  been  recently 
created?    . 30 

Why  Joseph  Smith  needed  the  help 
of  the  Urim  and  Thummim? 33 

The  importance  of  a  pleasant  voice, 
and  how  to  develop  one?  34 

What  new  plan  with  reference  to 
stake  quarterly  conferences  and 
auxiliary  conventions  will  be  fol- 
lowed during  1940?  38 

What  has  been  responsible  for  im- 
proved musical  performance  in 
the    Church?    45 


EXECUTIVE    AND    EDITORIAL 
OFFICES: 

50  North  Main  Street,   Salt  Lake  City,   Utah 

Copyright  1940,  by  Mutual  Funds.  Inc.,  a  Cor- 
poration of  the  Young  Men's  Mutual  Improve- 
ment Association  of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ 
of  Latter-day  Saints.  All  rights  reserved.  Sub- 
scription price,  $2.00  a  year,  in  advance;  20c 
single  copy. 

Entered  at  the  Post  Office,  Salt  Lake  City, 
Utah,  as  second-class  matter.  Acceptance  for 
mailing  at  special  rate  of  postage  provided 
for  in  section  1103,  Act  of  October,  1917, 
authorized   July  2,   1918. 

The  Improvement  Era  is  not  responsible 
for  unsolicited  manuscripts,  but  welcomes  con- 
tributions. All  manuscripts  must  be  accompanied 
by   sufficient    postage    for    delivery   and    return. 

NATIONAL  ADVERTISING 
REPRESENTATIVES 

Francis  M,  Mayo,  Salt  Lake  City 
Edward  S.  Townsend,  San  Francisco 

MEMBER  OF  THE  AUDIT  BUREAU  OF 
CIRCULATIONS 


A  MAGAZINE  FOR  EVERY 
MEMBER   OF   THE   FAMILY 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,    JANUARY,     1940 


Exploring  the   Universe 

( Continued  from  page  1 ) 

HPhe  danger  of  serious  lung  trouble 
caused  by  nose  drops  made  with 
mineral  oils  can  be  avoided  if  vegetable 
oils  be  substituted,  according  to  Dr. 
Frank  J.  Novak,  Jr. 
4 

A  new  type  of  supplementary  auto 
door  lock  for  the  safety  of  chil- 
dren prevents  the  doors  from  being 
opened  while  the  engine  is  running.  It 
operates  automatically  from  the  mani- 
fold vacuum  and  does  not  interfere 
with  the  regular  locks. 
4 

^hina's  Yellow  River  gets  its  name 
^  from  its  color,  caused  by  soil  eroded 
from  its  north  China  banks.  But  for 
two  miles,  at  a  point  3,000  miles  from 
its  mouth  on  the  Yellow  Sea,  the  water 
is  of  the  clearest  and  deepest  of  blues. 

<♦ 

7V  new  lettering  set  makes  it  possible, 
^~  with  a  simple  guide,  to  produce 
eight  different  types  of  lettering  by 
changing  the  setting  of  the  tracer  and 
pen  arm.  Each  guide  has  upper  and 
lower  case  letters,  numerals,  and  char- 
acters, complete  and  in  order. 

4 ; 

1^7[ice  have  been  made  resistant  to 
*~  cancer  by  giving  them  a  complex 
substance  called  a  chemoantigen,  Dr. 


TEtfFACT 


NEWSPAPERS  PRINTED  FASTER 


WI.M 


1929 


27,000  USUAL  MAXIMUM    NUMBER  OF 

NEWSPAPERS  RUN  PER  HOUR 


i  ii    ■ 

1  IK 


1939 


45,000 


Science  Service-Picforial  Statistics,  Inc.  10-23 


W.  R.  Franks  of  Toronto  reported  to 
the  Third  International  Cancer  Con- 
gress. Dr.  William  Cramer  of  London 
has  immunized  mice  against  skin  can- 
cer. 


'"Phe  Nobel  prize  in  physics  for  1939 
has  been  awarded  to  Dr.  E.  O. 
Lawrence  of  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia for  his  research  on  the  structure 
of  atoms  and  the  use  of  radiation  in 
problems  affecting  biology  and  medi- 
cine. He  developed  the  cyclotron,  the 
latest    model    of    which    weighs    two 


hundred  tons,  to  give  atomic  particles 
new  high  speeds.  The  prize  in  chemis-  j 
try  is  divided  between  Professors  A. : 
Butenandt,  of  Berlin,  Germany,  and  L. , 
Ruzicka,  of  Zurich,  Switzerland,  for: 
their  work  on  sex  hormones.  The ! 
chemistry  prize  for  last  year  was  given  j 
to  Professor  R.  Kuhn  of  Berlin  for  hisj 
work  on  carotinoids  and  vitamins. 


JDectin  which  makes  jelly  "jell"  is  the: 
base  in  a  new  type  of  paste  which 
(Concluded  on  page  4)  ; 


JkjgAy! 


Enjoy  yourself!    Be  free  from  worries  about  the  mechanical  operation 
of  your  car.   Let  the  miles  roll  by  at  low  cost.   Here's  the  way  to  do  it: 


For  quick  starting  in  cold  weather,  use 
Pep  88  Winter  Gasoline.  It  has  the 
fast  action  and  sure  power  that  en- 
ables you  to   take  it  easyl 


For  safe  protection  to  your  engine,  use 
Vico  Motor  Oil  in  the  correct  winter 
grade.  It  has  the  unexcelled  lubricat- 
ing efficiency  that  lets  your  motor  take 
it  easy! 


For  greatest  comfort  and  safety,  get 
Specialized  Lubrication  service — not 
just  a  grease  job.  Vital  parts  properly 
lubricated  for  easier  riding  and  steer- 
ing.    Take  it  easyl 


Wherever  you  may  be  in  the  intermountain  territory,  drive  in  at  any  of 
the  conveniently  located  Pep  88 — Vico  stations  for  complete  service.  Get 
the  Utah  Oil  habit  and  take  it  easy1. 


UTAH  OIL  SERVICE  STATIONS 

Everywhere  in  Utah  and  Idaho 


ICO 

MOTOR  OIL 


PEP88 

GASOLINE 


JAN  U ARY 
SALE 

on  New 

GAS 

APPLIANCES 

• 

BIG 
REDUCTIONS 

Here's  your  opportunity  to 
save  money  on  new  Gas 

appliances. 

Every  appliance  in  this 
great  sale  is  absolutely 
new  —  never  has  been 
used. 

Reductions  are  so  attrac- 
tive that  if  you've  been 
thinking  of  getting  a  new 
range  or  refrigerator  or 
water-heater  or  any  other 
gas  appliance  this  year,  it 
will  pay  you  to  buy  now! 

Come  in  and  see  the  bar- 
gains. But  don't  delay. 
Quantities  are  limited. 
Come  early  to  be  sure  of 
getting  what  you  want. 

Convenient 
Terms 

MOUNTAIN  FUEL 
SUPPLY  COMPANY 

Salt  Lake — Ogden — Provo 
Serving  23  Utah  Communities 


Exploring  the  Universe   MELVIN  J.  BALLARD'S 


{Concluded  from  page  3) 
is  successful  in  healing  bed  sores  and 

stubborn  ulcers. 

4 

HPhe  aboriginal  boomerangs  used  in 
■*■  Australia,  Central  India,  Ethiopia, 
and  among  the  Hopis  of  Arizona  were 
based  upon  a  principle  only  recently 
rediscovered,  the  principle  of  the  cam- 
bered airfoil.  In  the  skilfully  thrown 
boomerang  we  have  all  the  essentials 
of  motion  except  adjustable  controls  of 
the  helicopter-airplane. 

Iron  horseshoes  were  known  by  the 
*•  fifth  century  A.  D.:  a  pair  of  small 
horseshoes  of  the  last  phase  of  the 
culture  of  the  Lake  Dwellers  of  Lake 
Neuchatel,  Switzerland,  constitutes  the 
evidence. 

HThe  world  seems  to  be  getting  warm- 
■*■  er,  according  to  J.  B.  Kincer  of  the 
U.  S.  Weather  Bureau.  Since  the 
dawn  of  the  twentieth  century  there 
has  been  a  persistent  world-wide  trend 
to  higher  temperatures.  Examples  arc 
Portland,  Oregon,  and  Washington, 
D.  C,  which  have  had  seventeen,  and 
Capetown,  South  Africa,  which  has 
had  nineteen  of  its  last  twenty  years 
warmer  than  normal.  Incidentally,  the 
highest  temperature  ever  recorded  was 
in  Tripolitania  in  September,  1922,  of 
136.4  degrees  Fahrenheit. 

Tn  Africa,  there  is  a  vermilion  red  and 
*■  black  snake  whose  colored  stripes 
run  from  the  tip  of  its  nose  to  the  end 
of  its  tail.  In  America  there  is  the 
coral  snake,  with  alternating  broad 
coral  and  black  bands  running  around 
it. 


STORY  OF  HIS 
FAVORITE  HYMN 


F 


'  LJibernation  in  warm-blooded  ani- 
*  *  mals  can  be  caused  artificially  by 
an  injection  of  insulin,  or  a  combina- 
tion of  insulin  and  magnesium  chloride. 
Dr.  P.  Suomalainen  of  Finland  can  put 
hedgehogs  in  a  hibernating  condition 
and  they  stay  asleep  as  long  as  they  are 
kept  in  a  refrigerator  around  the  freez- 
ing point,  but  they  awaken  when  re- 
moved to  a  warm  room. 


rom  President  Preston  Nibley  of 
the  Northwestern  States  Mission 
we  have  received  the  following: 

Sister  Florence  Nielsen,  one  of  our  mis- 
sionaries from  Mt.  Pleasant,  Utah,  has  in 
her  possession  a  most  interesting  letter  in 
the  handwriting  of  Brother  Ballard  regard- 
ing his  well-known  song,  "I'll  Go  Where 
You  Want  Me  to  Go." 

Sister  Nielsen  states  that  in  1933,  Brother 
Ballard  visited  at  her  father's  home  in  Mt. 
Pleasant  while  he  was  attending  stake 
conference.  Sister  Nielsen's  father  was 
the  stake  president.  She  asked  Brother 
Ballard  for  a  contribution  for  her  "Treas- 
ures of  Truth,"  and  he  sat  down  at  a  table 
and  wrote  this  most  interesting  letter. 

Mount  Pleasant,  Utah 
May  24,  1933. 
"Dear  Miss  Nielsen: 

"You  no  doubt  have  heard  me  sing 
'I'll  Go  Where  You  Want  Me  to  Go.' 
I  have  been  singing  it  for  35  years  and 
introduced  it  into  our  Church  music. 

"I  found  this  song  under  the  follow- 
ing circumstances:  I  graduated  from 
the  B.  Y.  College  in  Logan  in  1894  and 
expected  to  go  East  to  school,  but  lack 
of  funds  made  it  necessary  for  me  to 
teach  two  years;  then,  as  I  had  saved 
enough  to  put  me  through  one  year  of 
college,  I  planned  to  get  married,  and 
we  would  both  go.  Just  then  I  received 
a  call  from  Pres.  Woodruff  to  go  on 
a  mission.  So  all  our  plans  were 
changed.  We  took  the  money  for  col- 
lege and  spent  it  on  that  mission.  We 
got  married  and  Sister  Ballard  stayed 
home,  taught  school  to  help  me  fill  that 
mission.  Shortly  after  being  in  the 
mission  field  I  found  this  song,  and  it 
seemed  like  a  message  from  Heaven 
to  me. 

"I  have  found  if  we  do  what  the  Lord 
wants  us  to  do  we  will  fill  our  lives  in 
the  fullest  possible  way. 

"Your  brother, 
(Signed)  MELVIN  J.  BALLARD," 


TEIEFACT 


WHERE  THE  CONSUMER'S  DOLLAR  GOES 

(U.S.A.) 


FOR  SERVICES  INVOLVED      FOR  SERVICES  INVOLVED  IN  DISTRIBUTION 


IN    PRODUCTION 


Science  Service-Pictorial  Statistics,  Inc.  10-< 


THE    IMPROVEMENT     ERA,    JANUARY,    1940 


By  James  Nash 

Edward  Hart,  University  of  Utah 
poet-athlete,  is  a  distinct  honor  to 
his  Alma  Mater,  Church,  and  fam- 
ily. Recently  awarded  a  Rhodes  schol- 
arship to  Oxford,  England,  Ed  was 
elected  a  member  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa, 
honorary  scholastic  fraternity,  was 
track  and  field  captain  last  year,  won 
the  Mountain  States  conference  mile 
run,  and  distinguished  himself  in  liter- 
ary circles.  He  was  also  an  officer  of 
Lambda  Delta  Sigma  of  the  L.  D.  S. 
Institute  of  Religion  at  the  university. 

Ed  is  the  son  of  Alfred  A.  and  Sarah 
Patterson  Hart  of  Bloomington,  Idaho. 
Ed's  father,  a  '97  graduate  of  Utah  State 
College  and  for  fifteen  years  bishop  of 
the  Bloomington  Ward,  is  now  a  Patri- 
arch and  first  counselor  in  the  Bear 
Lake  Stake  presidency.  An  older 
brother,  Eugene,  also  distinguished 
himself  on  the  track  as  captain  of  the 
Utah  State  A.  C.  track  team  in  1937 
and  winner  of  the  National  Junior 
A.A.U.  5000-meter  run  the  year  before. 

Ed  and  Gene,  as  they  are  better 
known,  are  strict  observers  of  the  Word 
of  Wisdom  and  accredit  their  successful 
athletic  careers  chiefly  to  its  observance. 

As  a  climax  to  four  years  of  intelli- 
gent living  and  distinctive  attainments, 
Ed  was  chosen  a  member  of  the  Bee- 
hive Club,  which  annually  honors  seven 
"U"  Seniors;  won  a  New  York  World's 
Fair  medal  for  one  of  the  ten  best 
collegiate  poems  submitted;  failed  to 
lose  a  mile  race  in  two  years  of  college 
competition;  and  lost  finally  only  to 
Glenn  Cunningham,  world  mile  record 
holder — by  three  seconds. 

European  conditions  have  caused  the 
Rhodes  scholarships  to  be  suspended, 
but  in  the  meantime  Ed  is  continuing 
his  studies  as  a  fellow  in  the  English 
department  at  the  University  of  Utah. 


BIBLE  GOES  ON 
EVER  MORE  AND  MORE 

Nothing  can  stop  the  Bible.  It  is 
useless  to  call  it  the  world's  best 
seller,  though  it  is,  because  that 
term  implies  a  comparison,  and  there  is 
nothing  else  that  even  remotely  com- 
pares with  the  Bible  in  popular  circu- 
lation. The  American  Bible  Society's 
report  tells  of  7,000,000  copies  distrib- 
uted by  it  last  year  [1938].  When  the 
British  Bible  Society's  report  comes 
along  later  it  will  probably  tell,  as  usual, 
of  even  more  Bibles  put  out  during 
1938.  .  .  . 

The  scriptures  outsold  Mein  Kampf 
in  Germany  by  200,000  copies  last  year. 
.  .  .  Japan,  too,  took  an  unusual  num- 
ber of  Bibles  last  year,  ten  per  cent 
more  than  in  the  year  before.  There 
the  American,  British,  and  Scottish 
Bible  Societies  have  joined  in  forming 
the  Japan  Bible  Society.  The  Japanese 
Christian  churches  last  year  celebrated 
the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  first  com- 
plete Bible  in  their  language.  China, 
too,  took  Bibles  at  the  rate  of  20,000  a 
month.  The  demand  was  so  great  that 
damaged,  worm-eaten,  and  misbound 
copies  were  all  taken. 

The  Society  keeps  adding  to  the  list 
of  languages  in  which  the  Bible  is  is- 
sued. A  dozen  new  ones  last  year 
brought  the  total  to  1,021  tongues  in 
which  all  or  part  of  the  scriptures  may 
now  be  read. 

There  is  something  tremendously  im- 
pressive in  the  Society's  recital  of  its 
output  of  Bibles.  If  there  is  any  one 
thing  to  which  we  may  ascribe  civiliza- 
tion's gradual  growth  toward  human 
brotherhood  it  is  the  teaching  found  in 
this  book.  This  is  a  time  when  ideals 
of  humanity  have  suffered  a  severe  set- 
back. May  there  not  be  significance 
of  a  return  of  the  pendulum  in  the  fact 
that  the  Bible  is  now  being  called  for 
more  and  more? — Excerpt  from  the  San 
Francisco  Chronicle. 


TEiEFACT 


U.S.  CITIES  OVER  100,000  POPULATION 

1890    ^^)  j| 


28  CITIES 

i9oo  £&h$^kj^ki£ 


38 


1910 


1920 


1930 


50 
68 


Science  Service-Pictorial  Statistics,  Inc.  10-26 


Here's 

flavor! 


0  Take  one  can  of  Pioneer 
Minced  Sea  Clams.  Heat  one 
pint  of  milk  in  stew  pan  or 
chafing  dish.  Add  clams,  one 
half  tablespoon  of  butter,  salt 
and  pepper.  Heat  thoroughly 
and  serve  hot.  (Serves  three 
persons.)  Delicious! 


For  Pioneer  Minced  Sea 
Clams,  the  superior  Razor 
Clams  are  dug  from  the 
hard-packed,  sea-washed 
sands  of  the  North  Pacific 
Ocean  just  as  they  reach 
their  prime.  They  come  to 
you  with  all  their  valuable 
mineral  -  containing  prop- 
erties. 

Only  the  clean,  white 
meat  of  choicest  Razor 
Clams,  sealed  in  natural 
nectar  by  a  secret  process . . . 
a  sea  food  delicacy  of  rarest 
flavor.  You'll  like  it! 


unce 


1894 


N0J«EJR 

SEA  CLAMS 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    JANUARY,    1940 


PRODUCERS 
SALES  AGENTS 

CHTTLE  -  HOGS  -  SH£EP 

UNION  STOCK  YARDS 

Los  Anqeles  Stockton 

So.San  Francisco 


Mow  9  tfjonqiwuul  Jths, 

TOBACCO 


Can  you  keep  that  New  Year 
resolution?  If  you  can,  this 
article  may  not  interest  you, 
for  it  is  written  to  those  who  have 
tried  and  failed,  and  to  those  who 
do  not  try  because  of  the  fear  of 
failure.  We  cannot  expect  others 
to  respect  lis  more  than  we  respect 
ourselves,  and  each  time  we  at- 
tempt to  break  a  bad  habit  and  fail 
we  drop  back  into  the  rut  just  that 
much  deeper. 

I  started  using  tobacco  while  in 
my  teens  and  continued  for  about 
twelve  years,  learning  to  use  it  in 
all  its  forms  except  snuff.  I  found 
it  was  quite  easy  to  break  the  habit 
of  smoking  by  taking  up  the  habit 
of  chewing  and  vice  versa,  robbing 
Peter  to  pay  Paul.  Before  I  be- 
came too  deeply  entrenched  in  the 
habit  I  was  able  to  quit  for  short 
periods,  especially  if  I  was  asso- 
ciating with  people  who  abstained 
from  it  also.  These  experiences 
led  me  to  believe  that  I  was  able 
to  use  it  or  leave  it  alone  according 
to  my  "will  power." 

So  it  went  until  about  five  years 
ago.  At  that  time  I  was  engaged 
in  highway  construction  and,  being 
outside  long  hours,  I  found  myself 
using  about  a  pack  and  a  half  of 
cigarettes  a  day.  My  younger 
brother  had  just  returned  from  col- 
lege and  it  was  brought  to  my  at- 
tention that  he  was  forming  the 
habit  also.  In  order  to  shield  my 
brother  from  them  I  offered  to  quit, 
and  the  bargain  was  made.  Both 
of  us  were  to  abstain  from  their  use. 

The  first  day  I  had  plenty  of 
confidence,  but  within  a  week  I 
had  a  craving  like  a  thirsty  man  on 
a  desert.  By  the  second  week  I 
shamefully  confessed  that  I  wasn't 
man  enough  to  fulfill  my  bargain. 
My  cigarette  consumption  in- 
creased, so  that  a  year  later  I  was 
using  two  packs  regularly  each 
day. 

About  this  time  Mormon  mis- 
sionaries came  to  our  home  and  my 
wife  and  I  became  vitally  interest- 
ed in  their  message.  We  held  cot- 
tage meetings  in  our  home  for  sev- 
eral months  and  finally  became 
members  of  the  Church.  I  imme- 
diately quit  cigarettes  once  and  for 
all.  Through  study  I  had  found 
some  of  the  principles  by  which  we 
yield  or  resist  temptation.  By  ap- 
plying these  principles  and  not  run- 


HABIT 


By  ROBERT  P.  ADAMS 


ning  away  from  temptation  I  found 
that  I  was  free  from  the  tobacco 
habit.  "  I  carried  in  my  shirt  pocket 
for  about  two  months  part  of  a 
pack  which  I  had  left  when  I  quit, 
changing  it  from  one  shirt  to  an- 
other, until  the  packet  and  cigar- 
ettes were  actually  worn  out.  Dur- 
ing the  first  day  I  suffered  acute 
physical  discomfort,  but  aside  from 
that  I  can  truthfully  say  that  I  have 
never  since  had  the  slightest  crav- 
ing for  them  regardless  of  time, 
place,  or  company. 

Some  may  think  when  they  read 
this  that  I  simply  did  not  try  hard 
enough  the  first  time.  But  that  is 
not  true.  I  tried  with  all  I  had,  but 
I  was  fighting  blindly.  I  was  chas- 
ing a  half  dozen  imaginary  foes  and 
the  real  one  was  chasing  me.  If  men 
could  only  realize  that  it  is  given  to 
them  as  they  desire!  When  they 
desire  to  do  evil  they  have  already 
committed  evil  in  their  hearts  and 
the  sin  which  they  accomplish  in 
the  flesh  is  only  the  aftermath  or 
outgrowth  of  the  evil  which  they 
have  already  done  in  the  heart.  In 
my  first  attempt  when  I  saw  others 
partaking  of  the  "lady  nicotine"  I 
hungered  for  the  taste  of  tobacco, 
and  each  instance  of  desire  weak- 
ened my  will  until  it  was  broken.  In 
the  second  case  I  drew  a  cigarette 
from  the  packet  and  analyzed  it  in 
my  thoughts.  I  found  nothing  but 
shredded  tobacco  leaves  and  white 
paper,  which  were  no  more  to  be 
desired  than  a  piece  of  wood  or 
earth.  I  put  it  back  in  the  packet 
and  the  packet  back  in  my  pocket 
that  I  might  carry  them  as  souvenirs 
of  my  foolishness  until  they  were 
worn  out. 

In  the  hereafter  if  we  are  to  be- 
come like  Him,  and  our  will 
through  perfect  faith  shall  become 
an  actuality,  then  how  little  we 
have  prepared  for  that  goal  if  we 
cannot  control  our  desires  here  for 
righteousness.  And,  likewise,  if 
our  desires  are  righteous  for  the 
sake  of  righteousness,  how  easy  to 
overcome  a  habit  of  wrong  doing. 


HOW  USELESS 
TRUTH 

to  bsL  qudd&xL 
thsui&bi^ 

An  anonymous  letter  from 
an  unknown  reader  in 
Grand  Rapids,  Michigan. 

Some  time  ago,  it  matters  not 
how  or  when,  I  came  into 
possession  of  an  edition  of 
The  Improvement  Eva.  In  my 
ceaseless  search  for  truth  I  long 
ago  formed  the  habit  of  examin- 
ing carefully  whatsoever  should 
come  into  my  consciousness  by 
any  means,  for  I  early  discovered 
that  truth  may  be  found  in  every- 
thing. Occasionally,  it  is  to  be 
found  in  small  nuggets,  more 
rarely  in  a  vein  of  virgin  metal. 
The  conviction  was  borne  upon 
me  that  here  was  one  of  these. 

Your  group,  so  well  known  to 
yourselves,  so  little  known  to 
many  like  me  who,  because  of 
geographical  or  psychological 
differences,  do  not  have  the  op- 
portunity of  making  direct  con- 
tact with  you,  however  much  we 
may  have  heard  of  the  exterior 
aspects  of  your  belief,  has  indeed 
been  the  recipient  of  blessed  reve- 
lation. 

How  useless  revelation  that  is 
not  accepted  and  acted  upon! 
How  useless  the  truth  if  one  fails 
to  be  guided  thereby!  Many  peo- 
ples expound  the  truth — alas,  few 
have  acted  upon  it,  but  those  who 
have  may  claim  as  their  beloved 
Master,  Him  who  was  the  living 
incarnation  of  truth  upon  the 
earth.  He  was  not  inactive; 
neither  are  those  who  call  Him, 
Brother.  The  acts  of  the  Master 
were  simple,  but  they  were  all- 
sufficing:  to  help  the  poor,  to 
heal  the  sick,  to  teach  the  young, 
to  bear  love  to  all,  to  work  in 
peace,  to  be  humble,  to  be  kind, 
to  seek  ever  the  Voice  within. 
How  beautiful  indeed  Thy  dwell- 
ing place,  dear  Master,  when  all 
of  men  shall  act  upon  your  simple 
behests! 

These  things  I  found  in  your 
magazine — the  result  of  your 
thought  and  action.  These  ac- 
counts, then,  are  of  the  thought 
and  action  of  your  people.  My 
heart  was  gladdened  and  lifted  up 
because  of  all  of  you  who  serve 
the  One  cause. 

No,  I  am  not  one  of  you  in 
name,  nor  organization,  but  the 
truest  language  speaks  from  soul 
to  soul.  There  I  know  all  of  you 
and  you  know  me.  He  is  our 
common  Brother — therefore  in 
truth,  I  am  too,    Your  brother. 


OIL-PLATING 

....  comes  from  patented 
Conoco  Germ  Processed  oil. 
As  if  magnetized  to  engine 
parts,  oil-plating  can't 
all  drain  down  during 
longest  stops  .  .  .  actually 
lubricates  in  advance  — 
faster  than  any  oil  flows! 
And  that's  where  slippy, 
easy,  fast  starts  come  from. 
Change   to   Your   Mileage 

Merchant  today  for 


CONOCO  GERM  PROCESSED  OIL 


E5H 


ENJOV  THAT  REAL,  SUBSTANTIAL 
BREAD  FLAVOR-- 

Bread  should  have  a  hearty,  substantial  flavor- — and  Royal 
Bread  does  have  it.  That's  because  it's  made  from  fine, 
substantial  ingredients— natural  ingredients — properly 
mixed  and  baked.    Ask  for  Royal  Bread  by  name. 

ROYAL  BAKING  CO.,  Salt  Lake  and  Ogden— 100%  Home-Owned 


ROYAI, 

BREAD 

Fresh  Every  Day 
at  Your  Grocer's 


Get  your  copy  of 


// 


// 


disdlo  3Lifai. 


a  delightful  compilation  of  poetry, 
newspaper  columns,  and  editorials 


of 


Elsie  Talmage  Brandley 

Price  $1.50  plus  2%  sales  tax 
Available  at 

DESERET  BOOK  STORE  AND 
Z.  C.  M.  I. 


BE    INDEPENDENT 

No  Other  Vocation  so  Profitable 

ENROLL    NOW 

For  a  Complete  Course  at  the 

Quish  School  of  Beauty  Culture 

The  Best  in  the  West 

336-340  S.  Main,  American  Blag., 
SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 

For  Further  Information 

or  Catalog  Call 

Wasatch.  7560  or 

Fill  in  This 

Coupon 


Only 

the  SPIRIT 


By  FRANCES  HALL 

I  he  past  is  a  picket  pin  around  which  the  mind, 
X  Like  a  tethered  sheep,  goes  bleating 
With  the  rhythm  marked  by  its  own  hoofs'  beating, 
Hoping  some  verdant  day  to  find 
The  tether  broken,  the  stake-pin  gone, 
Its  ever-circling  feet  withdrawn 
From  the  deepening  rut  that  has  confined 
Its  tread — never  suspecting,  never  knowing 
That  there  on  the  hills  where  the  grass  is  growing, 
Its  sharp  relentless  hoofs  would  wear 
Another  space  as  bleak  and  bare. 

The  flesh  has  continuity: 

The  wide,  red-healing  scar 

From  childhood's  tumbling  agony 

Grows  pale  as  any  star, 

But  stiff  old  limbs  that  graveward  creep 

The  same  grim,  jagged  pattern  keep 

Of  that  bright  wound,  a  long  half-century  deep. 

Only  the  spirit  rises  free  in  time — 

Not  as  the  birds  rise  when  they  climb 

The  morning  sky  with  climbing  day, 

Learning  by  heart  the  lake's  cloud-shadowed  glow, 

The  wood's  dark  line,  the  river's  curving  flow. 

To  mark  at  dusk  their  home-returning  way; 

Not  as  dew  rises  toward  the  sun 

To  hang  in  rainbowed  mist  across  the  valley's  floor, 

And  then  when  mid-day's  warmth  is  done 

Comes  shimmering  back  to  earth  once  more — 

Upward  like  smoke  on  a  windless  night, 

Silver  as  smoke  in  a  midnight  sky, 

As  silently  and  as  unreturning, 

The  spirit  goes  in  its  endless  yearning. 

Upward  and  outward,  clear  and  bright, 

Once  it  has  found  the  way  to  fly. 

Unbound  by  memory's  sharp-thonged  tether, 

Absolved  of  flesh  and  mind  together, 

Freed  of  meager  conceptual  guise, 

Only  the  spirit  thus  may  rise. 


Photograph  by  LeGrande  Lewis. 


Greeting 


J>/wjwl  J  Jul  Jifi&L  (pJULbJud&jna^ 


w 


E  send  to  the  Saints  in  all  the  earth 
our  greetings  and  blessings. 

We  call  upon  the  peoples  of  the  world  to  follow 
the  example  and  the  teachings  of  our  Lord  and 
Savior,  Jesus  Christ. 

We  invoke  upon  all  in  war-ridden  countries  the 
spirit  of  love,  forbearance,  and  forgiveness,  for  the 
Master  speaking  on  the  Mount  declared: 

For  if  ye  forgive  men  their  trespasses,  your  heavenly  Father 
will  also  forgive  you: 

But  if  ye  forgive  not  men  their  trespasses,  neither  will 
your  Father  forgive  your  trespasses. 

We  pray  the  Lord  to  heal  all  those  who  are 
stricken  with  disease  and  not  appointed  unto  death. 
May  He  soften  the  pain  of  the  wounded  and  bring 
to  them  health  and  strength. 

We  ask  Him  to  bless  all  those  who  are  bereft — 
the  lonely  orphan,  the  sorrowing  widow,  the  heart- 
wrung  mother. 

May  the  hungry  be  fed;  the  cold,  warmed;  and 
the  naked,  clothed. 

May  anger  and  hate  pass  from  the  hearts  of 
men,  and  peace  and  love  be  enthroned  instead. 

May  all  men  who  scheme  and  plot  for  unholy 
dominion  and  power  be  speedily  brought  low  in  the 
dust  of  contrite  humility  and  dire  abasement. 

May  He  frustrate  the  designs  of  the  wicked  and 
bring  to  naught  their  plottings. 

May  the  spirit  of  repentance  fill  the  hearts  of  all 
men,  for  none  is  free  from  error. 


May  He  soon  bring  to  an  end  the  war  now 
waging;  may  that  day  soon  come  when  men  shall 
have  paid  the  price  of  their  avarice,  greed,  and  am- 
bition, and  the  earth  cease  to  moan  and  suffer  for 
the  iniquities  of  her  children. 

May  His  spirit  of  peace  clothe  the  earth  as  with 
a  mantle,  that  war  may  not  longer  find  an  abiding 
place  thereon. 

May  He  bring  to  pass  the  time  when  "righteous- 
ness shall  cover  the  earth  as  the  waters  cover  the 
mighty  deep,"  when  "every  knee  shall  bow  and 
every  tongue  confess  that  Jesus  is  the  Christ." 

May  there  come  to  every  man  that  walks  the 
earth  the  testimony  that  was  Martha's.    Said  Jesus : 

I  am  the  resurrection,  and  the  life:  he  that  believeth  in  me, 
though  he  were  dead,  yet  shall  he  live: 

And  whosoever  liveth  and  believeth  in  me  shall  never  die. 
Believest  thou  this? 

She  saith  unto  him,  Yea,  Lord:  I  believe  that  thou  art 
the  Christ,  the  Son  of  God,  which  should  come  into  the  world. 

For  Jesus  said  in  the  Garden: 

This  is  life  eternal,  that  they  might  know  thee  the  only 
true  God,  and  Jesus  Christ,  whom  thou  hast  sent. 


+9jM*lJ(D.?ntf<a4f 


The  First  Presidency. 


The  gospel  of 

WORK 


By  STEPHEN  L  RICHARDS 


Of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve 


■\\7e  can  scarcely  count  on  our  size  to  wield 
great  influence,  but  we  can  send  out  a 
message  of  the  dignity  of  honest,  loyal,  effi- 
cient service we  can  extol   self-reliance, 

industrious  manhood  and  womanhood,  family 
solidarity,  and  community  cooperation  in  such 
manner  as  has  not  been  preached  in  the  world 
for  many  a  day. 


TLot  onhf  mn&L  jou/l  wifik&JiA^ 
bsL  loyaL,  but  ihm^  mu&L  bsL 
ablsL  io  ajuccsumL 


Photo  by  John  P.  Mudd  for  the  Midvale  Company. 


THE  following  figures  are  taken 
from  a  current  magazine: 
If  each  of  five  million  (American)  wage 
earning   families  now  under  $1250  a  year 
could  get  $2.00  more  a  day  per  family  .  .  . 
they  would  spend  each  year: 

$213,000,000  more  on  fuel  and  light  and 

refrigerators, 
$224,000,000  more  on  household  furniture, 
$285,000,000    more   on    motor  cars    and 

other  transportation, 
$208,000,000  more  on  medical  and  dental 

services, 
$234,000,000  more  on  recreation, 
$73,000,000  more  on  personal  care, 
$416,000,000  more   on   clothes, 
$613,000,000  more  on  housing, 
$800,000,000  more  on  food. 

These  items  would  total  more  than 
three  billion  dollars  in  new  sales  for 
the  five  million  families  alone,  and  if 
all  families  in  the  United  States  could 
have  two  dollars  a  day  more  than 
they  now  have,  their  purchasing 
power  would  be  increased  by  twenty 
billion  dollars  a  year. 

The  first  question  naturally  arising 
from  the  figures  I  have  quoted  is: 
How  can  we  get  two  dollars  a  day 
more  for  each  family  in  our  country, 
and  particularly  for  the  five  million 
families  of  the  lower  incomes?  I 
give  you  in  substance  the  answer  of 
the  author:  By  more  and  better 
work  on  the  part  of  the  employed  of 
our  country. 

And  how  will  more  and  better 
work  of  the  employed  add  to  all  in- 
10 


comes  and  purchasing?  Answer: 
First,  by  making  it  possible  to  reduce 
prices  so  that  families  even  without 
raising  present  incomes  may  buy  all 
that  they  now  buy  at  lower  prices 
and  have  sufficient  money  left  over 
to  buy  more  and  other  goods;  and, 
secondly,  the  increased  volume  of 
commodities  purchased  will  mean 
larger  production,  and  larger  pro- 
duction means  the  employment  of 
more  workers. 

It  is,  of  course,  very  trite  and 
commonplace  to  assert  that  what  the 
country  most  needs  is  more  purchas- 
ing power.  Everybody  knows  that. 
But  it  is  not  so  obvious  that  increased 
purchasing  power  is  largely  the  re- 
sult of  lower  prices  and  that,  after 
all,  our  real  problem  is  not  so  much 
with  the  unemployed  as  with  the 
employed.  This  is  so  because  when- 
ever a  man  who  has  a  job  does  his 
work  better  and  more  efficiently  he 
makes  it  possible  to  reduce  the  price 
of  the  commodity  or  the  service,  thus 
adding,  as  I  have  heretofore  pointed 
out,  to  the  consumer's  purchasing 
ability.  There  are  very  respectable 
authority  and  abundant  statistical 
data  to  prove  this  conclusion. 

But  do  reduced  prices  always  fol- 
low better  work  and  methods?  I  am 
sorry  to  say  that  they  do  not,  and  it 
is  chiefly  because  prices  do  not  de- 
cline that  the  volume  of  sales  does 


not  increase,  that  our  prosperity  is 
stifled,  that  discouraging  unemploy- 
ment persists,  that  government  pur- 
sues such  costly  experimental  rem- 
edies, and  that  our  whole  system  of 
free  enterprise  is  threatened. 

Now  I  am  induced  to  bring  these 
matters  to  your  attention  because 
I  firmly  believe  there  is  a  very  definite 
relationship  between  them  and  the 
concepts,  practices,  and  teachings  of 
our  Church,  and  because  I  want  our 
people  to  know  that  approved  eco- 
nomic theory  makes  practical  and 
feasible  many  aspects  of  our  teach- 
ings. 

We  have  always  dignified  work 
and  reproved  idleness.  Our  books, 
our  sermons,  our  leaders,  including 
particularly  President  Grant,  have 
glorified  industry.  The  busy  hive 
of  the  honeybee  —  Deseret  —  has 
been  our  emblem.  Work  with  faith 
is  a  cardinal  point  of  our  theological 
doctrine  and  our  future  state — our 
heaven  is  envisioned  in  terms  of 
eternal  progression  through  constant 
labor. 

This  fundamental  principle  of  the 
honor  of  work  is  sorely  needed  in 
application  in  the  world  today.  All 
the  fraudulent  schemes,  the  rackets, 
governmental  corruption,  and  wide- 
spread public  demoralization  have 
their  inception  and  support  chiefly 
in  the  failure  to  recognize  the  dignity 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     JANUARY,     1940 


Have  we  lost  the  love  of  labor? 
Can  we  restore  the  thrill  of 
honest  toil?  Can  we  find  again  the 
surpassing  dignity  of  work  well 
done?  Can  we  find  the  answer  to 
our  perplexities  and  misunderstand- 
ings in  industrial  relationships  and 
personal  eguations?  We  can  if  we 
follow  those  principles  which  have 
always  shown  the  way  out.  Here 
is  a  statement  from  the  messages  of 
the  October  General  Conference,  that 
preaches  anew   the   gospel  of  work. 


STEPHEN    L    RICHARDS 

and  the  happiness  that  flow  from 
honest  toil. 

What  is  honest  work?  I  believe 
it  is  rightly  interpreted  only  in  terms 
of  service,  and  the  value  of  true 
service  is  measured  by  someone's 
gain.  Such  a  concept  is  not  only 
Christian  but  it  lies  at  the  founda- 
tion of  sound,  profitable  business. 
There  are  innumerable  demonstra- 
tions of  this  fact.  The  kind  of  work 
that  makes  a  better  product  for  less 
cost  is  what  our  national  economy 
demands.  There  are  at  least  two 
indispensable  factors  in  this  kind  of 
work  and  the  efficiency  it  produces : 
First,  integrity,  which  includes  loy- 
alty; and  second,  ability.  No  one 
can  succeed  unless  he  is  dependable. 
If  he  works  for  another,  he  must 
make  his  employer's  interest  his 
own.  If  he  works  for  himself,  he 
must  be  faithful  and  true  to  his  en- 
terprise or  he  will  fail.  The  "watch- 
the-cloek"  variety  of  service,  with 
no  interest  in  the  job  but  to  get  the 
per  diem,  is  as  much  responsible  for 
the  bankruptcies  as  any  other  factor 
I  know. 

Not  only  must  our  workers  be 
loyal  but  they  must  also  be  able  to 
succeed.  In  the  highly  competitive 
markets  for  goods  and  services, 
locally,  nationally,  and  internation- 
ally, the  skills  and  acumen  are  usu- 
ally the  deciding  features.  Ability 
is  generally  the  product  of  training 
and  education.  The  most  skillful 
not  only  have  the  best  chances 
themselves,  but  they  also  contribute 
most  to  the  success  of  the  enterprise 
with  which  they  are  associated.  It 
is  a  notable  fact  that  during  the  years 


of  depression,  with  some  exceptions 
of  course,  particularly  in  industrial 
centers,  the  really  skilled  worker  has 
been  little  in  evidence  among  the  un- 
employed and  even  when  he  has 
been  without  a  job  it  most  commonly 
has  been  attributable  to  arbitrary 
manipulations  of  the  price  structure 
for  services  or  goods. 

On  the  other  hand,  our  recent 
history  demonstrates  that  the  un- 
skilled laborer  has  a  hard  time  of  it. 
His  service  is  the  first  to  be  dis- 
pensed with.  He  is  the  least  wanted. 
And,  I  regret  to  say  it  for  fear  of 
hurting  feelings,  he  makes  the  least 
contribution  to  economic  progress. 
In  saying  this  I  want  you  to  under- 
stand that  I  do  not  limit  skilled  labor 
to  the  professions,  the  artisans,  or 
any  white-collar  or  other  group  who 
may  consider  it  beneath  them  to  do 
any  honest  work.  I  class  any  man 
as  a  skilled  worker  who  has  culti- 
vated the  ability  to  do  his  assigned 
job  exceptionally  well.  I  know  ex- 
pert grave  diggers  whose  skill  com- 
mands my  admiration  and  esteem. 

Tt  is  my  privilege  to  travel  around 
the  country  a  good  deal.  I  see 
many  farm  lands.  I  often  note  that 
on  one  side  of  a  fence  is  an  area  of 
stunted  crop  growth,  weeds,  barren 
patches,  and  unproductive  desola- 
tion, while  on  the  other  side  of  the 
fence  with  nothing  but  a  dimension 
line  between,  with  the  same  poten- 
tial soil,  equal  water  rights,  the  same 
air,  the  same  sun,  the  same  climate, 
lies  a  field — a  field  beautiful  be- 
yond description  with  the  abundant 
productivity  which  nature  yields  to 
the  skilled  husbandman.  I  see  fat 
cattle  and  lean,  good  homes  and 
poor  ones. 

I  go  into  stores — some  are  attrac- 
tive, merchandise  is  so  arranged, 
service  so  efficient  and  courteous 
that  goods  sell,  while  in  others,  on 
the  same  block,  perhaps,  there  is 
evidence  of  slovenliness,  poor  buy- 
ing, lack  of  the  art  of  proper  dis- 
play, and  the  proprietor  wonders 
why  customers  do  not  come. 


There  are  service  stations  on  every 
hand.  It  is  not  uncommon  to  see  four 
located  on  the  four  corners  of  a 
prominent  intersection.  Sometimes 
only  one  out  of  the  four  succeeds. 
Surely  location  is  not  the  determin- 
ing factor.  Almost  countless  mil- 
lions of  dollars  are  now  invested  in 
automobiles.  These  machines  cost 
much  to  buy  and  much  to  maintain. 
Some  last  a  long  time  and  pay  to 
their  owners  reasonable  returns  on 
the  investment  in  more  ways  than 
one.  Others  are  quickly  ruined  and 
the  depreciation  is  enormous  and 
shameful. 

Now  what  is  the  determining  fac- 
tor in  these  contrasted  results  and  a 
world  of  others  comparable  to  them? 
Why,  of  course,  with  relatively  few 
exceptions,  it  is  the  personal  equa- 
tion, the  skill  and  the  energy  of  the 
proprietor  or  his  employees  or  both. 

This  doctrine  of  work  lies  at  the 
very  foundation  of  the  capitalistic 
system.  Many  people  misunderstand 
and  misinterpret  capitalism.  They 
think  that  because  the  word  "capi- 
tal" is  used  to  designate  the  system 
that  its  chief  purpose  is  to  make 
wealthy  men  who  are  usually  called 
capitalists  and  whose  wealth,  it  is 
feared,  is  too  often  accumulated  at 
the  expense  of  poorer  classes.  I  ad- 
mit that  there  are  instances,  alto- 
gether too  many,  where  this  comes 
about.  But  this  is  not  the  true  con- 
cept of  capitalism.  The  capitalistic 
system  in  its  inner  essence  is  little, 
if  anything,  more  than  a  man's  free 
right  to  work,  to  choose  his  work, 
and  enjoy  the  rewards  of  his  ef- 
forts. In  my  estimation,  it  is  a  most 
precious  thing  and  it  is  indispensable 
to  the  liberty  and  freedom  of  which 
America  boasts.  It  is  the  only  tried 
and  tested  system  of  free  enterprise 
in  this  world,  and  every  other  oppos- 
ing system  is  built  on  an  abridgment 
of  personal  liberty.  For  one  I  do  not 
want  to  lose  it. 

But  we  will  lose  it  if  we  do  not 
understand  it  and  recognize  its  vir- 
tues. It  is  not  the  capitalistic  system 
itself  that  makes  some  men  rich  and 
some  men  poor.  The  men  them- 
selves do  that,  again  with  some  ex- 
ceptions. The  system  merely  offers 
the  opportunities.  There  are,  of 
course,  abuses  within  it,  as  there 
must  always  be  when  humanity  is 
involved.  It  does  not  guarantee  that 
all  men  will  be  rich,  and  it  is  worthy 
of  note  that  all  systems  which  do, 
usually  succeed  only  in  making  all 
poor.  To  eradicate  the  abuses  with- 
in the  system  is  almost  as  difficult 
( Continued  on  page  60) 
t1 


JhL  FIRST  DAY  OF 


THE  SWARM 


By  HELEN  S.  WILLIAMS 

First   Counselor   in   the  General 
Presidency  of  the  Y.  W.  M.I.  A. 


MARTHA  H.  TINGEY,  PRESIDENT  OF 
THE  Y.  W.  M.  I.  A.  WHEN  THE  BEE-HIVE 
PROGRAM   WAS  INITIATED. 

Twenty-five  years  ago  a  new 
class  was  introduced  to  the 
Young  Women's  Mutual  Im- 
provement Association.  With  its 
birth,  the  dreams,  hopes,  and  desires 
of  women  who  were  praying,  work- 
ing, and  programing  for  the  young 
girlhood  of  the  Church  were  real- 
ized. These  women  had  for  a  num- 
ber of  years  felt  a  real  need  for  a 
colorful,  active,  yet  spiritual  pro- 
gram for  the  guidance  of  the  young- 
est age  group  of  the  Mutual  Im- 
provement Association — then  the 
fourteen-year-old  girl. 

This  particular  generation  prides 
itself  on  its  intelligent  concern  for 
youth.  Those  interested  in  girlhood 
worry  because  of  today's  trends. 
The  modern  girl  with  her  varied  in- 
terests, her  complex  responsibilities, 
and  her  numerous  activities  presents 
quite  a  different  problem  from  that 
which  has  ever  come  to  the  leaders  of 
youth  before,  so  they  think.  Yet  in 
the  year  of  1912,  the  General  Board 
of  Young  Ladies'  Mutual  Improve- 
ment Association,  as  it  was  then 
called,  were  giving  deep  and  serious 
thought  to  a  program  which  would 
meet  the  complex,  serious  situation 
of  the  girlhood  of  that  day.  They 
were  zealous  in  their  desires  to  bring 
into  being  an  answer  to  the  situa- 
tion of  that  time.  In  the  minutes  of 
that  period  these  words  were  writ- 
ten: 

One  thought  that  strongly  impresses  me 
is  that  the  fourteen-year-old  Junior  girl  of 
today  is  a  very  different  problem  from  the 
girl  of  the  same  age  who  lived  forty,  fifty, 
or  even  twenty-five  years  ago.  Some  will 
say  that  the  restless,  self-assertive,  inde- 
pendent girl  of  today  is  certainly  not  an 
improvement  on   the  quiet,  lady-like,  sel- 

12 


dom-heard-from  sister  of  yesterday.  Per- 
haps not!  But  to  my  thinking  she  fits  into 
her  time.  We  would  have  her  a  little  less 
superlative  in  some  ways,  perhaps;  but, 
after  all,  is  she  not  really  the  outgrowth 
of  the  changed  conditions  that  have  sur- 
rounded her?  The  girl  of  yesterday  kept 
close  to  home  and  mother  because  she  was 
needed  to  assist  in  the  spinning,  the  weav- 
ing, sewing,  butter-making,  and  scores  of 
other  things  that  our  Junior  girl  of  today 
knows  nothing  about.  Innovations,  cheap 
labor,  and  the  output  of  factories  have  re- 
lieved her  of  many  of  these  homely  tasks. 
Increased  wealth,  too,  has  made  it  possible 
for  her  to  grow  up  without  much  of  the 
responsibility  of  home. 

In  answer  to  the  need  which  was 
felt  for  this  self-assertive,  vital,  in- 
constant girl  of  twenty-six  years 
ago,  was  the  birth  of  the  new  depart- 
ment. As  those  women  began  to 
survey  the  world  to  see  what  was 
being  done  for  girls  of  similar  age 
elsewhere,  they  found  that  the  girl 
programs  then  in  existence  were  two 
in  number — the  Girl  Guides  of  Eng- 
land and  the  Campfire  Girls  of 
America.  These  two  programs 
were  studied  and  discussed,  and 
finally  after  a  great  deal  of  consider- 
ation, it  was  thought  advisable  to 
adopt  the  Campfire  movement 
wherever  it  was  practical  for  sum- 
mer work. 

This  was  only  a  beginning.  As 
the  committee  for  the  youngest  girls 
in  the  organization  worked  and 
prayed,  they  felt  that  they  wanted 
to  include  in  their  particular  program 
all  that  was  good  and  that  had  been 
proved  workable  by  other  girl  move- 
ments, but  also  they  wanted  to  add  a 
distinct  spirituality  and  an  under- 
standing of  all  womanhood.  This, 
they  realized,  must  originate  within 
their  committee.  Finally  after  long 
hours  of  earnest  prayer,  the  program 
was  developed  and  christened  "Bee- 
Hive." 

Tn  the  June  Conference  of  1 91 5,  the 
Bee-Hive  work  was  introduced  to 
the  Church  in  this  way — 

In  the  Bee-Hive  work  we  hope  we  have 
found  a  partial  solution  of  what  to  do  with 
the  Junior  girl.  There  is  work  here  to  fill 
her  hands  and  her  heart  as  well  as  her  mind. 
There  are  seven  great  fields  for  her  to 
explore,  gathering  as  the  busy  bee  does  the 


sweetness  from  the  flower,  those  things 
which  will  perfect  and  glorify  her  woman- 
hood. 

These  seven  fields  which  every 
girl  should  explore,  include  the  field 
of  Religion,  Home,  Arts  and  Crafts, 
Out-of-Doors,  Business,  Public  Ser- 
vice, and  Health.  Surely  in  these 
seven  great  fields  of  life  every  girl 
could  find  wholesome  development 
for  her  heart,  her  head,  and  her 
hands. 

The  Spirit  of  the  Hive  seemed 
truly  symbolical  of  the  spirit  of  girl- 
hood— busy,  energetic,  full  of  life 
and  vitality,  and  willing  and  wanting 
to  do  constructive  work,  but  needing 
the  direction  of  a  Bee-Keeper  to 
oversee  and  direct.  Thus  the  Bee- 
Hive  work  was  born  as  an  answer 
to  a  need  of  girlhood  to  bring  beauty 
and  wholesome  activity  into  the  life 
of  every  girl  who  reached  the  age 
of  fourteen. 

Since  that  time,  not  that  the  prob- 
lems of  girlhood  change  so  materi- 
ally, but  because  conditions  do  be- 
come more  complex  as  life  goes  on, 
the  original  Bee-Hive  program  has 
been  enlarged  and  enriched.  The 
(Concluded  on  page  60) 

REPLICA   OF   PROGRAM    PRESENTED   AT   FIRST 
BEE-HIVE   SWARM,    SEPTEMBER,    1915. 


program 


Singing 
Prayer 

Address  oi  Welcome 


Womanho  Call 

Mrs.  May  T.  Nystrom 

Mis.  Ruth  May  Fox 


Report-Cells  filled  by  Bee  Hive  Girls        Miss  Elen  Wallace 
Singing  -  •  Call  of  Womanhood 

Talk-Spirit  of  the  Hive  •  Miss  Ann  M.  Cannon 

Builders  Purpose  -  Builders  in  the  Hive 

Conducted  by  Mrs.  Emily  C.  Adam. 

Address  "My  Bee  Hive  Girls"     President  Martha  H.  Tingey 

Address  and  Awarding  of  Medals 

President  Joseph  F.  Smith 

Singing  •  -  A  Song  of  the  Bees 

Benediction  ■  -  Miss  Charlotte  Stewart 

Music  Conducted  by  Miss.  Mabel  Cooper 


BEE-HIVE  GIRLS 

QtcGdtion. 


THE  FAITH  OF  OUR  FATHERS  OUR  GUIDE  SHALL  BE. 
(The  Field  of  Religion) 


PH 


||:i::;i;ll;:';:#;:il! 


,.,, 


WHEN  SKIES  ARE  BLUE  AND  DAYS  ARE  FAIR. 

(The   Field  of   Out-of -Doors ) 


JkldA.  Jul  whklfL 
$M6u  dwsdofL  Mo 
yi&iwjuA.  Womanhood. 

The  remaining  fields  are:  Arts  and 
Crafts,  Business,  Health,  and  Public 
Service* 


HAPPY  TO  WORK  TILL  OUR  TASK  IS  DONE. 
(The  Field  of  Home) 


13 


Decision! 


AufL  AUCCGAA$(lL 


By  JACK  SEARS 


D 


ecision  was  Mr.  Brisbane's  outstanding  character- 
istic—clear, VITAL,  POSITIVE  DECISION 


THE  AUTHOR'S  CONCEPTION  OF  BRISBANE  IN 
LATER  LIFE  AS  HE  DELIVERED  RAPID-FIRE 
EDITORIALS  TO    HIS   DICTAPHONE. 


IT  WAS  in  New  York  City,  several 
years  ago,  near  the  close  of  a 
bitterly  fought  campaign.  Two 
days  before  election,  ten-thirty  at 
night,  I  walked  into  Arthur  Bris- 
bane's outer  office  at  238  William 
Street.  The  chopped-up  corner 
rooms  were  crowded  with  desks, 
tables,  filing-cases,  and  typewriters. 

For  nearly  two  years  I  had  called 
during  the  day,  when  the  secretar- 
ies were  working  at  top  speed.  Now 
it  was  as  quiet  as  a  tomb.  The  door 
to  Mr.  Brisbane's  small  private  work- 
shop adjoining  the  outer  room  was 
wide  open.  He  sat,  looking  tired. 
Over  his  high,  protruding  forehead 
spread  deep,  wave-like  furrows. 
Books  and  papers  were  stacked  on 
chairs  and  tables,  like  a  wagon  load 
of  paving  stones  dumped  upon  the 
street.  There  were  books  with  pa- 
per markers  sticking  out  from  be- 
tween the  leaves,  and  papers  hud- 
dled together  containing  rapidly 
scribbled  notations. 

Mr.  Brisbane  was  without  coat, 
vest,  or  tie,  his  wilted  collar  wide 
open  and  rolled  back,  his  shirt 
sleeves  pushed  high  upon  his  arms. 
He  sat  near  his  dictating  machine, 
leaning  forward,  his  arms  resting 
heavily  on  his  legs,  and  his  hands 
draped  limply  downward  over  his 
knees  like  those  of  a  tired  laboring 
man.  The  few  long  hairs  remaining 
on  top  of  his  head  hung  downward. 

As  I  entered  the  dimly  lighted 
outer  office  and  beheld  him  under 
the  blazing  light,  I  stopped  sudden- 
ly. He  raised  his  tired  eyes  but  not 
his  impressive  head,  nor  did  he  move 
his  body  as  he  inquired  in  a  low, 
kind  voice,  "What  have  you,  Mr. 
Sears?" 

"Pardon  me,  Mr.  Brisbane,"  I 
14 


Arthur  Brisbane  valued 
time — his  time  —  your 
time! 


said.  "I  won't  disturb  you  tonight; 
you  are  so  very  tired.  I'll  come  to- 
morrow— have  an  idea  worked  up, 
but—" 

"Let  me  see  it — bring  it  in, 
please!" 

The  Brisbane  fire  was  ablaze;  the 
sparkling  and  discerning  eyes  were 
wide  open.  The  limp,  tired  editor 
was  suddenly  alert;  he  had  risen 
from  his  chair — was  keenly  interest- 
ed. He  needed  ideas  right  then- 
ideas  to  help  win  his  battle,  cartoon 
ideas  in  which  he  gloried,  around 
which  he  could  write  human  interest, 
vote-getting  headlines  and  text,  so 
gripping  that  millions  of  people 
would  see,  read,  understand,  and 
believe.  His  forceful  words  became 
great  national  issues. 


BRISBANE  AS  HE  APPEARED  ABOUT  A  QUAR- 
TER OF  A  CENTURY  BEFORE  HIS  DEATH, 
WHICH  OCCURRED  IN  1936  AT  AGE  72.  EVEN 
BACK  IN  EARLY  MIDDLE  AGE,  HIS  SALARY  AS 
AN  EDITORIAL  WRITER  EXCEEDED  THAT  OF 
THE     PRESIDENT    OF    THE    UNITED     STATES. 


Spread  before  him  was  the  full- 
page  cartoon — a  last  big  shot.  My 
contact  with  Brisbane  had  taught  me 
to  make  an  idea  shout  convincingly. 
He  studied  the  drawing  a  second, 
and  it  was  evident  from  the  play  of 
expression  on  his  face  that  this  man 
of  decision  had  figured  out  just  how 
he  would  use  it.  "This  is  fine. 
Thank  you  for  being  interested 
enough  to  come  so  far,  so  late  at 
night.  A  good  drawing  is  a  good 
deed!" 

That  was  Arthur  Brisbane,  fired 
with  the  spirit  of  a  great  editor;  tired, 
yet  forever  on  the  lookout  for  ideas. 

This  day,  Brisbane  had  stuck  to 
his  job  from  early  morning  until  late 
at  night — he  had  sent  his  office  staff 
home  for  needed  rest,  after  weeks 
of  strenuous,  nerve-wracking  work. 

Our  business  over,  Brisbane  cour- 
teously bade  me  goodnight,  softly 
closing  the  door.  As  I  hesitated  in 
the  outside  room  to  glance  at  a  proof 
sheet — one  of  Winsor  McCay's 
drawings,  to  be  illuminated  edi- 
torially by  Mr.  Brisbane — I  could 
hear  his  clear,  decisive  voice  as  he 
talked  into  his  dictaphone.  He  was 
creating  an  editorial  to  accompany 
the  picture  while  the  idea  was  fresh 
in  his  mind. 

Mr.  Brisbane  often  said,  "A 
good  picture  is  worth  more  than  a 
million  of  my  words,"  and  he  really 
meant  it.  When  he  wrote  his  edi- 
torial to  accompany  a  cartoon,  he 
had  the  ability  to  point  out  facts  to 
his  readers  which  the  artist  had  not 
realized  existed  in  his  own  creation. 

Yet  when  one  tried  to  get  Arthur 
Brisbane,  the  world's  greatest  edi- 
torial writer,  to  talk  about  his 
achievements,  he  dismissed  the  sub- 
ject with  a  crisp,  "I  have  never  writ- 
ten anything  worth  while.  I  am 
never  satisfied  with  what  I  write!" 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    JANUARY,    1940 


"Jf  Wcuid  He  a  Monument  to  Time" 


"TIME,"  CAR- 

TOON FOR  AR- 
THUR BRISBANE 
BY  JACK  SEARS. 


But  he  knew  how  to  appeal  to  all 
classes.  In  a  very  short  time  he 
had  increased  the  New  York  Journal 
daily  circulation  from  about  forty 
thousand  to  a  million  copies. 

I  am  often  asked,  "What  one 
thing  about  Mr.  Brisbane  impressed 
you  most?"  Even  the  great  Elbert 
Hubbard  asked  just  that.  Every- 
thing impressed  me,  and  each  time  I 
saw  him,  new  greatness  was  evident 
in  this  man  of  action — salesman  of 
thought  to  the  great  masses — so  able 
during  his  journalistic  reign  to  com- 
mand attention  from  millions,  no 
matter  what  he  said  or  did. 

'"There  were  many  brilliant,  spar- 
kling sides  to  Brisbane,  champion 
of  advertising  and  salesmanship. 
During  an  association  of  many  years, 
I  analyzed  this  creative  genius — 
fearless  pioneer  in  his  field — who 
wrote  simply  about  simple  things. 
He  impressed  me  as  one  who  knew 
and    considered    his    material    from 


every  angle.  His  ability  to  get  hu- 
man interest  ideas  into  the  minds  of 
others  rested  in  his  sincerity;  he 
spoke  their  language — of  those  on 
the  other  side  of  the  railroad  tracks 
as  well  as  of  those  who  conversed 
with  him  across  the  table. 

Decision  was  Mr.  Brisbane's  out- 
standing characteristic  - —  clear, 
sharp,  positive  decision.  His  tiny 
office  was  a  place  of  decision,  and 
action — of  Yes!  and  No!  In  spite 
of  all  interruptions  he  would  con- 
tinue to  give  out  snappy,  crisp,  vital 
decisions.  He  could  work  in  the 
midst  of  great  confusion.  His  phone 
rang  constantly — Mr.  Edison,  Mr. 
Henry  Ford,  his  banker;  or  it  might 
be  Mr.  Hearst,  or  artist  Nell  Brink- 
ley,  or  Ella  Wheeler  Wilcox;  a  de- 
cision on  a  legal  problem;  or  Bris- 
bane's man  Friday  had  been  ar- 
rested for  speeding.  Calls  kept  him 
wheeling  his  chair  incessantly. 

Proofs  to  correct  and  telegrams 
would  pour  in,  but  in  the  midst  of  it 


all  I  have  never  seen  Mr.  Brisbane 
nervous,  never  off  his  balance.  No 
matter  how  often  he  might  leave  one 
to  whom  he  was  talking,  when  he 
resumed  the  conversation  or  the 
business  in  hand,  he  could  begin 
where  he  had  left  off. 

On  one  occasion,  typical  of  others, 
Mr.  Brisbane's  secretary  stepped 
into  his  office,  and  with  great 
formality,  such  as  a  butler  might 
employ,  addressed  him  in  a  clear, 
lyrical  voice.  "It  is  now  ten  o'clock. 
Your  schedule  for  today  is  complete. 
At  eleven  o'clock  you  are  to  see  your 
dentist.  At  twelve-fifteen  you  lunch 
with  Mr.  Hearst  at  the  Ritz.  At  two 
you  have  a  conference  with  Presi- 
dent Butler  of  Columbia  University, 
and  you  promised  him  you  would 
talk  to  the  students.  At  four 
o'clock  you  have  a  conference  with 
the  Journal  department  heads.  At 
six-twenty  you  leave  Grand  Central 
Station  for  Chicago.  A  Mr.  Talent, 
the  writer  whom  you  had  me  trying 
to  locate  for  two  weeks,  is  waiting 
to  see  you — also  the  widow,  whose 
husband  until  recently  worked  in 
the  composing  room," 

"Thanks,  which  one  was  first?" 
"Mr.  Talent,  and  he  seems  rather 
impatient." 

"Thank  Mr.  Talent  for  coming. 
Tell  him  I  will  see  him  in  ten  minutes. 
And  show  Mrs.  J —  in  at  once.  She 
has  real  troubles — a  splendid  lady." 

Arising  to  go,  I  put  one  question 
to  Mr.  Brisbane.  "Pardon  me  if  I 
ask  you  what  you  have  prepared  to 
tell  those  university  students?" 

"I  never  worry  about  what  I  am 
going  to  say — I  will  know  what's 
best  to  talk  about  when  I  face  those 
students." 

Brisbane  surrounded  himself  with 
efficient  people  who  were  capable  of 
delivering  in  a  big  way.  He  did  not 
train  people  he  used;  he  plucked 
them  when  he  knew  them  to  be  cap- 
able, when  they  were  ready  to  de- 
liver. He  did  not  deal  in  raw  ma- 
terial. He  chose  his  people  after 
they  had  learned  their  specialty 
from  contact  with  others— in  the 
great  school  of  experience.  Brisbane 
picked  people  up  when  they  could 
fly,  when  they  were  trained  carrier 
pigeons  with  a  swift,  vital  message 
of  accomplishment — never  when 
they  were  awkward,  wing-flopping 
squabs,  uneasy  and  uncertain  on 
their  props,  covered  with  pin 
feathers  and  puny  fuzz.  These  pin 
feathers  no  doubt  would  some  day 
become  quills  for  artists  and  writers 
{Continued  on  page  58) 
15 


BEE-HIVE  JUBILEE  YEAR 


1915 


1940 


1940  will  be  Silver 
Year  for  the  Bee-Hive  Girls'  organ- 
ization. When  the  bells  ring  and 
the  whistles  blow  on  the  morning  of 
January  1,  1940,  they  will  welcome 
in  a  year,  twelve  months,  fifty-two 
weeks,  which  are  to  be  filled  to  the 
brim  with  new  adventures,  new  op- 
portunities, and  new  dreams  and 
visions,  not  only  for  Bee-Hive  Girls, 
but  for  all  who  come  in  contact  with 
the  contagious  spirit  of  Jubilee  Year. 
For  a  quarter  of  a  century,  Latter- 
day  Saint  girls  and  their  friends  have 
been  following  the  Bee-Hive  trail. 
In  exploring  the  seven  Fields  along 
the  way,  they  have  mastered  in- 
triguing crafts;  they  have  learned 
the  secrets  of  health;  they  have  yield- 
ed to  the  lure  of  the  out-of-doors; 
and  when  the  twilight  shadows  have 
fallen,  they  have  felt  the  magic 
power  of  the  campfire  bind  friend- 
ships together.  Each  of  these  twen- 
ty-five birthday  years  has  left  its 
mark  upon  the  trail — pathways  to 
new  hilltops  have  been  cleared; 
vantage  points  for  new  horizons 
have  been  chiseled  out;  bothersome 
curves  have  been  straightened.  And 
so  it  is  with  gratitude  for  the  past 
and  with  confidence  in  the  future, 
that  we  say  "Joy's  ahead"  to  all  who 
trek  the  1940  Bee-Hive  trail.  Will 
you  not  join  us?  Only  with  the  in- 
terest of  fathers,  the  encouragement 
of  mothers,  and  the  support  of  lead- 
ers and  friends  can  this  year  accom- 
plish its  great  purposes:  enriching 
the  lives  of  girls,  helping  them  to 
find  joy  in  service,  and  keeping  them 
in  constant  touch  with  their  Father 
in  Heaven. 

The  Year's  Program 

A  Silver  Jubilee  is  a  very  im- 
portant occasion.  Remember,  it 
can  only  come  once  in  a  lifetime. 
Therefore,  every  day  of  it  is  pre- 
cious; every  week  must  make  its 
contributions;  each  month  must 
bring  the  gayest  of  festivities.  In 
January,  at  the  Announcement  Buzz, 
bugle  calls  and  silver  hives  will  pre- 
sent the  official  proclamation  open- 
ing— the  1940  Silver  Jubilee  Bee- 
Hive  trail.  Stake  presidents,  bish- 
ops, mothers,  fathers,  and  friends, 
are  bid  to  join  the  Ranks  in  giving 
a  hearty  welcome  to  this  momentous 
year. 
16 


By  ILEEN  ANN  WASPE 

Chairman  o/  the  Bee-Hive  Committee 
of  the  7.  W.  M.  I.  A.  General  Board 


M^s 


IT 


1940 


Laughter  and  fun  will  be  but  sym- 
bols of  happy  and  grateful  hearts 
when  in  February  at  the  Fun  Fest 
Buzz  thousands  of  girls  will  play 
together  in  a  "Frolic  of  the  Nations." 
Their  thoughts  will  go  out  to  their 
comrades  in  other  lands,  and  there 
will  be  a  prayer  that  the  rapidly 
changing  world  of  today  will  be  kind 
to  their  foreign  sisters. 

In  a  chapel  setting  in  March,  Bee- 
Hive  Girls,  their  accomplishments, 
their  program,  and  their  leaders  will 
be  honored  in  the  Sunday  Evening 
services.  The  poet  says:  "April 
showers  bring  forth  May  flowers." 
This  year,  April  showers,  April 
sales,  April  drives,  are  going  to 
bring  forth  flowering  treasuries, 
treasuries  which  will  cause  the  sun 
to  shine  on  happy  summer  camps. 
We  hope  you  will  all  find  an  oppor- 
tunity to  help. 

May  is  always  the  outstanding 
month  in  Bee-Hive  activity,  for  it  is 
then  that  the  Day  of  the  Swarm 
climaxes  Bee-Hive  week.  A  May 
Day  breakfast  will  begin  the  week  of 
festivities  this  year,  and  the  Day  of 
the  Swarm  will  bring  to  a  glorious 
close  the  winter  season's  program 
and  herald  in  the  summer  months, 
when  the  Jubilee  Year's  program 
of  celebration  and  commemoration 
will  reach  its  height. 

That  Jubilee  memories  may  long 
endure,  a  "Memory  Marking"  theme 
will  challenge  girls  and  leaders,  dur- 
ing the  first  month  of  the  summer 
season,  to  find  ways  of  leaving  a 
permanent  tribute  to  this  year  of 
years.     The  planting  of  a  tree  or  a 


shrub,  the  naming  of  a  newly  dis- 
covered or  beloved  spot,  the  dedi- 
cation of  a  camp  site  or  an  outdoor 
fireplace,  or  a  pilgrimage  to  a  new 
historic  site  are  some  of  the  ways 
in  which  in  June  this  challenge  will 
be  met. 

"Call  me  early  in  the  morning; 
call  me  early,  mother,  please!"  Such 
will  be  the  admonition  of  many  an 
eager  girl  as  July  days  sound  the 
"Off  To  Camp"  call.  Pine  trees  in 
the  mountains,  palm  trees  in  the 
tropics,  lake  shores  and  sea  beaches 
throughout  the  world  will  play 
hostess  to  Bee-Hive  Girls.  It  is 
hoped  that  a  Silver  Jubilee  Camp 
will  be  raised  in  every  stake  and 
every  mission  in  the  Church,  and 
that  every  girl  will  spend  at  least  one 
day  and  one  night  enjoying  the 
thrills  of  outdoor  living  in  that  camp. 

Lawns  and  shady  nooks  will  take 
on  festive  airs  in  August  when  Bee- 
Hive  Girls  pause  from  their  own  fun 
to  carry  children  and  grown-ups 
off  to  fairy  land  on  wings  of  gay 
costumes,  thrilling  stories,  and 
cheery  songs. 

Double  fun,  double  membership, 
double  everything  will  be  the  slogan 
for  September.  What  a  Double 
Fun  Party  it  will  be  when  the  fall 
season  calls  twenty  thousand  girls 
back  to  Tuesday  evening  session. 
Yes,  you  will  really  think  you  are 
seeing  double,  hearing  double,  and 
even  eating  double  on  the  Double 
Party  night. 

Jealous?  Well,  there  are  likely  to 
be  a  few  who  feel  that  way  when  in 
October  in  an  Assembly  Program 
the  girls  show  the  M.  I.  A.  what  fun 
it  is  to  be  in  Bee-Hive. 

Special  Jubilee  Award 

/^an  you  visualize  the  emblem  il- 
lustrated on  this  page  stamped 
in  shining  silver  on  the  beautiful 
blue  of  the  Bee-Hive  band?  That 
is  to  be  the  special  Jubilee  Honor 
Award!  It  will  be  a  treasure  to 
every  girl  who  earns  the  right  to 
wear  it.  It  will  truly  be  a  memorable 
symbol  of  the  joys  of  the  greatest 
year  in  Bee-Hive  history.  Its  pres- 
ence on  a  girl's  Band  will  say:  I 
have  participated  rightly  in  Jubilee 
year  and  have  shared  my  joys  with 
others. 

(Concluded  on  page  50) 


9t&  jcl  wsul  Lit  difficult  #&i.  cl  dtaAAJo. 
io  know  fii&t  how  JthiwfA,  AlanxL 

SCOTCH  WOOING 


SHE  HEARD  HERSELF  SAYING 
ERE  LONG:  "IAN  McLEAN, 
YOU  ARE  THE  MOST  OBSTINATE 
INDIVIDUAL  I  EVER  MET.  NO- 
BODY COULD  PENETRATE  THAT 
THICK  SKULL  OF  YOURS." 


it 


B 


airns  and  fools/' 
said  Granny,  "shouldna  see  half 
finished  work." 

Her  knitting  needles  clicked  a 
soft  accompaniment  to  the  kettle 
singing  on  the  hob. 

Margaret  hitched  her  chair  a  little 
closer  to  the  fire  and  put  her  feet  on 
the  shining  steel  fender. 

"Oh,  I  don't  know,  Granny,"  she 
mused.  "It  isn't  as  if  I  hadn't  tried. 
It's  a  full  year  now  since  I  was  here 
on  my  holidays  and  we've  been  writ- 
ing on  and  off  ever  since.  He's  just 
a  big  dour  Scot,  and  he'll  not  listen 
to  reason." 

"Well,  maybe  his  idea  o'  reason 
and  yours  are  twa  different  things," 
said  Granny  tolerantly.  "But  ye 
don't  aye  write  about  releegion,  do 

"Oh,  you  know  Ian!"  Margaret 
laughed  a  little.  "He'll  just  mention 
in  passing  he's  put  water  in  the 
house,  and  the  bathroom  is  going  to 
be  a  fine  thing.  He  did  say  his  moth- 
er will  be  glad  to  see  him  married  so 
she  can  move  out  of  the  Main's  and 
down  to  the  wee  house.  Oh,  yes — 
and  the  American  dresser  is  going 


to  be  a  grand  thing.  What's  the 
American  dresser,  Granny?" 

Granny  chuckled  and  rose  to  get 
a  new  skein  of  wool.  When  Mar- 
garet started  winding,  she  answered, 
"He  saw  a  picture  in  a  magazine  of 
a  cabinet-thing  that's  awful  handy 
for  the  kitchen.  It  has  cupboards 
for  dishes  and  food,  and  a  big  table 
for  working  on,  and  doors  under- 
neath. One  side  has  a  big  flour  bin 
and  the  other  has  shelves  for  pots 
and  lids  and  what-not.  Half  the 
countryside  has  been  in  to  see  him 
making  it." 

"It  sounds  grand,"  agreed  Mar- 
garet, "and  I'm  very  fond  of  Ian, 
Granny,  but  he  hasn't  asked  me  to 
marry  him,  and  anyway  I  couldn't 
marry  outside  the  Church." 

"Weel,  Lassie,  that's  an  obstacle 
that  micht  be  overcome,  and  as  for 
him  asking  ye  to  marry  him,  ye 
needna  expect  a  formal  proposal. 
Your  father  aye  said  the  lassies  had 
to  do  their  ain  proposing  in  the 
North  of  Scotland,  but  of  course," 
with  tolerant  disdain,  "he  was  Eng- 
lish!" 

Margaret  finished  winding  the 
wool  and  rose  to  wander  around  the 
kitchen  somewhat  restlessly.  She 
had  arrived  from  the  south  that 
morning  for  her  annual  holiday,  and 
already  the  quiet  of  the  Northern 
Moons  were  filling  her  with  the  old 
restless  sadness.  For  a  few  days  it 
would  be  like  this,  and  then  the 
abiding  peace  of  the  heath  and  the 
nearly  purple  hills  would  enter  her 
heart.  The  hurrying  city  life  would 
be  forgotten  and  this  quiet  country- 
side, where  her  forebears  had  tilled 
the  rocky  soil,  cut  their  fuel  from  the 
peat  moss,  or  tended  the  sheep, 
would  work  its  old  magic. 

Granny  put  aside  her  knitting  and 
got  up. 

"I'm  going  to  give  ye  some  cocoa 
and  scones  and  marmalade  and  then 


By  JANET  SILVER  BLAKE 


yell  gang  oot  for  a  walk.  Ye're  hop- 
ping around  like  a  hen  on  a  hot 
griddle!" 

After  a  hearty  lunch,  Margaret 
put  on  her  brown  jacket  and  smart 
little  yellow  felt  hat. 

Her  Granny  came  to  the  door  en- 
joying the  fair  picture  of  her  lassie, 
though  her  parting  words  were  dry 
enough. 

"Mind,  Margaret,  if  ye  meet  Ian 
McLean,  don't  begin  on  Joseph 
Smith  richt  away!  Dinna  forget 
Ian's  ancestors  were  Covenantors 
who  died  over  some  wee  argument 
on  authority.  Men  are  scarce  enough 
noo;  they  maun  be  handled  wi'  velvet 
gloves.  Besides — "  she  hesitated, 
" — he  may  be  nearer  the  kirk  than 
ye  think."  The  girl  laughed  and 
waved  as  she  took  the  path  across 
the  moor. 

"Just  the  same,"  she  thought, 
"Granny  doesn't  realize  how  pig- 
headed Ian  is.  All  that  literature  I 
sent  him  and  all  he  can  say  is  it's 
very  interesting — and  Joseph  Smith 
reminds  him  of  John  Knox  in  his 
fearlessness  in  spreading  the  Word. 
Yet — he  knows  his  Bible  better  than 
I  ever  will — am  I  as  intolerant  as  I 
think  he  is?  If  I  didn't  care  so 
much — " 

JYLeanwhile — a  wonder- 
ful day  was  all  around  her!  The 
heather  was  in  bloom,  the  curlew's 
cry  was  music  in  her  ears,  and  the 
burn  sang  by  the  roadside.  It  seem- 
ed as  though  her  feet  brought  her  to 
the  old  gray  stone  farmhouse  with- 
out her  being  aware  of  it. 

At  the  Main's  there  was  little  of 
traditional  Scots  reserve  in  Elspeth 
McLean's  greeting. 

"Come  awa'  in  lassie.  Ye're  a 
sicht  for  sair  e'en.  My,  but  ye  look 
bonny!" 

Margaret  took  off  her  hat  and 
shook  her  shining  brown  hair. 

"I  feel  bonny  today,  Mrs.  Mc- 
Lean," she  laughed.  "This  air  is 
a  tonic;  how  good  it  is  to  be  back." 
(Continued  on  page  56) 

17 


Sixty  years  ago  this  January,  a 
pioneer  wagon  slid  cross-lock- 
ed into  the  gaping  mouth  of  a 
monstrous  crack  in  the  two  thou- 
sand-foot west  wall  of  the  Colorado 
River  at  the  base  of  Fifty-Mile 
Mountain  in  Southern  Utah.  Shouts 
of  bearded  men  and  bonneted  wom- 
en filled  the  air.  Horses  snorted  and 
lunged.  The  screams  of  steel  wagon 
tires  on  solid  rock  or  against  loose 
boulders  cut  the  stillness  of  the  great 
chasm,  and  the  wagon  lurched  out 
of  sight  around  a  bend  in  the  close- 
walled  crevice  far  below. 

That  crack  is  now  known  as  Hole- 
in-the-Rock.  That  wagon  was  the 
first  man-made  contrivance  ever  to 
negotiate  that  perilous  descent.  And 
the  man  who  sat  in  the  driver's  seat 
still  lives  in  Blanding,  Utah! 

THE   SURVIVORS   OF   HOLE-IN-THE-ROCK,    WHO 

STILL   LIVE   IN    OR    NEAR    SAN    JUAN    COUNTY. 

Kumen    Jones — the    man   seated — drove   the   first 

wagon  down  through  the  crack,  January  2,  1SS0. 

(See  page  56  for  other  names.) 


TWO  THOUSAND  FEET  ABOVE  THE  COLORADO 

From  this  great  height  the  river  below   looks   almost 

narrow  enough   to  step  across,   while  the  smooth,  sheer 

walls   marking   Cottonwood  Canyon  fade  back  into  miles 

and  distance  like  pigmy  mole  hills  in  pock-marked  stone. 


HOLE-IN-THE-ROCK 

By  SULLIVAN  C  RICHARDSON 

Of  the  Detroit  News 

fia&Mnq.  ov&A.  JthiL  ''impa&AaJbLL '  bwiL 
Aixi^  jy&Wiiu  ja^bi^  mahA.  ihiL  Aio^ 
jd£  Milling  JthsL  Save  £luul  Ilqslwl  swml 
qtojaJjLtL,  sw&TL  moiiL  iinpDAMJbbL! 

In  the  two  or  three  days  follow-  hundred-fifty  men,  women,  and  chil- 
ing  that  eventful  morning,  eighty-  dren  walked  or  rode  the  terrifying 
one  more  wagons  banged,  careened,  distance.  And  one  thousand  head 
and  slid  down  the  forty-five  degree  of  horses  and  cattle  crowded,  push- 
slope  to  the  swirling  river.     Two-  ed,    and    slid    between    the   narrow 


Concerning  the  colored  motion  pictures  and 
black  and  white  pictures  brought  back  from 
Hole-in-the-Rock  (which  may  be  made  avail- 
able for  private  showing)  the  following  com- 
ments have  come: 

"These  are  magnificent  pictures." — Wesley 
Winans  Stout,  Editor  The  Saturday  Evening 
Post. 

"Excellent  Pictures." — J.  R.  Hildebrand, 
Associate  Editor  The  National  Geographic 
Magaz  ine. 

"Interesting  subject  matter  and  a  very  beau- 
tiful photographic  job."— Kenneth  MacGowan, 
Associate  Producer  Twentieth  Century  Fox 
Film   Corporation. 

"Amazing  story  and  remarkable  motion  pic- 
tures."— W.  H.  Moore,  Sales  Director,  The 
Detroit  News. 

"A  good  story  and  wonderful  pictures."  — 
Ralph  Peters,  Rotogravure  Editor,  The  Detroit 
Ne  ivs . 

"Have  never  seen  better  color  in  travel 
pictures. "--George  F.  Perriot,  Director  World 
Adventure  Lecture  Series,  Detroit. 

"Unusually  fine  pictures  and  color  for  16mm 
film."— J.  L.  Middlewood,  Director  Motion 
Picture   Publicity,   Ford  Motor    Co. 

"Everybody  satisfied  here.  The  fact  that 
the  second  day's  attendance  was  better  than 
the  first  is  a  very  encouraging  indication  from 
the  standpoint  of  interest." — Ralph  Yonker, 
Advertising  Director,  The  J.  L.  Hudson  Co., 
Detroit. 


DUGWAY  IN  THE  SLICK  ROCKS 
'Where  all  the  wagons  got  down — but  many  in  pieces!" 


walls  to  be  disgorged  into  the  boil- 
ing current  at  the  foot  of  the  cliffs. 
The  marks  of  wheel-hubs  still  scar 
the  sheer  sandstone  faces  that  wall 
the  crack  three  hundred  feet  high 
on  both  sides.  The  crevice  is  still 
so  narrow  you  can  almost  touch 
both  sides  with  outstretched  arms. 
And  the  achievement  itself,  of  that 
crossing  of  the  Colorado,  has  gone 
down  in  history  as  one  of  the  most 
amazing  accomplishments  of  any 
pioneer  movement  in  America.  Those 
pioneers  were  Mormons.  They  were 
answering  a  "Call"  from  a  prophet 
of  God! 

Cometime  ago,  Arnold  Whitaker 
and  the  writer,  both  of  Detroit, 
read  the  story  of  that  trek  written 
by  a  man  who  said  many  kind 
things  about  the  "Zealots  of  Zion" 
who  built  a  makeshift  road  through 
Hole-in-the-Rock,  and  many  unkind 
things  about  the  Mormon  leaders 
who  sent  their  people  over  the  "in- 
human trail."  We  wanted  to  see 
what  that  trail  was  like:  not  only 
at  the  river  itself,  but  across  the  des- 
olate sandstone  country  that  stretch- 
es from  Cottonwood  Canyon  up  to 
Shoot-the-Chute,  through  the  Slick 
Rocks,  across  Lake  Gulch  and  the 
deeo  sand  of  Sand  Wash,  over 
Clay  Hills  Pass,  and  down  to  Bluff 
itself  on  the  San  Juan.  We  hadn't 
been  on  a  horse  in  fifteen  years,  but 
we  were  Westerners  by  birth  and 
we  "figured  we  could  take  it." 

On  June  22,  last,  we  were  on 
the  way.  Zeke  Johnson  of  the  Nat- 
ural Bridges  Monument  took  our 
lead.  Jim  Mike,  Ute  Indian  discov- 
Hl  erer  of  Rainbow  Natural  Bridge, 
brought  up  the  rear.  Five  pack 
horses,  four  saddle  horses,  two 
movie  cameras,  three  still  cameras. 


HOLE  m-THE-ROCK 


19 


The  horse  didn't  want  to  swim.  The  first  try  he  pulled  the  boat 
right  back  to  the  bank.  Second  try,  he  swam  round  and  round  the 
boat  as  the  river  swept  them  far  downstream.  He  was  finally  turned 
loose  to  keep  him  from  drowning.  He  (jot  back  to  our  side  quivering, 
wiWi  exhaustion.     The  third  try  was  successful  with  a  different  horse. 


two  pack-bags  full  of  film,  tripods, 
and  other  picture-taking  impedi- 
menta constituted  the  expeditionary 
corps.  We  were  pioneers  of  1939, 
for  the  Hole-in-the-Rock  road  had 
been  abandoned  for  wagons  since  it 
had  first  resounded  with  the  creaks 
of  heavy  wheels  and  the  plodding 
of  weary  oxen  six  decades  ago.  For 
five  or  six  years  pioneers  followed 
the  Clay  Hill  road  leading  to  the 
lake  country  and  only  pack  outfits 
have  gone  over  the  trail  since  then. 
The  hot  dust  of  '39  rose  in  choking 
clouds  from  our  horses'  hoofs  as  we 
struck  out  for  the  first  water  hole 
beyond  Clay  Hills  Pass,  thirty  miles 
away. 

As  we  rode  along  through  the 
scrub  cedar  and  pinon  pine  footing 
that  great  red  escarpment  that  runs 
all  the  way  from  White  Canyon 
down  into  the  Colorado  Country 
near  Navajo  Mountain,  Zeke  briefly 
summarized  the  story  of  the  original 
trek: 

Brigham  Young  was  a  great  col- 
onizer. He  had  to  find  room  for  con- 
verts who  still  streamed  across  the 
plains  to  the  mountains  of  Zion. 
(Zeke  had  been  a  missionary  for 
the  Church  up  in  New  England. 
His  conversation  was  nicely  mixed 
with  cowboy  slang,  Western  idiom, 
and  good  English.) 

John  Taylor  followed  Brigham 
Young  as  president  of  the  Church 
and  adhered  to  the  policy  of  colon- 
izing all  colonizable  places  the 
Saints  could  reach. 

In  late  1878,  President  Taylor  sent 
a  scouting  party  by  a  sure  but  scan- 
tily known  route  down  into  Arizona, 
via  Lee's  Ferry  to  Moencopie  (In- 
dian outpost),  and  back  up  the 
other  side  of  the  "V"  route  to  the 
mouth  of  Montezuma  Creek  on  the 
San  Juan.  They  had  a  bad  time: 
deserts,  sheer  canyons,  high  rims 
and  plateaus,  all  the  way.  Tank 
water  (water  which  stands,  be- 
tween infrequent  rains,  in  giant  pot- 
holes worn  deep  in  solid  rock)  was 
all  they  could  find  to  drink,  and 
that  tasted  as  if  it  had  run  through 
a  sheep  corral.  Indians  were  bad. 
Later  parties  ran  out  of  provisions 
and  had  to  grind  horse  feed  in  hand 
mills  for  bread.  "A  shorter,  easier 
route  must  be  found,"  said  their  re- 
port. 

Bishop  Schow,  road  scout,  drop- 
ped southeast  from  Escalante  along 
the  desert  footing  Fifty-Mile  Moun- 
tain to  the  Colorado.  He  looked 
down  through  a  deep  crevice  in  the 
two  thousand-foot  west  wall — Hole- 
in-the-Rock — to  the  water  far  below, 
up  through  Cottonwood  Canyon  on 


AT   THE   TOP   OF   THE    HOLE-IN-THE-ROCK 

Steps  cut  by  hand  in  solid  rock  gave  the  horses  surer  foot 
wagons  started  their  cross-locked  slide  toward  the  river  2 
below! 


ing  as  the 
,000  feet 


ALMOST  TOUCHING  THE  WALLS  WITH  OUTSTRETCHED  ARMS 

"Room  enough  for  a  wagon — if  you  greased  both  sides  of  the  box," 
pronounced  Whitaker. 


the  other  side,  onto  "Wildhorse 
Mesa,"  and  decided  the  Saints 
could  get  their  wagons  down 
through  the  Hole  with  comparative 
ease,  "float"  the  river,  and  "be  on 
their  way  in  no  time" — in  which  con- 
clusions Schow  was  more  optimistic 
than  history  justifies. 

The  wagons  gathered  at  Escalante 
and  started  south.  They  established 
base  camp  at  Fifty-Mile  Spring. 
Here  conflicting  reports  said  no  road 
could  ever  be  built  through  Hole-in- 
the-Rock;  that  wagons  could  not 
possibly  climb  the  walls  of  Cotton- 
wood Canyon;  and  that  east  of  that 
long  Mesa,  the  country  was  "abso- 
lutely impassable."  But  the  Saints 
had  accepted  a  "Call."  The  wagons 
pushed  on. 

Finally  at  the  big  crack,  men  were 
lowered  in  half-barrels  by  ropes  into 
the  bottom  of  the  Hole.  With  hand 
drills  and  precious  blasting  powder 
they  widened  the  slit  enough  to  let 
a  wagon  scrape  through.  Halfway 
down,  the  crevice  widened  to  a  huge 
gash.  -  Powder  was  almost  gone. 
Slick  rock,  shelving  away  at  about 
eighty  degrees,  stopped  progress. 
One  of  the  men  got  an  idea.  With 
the  hand  drills,  they  bored  small 
holes  across  the  face  of  the  rock, 
drove  tough  oak  pegs  into  the  holes, 
laid  brush  against  the  pegs,  filled 
loose  dirt  and  rock  in  behind  the 
brush — and  got  a  roadway. 

"But  their  trouble  wasn't  over 
when  they  crossed  the  river,"  Zeke 
continued,  squinting  sideways  at  the 
sun  to  see  if  we  were  keeping  to 
schedule  on  the  trail.  "Cottonwood 
Canyon  was  a  nightmare.  Shoot- 
the-Chute  was  worse.  And  the 
Slick  Rocks,  well — -"  he  hesitated, 
"you'll  see  it  as  we  go  along." 

Disappointment  and  heartbreak 
followed  the  arrival  on  the  San  Juan. 
Every  irrigation  dam  built  in  the 
river  was  washed  out  almost  before 
it  was  completed.  Starvation  forced 
the  men  to  divide  and  some  of  them 
went  northeast  into  Colorado  to 
work  for  wages  and  provisions,  while 
the  rest  remained  behind  to  care  for 
the  women,  children,  and  dying 
crops.  After  three  years  the  "Call" 
of  the  Church  was  rescinded  and 
people  were  free  to  leave  if  they 
chose.  Most  of  them  did.  Only 
about  fifteen  families  now  live  at 
Bluff,  and  still  no  irrigation  dam 
tames  the  river,  but  other  colonies  in 
the  San  Juan  region  did  grow  from 
this  venture  and  have  produced  one 
of  the  most  colorful  chapters  in  Mor- 
mon colonization  history. 

(Continued  on  page  54) 


DOWN  THROUGH  THE  HOLE 

This  is  the  way  it  looked  to  the  pioneers  as  they  bit  their  lips, 
shouted  "Giddap!"  and  slid  in.  Wheels  were  cross-locked  and  men 
held  back  with  ropes  and  chains  tied  to  the  rear  ends  of  the  wagons. 

21 


TEMPLE  OF  QUETZALCOATL  IN  TH£  FORE- 
GROUND; TEMPLE  OF  THE  SUN  IN  CENTER 
DISTANCE;  TEMPLE  OF  THE  MOON  AT  THE 
LEFT.    SAN  JUAN  TEOTIHUACAN. 


T  HAPPENED 
N  MEXICO 


(L  talsL  that  "iiMl'  with. 
thsL  (Book.  jo£  WiotmmL 


Mexico,  to  readers  of  the  Book 
of  Mormon,  should  be  a  land 
of  wonder  and  inspiration. 
A  study  of  the  legends,  traditions, 
and  ruins  of  that  great  country  will 
offer  much  food  for  thought. 

In  the  year  1 888,  there  came  to  the 
town  where  the  writer  lived  three 
preachers,  called  "Sheep  Wagon 
Methodists"  from  the  fact  that  they 
traveled  in  a  sheep  wagon.  They 
obtained  permission  to  speak  in  the 
ward  house  and  the  people  turned 
out  almost  to  the  last  person  to  hear 
what  they  had  to  say,  for  few 
strangers  visited  that  part  of  the 
Territory  to  preach,  except  the 
Home  Missionaries. 

Two  things  those  men  could  do. 
One  was  sing.  The  other — preach. 
After  a  few  songs  one  of  the 
men  arose  and  preached  a  very 
good  Christian  sermon.  After  an- 
other song  the  second  preacher  be- 
gan to  speak,  by  saying  he  should 
like  to  be  a  Mormon,  and  no  doubt 
he  would  be  if  it  were  not  for  one 
thing,  which  was  the  Book  of  Mor- 
mon. That  kept  him  from  joining 
because  of  the  crude  way  that  Joseph 
Smith  had  written  it  and  the  many 
statements  in  that  book  that  were 
not  true,  which  statements  he  pro- 
posed to  bring  out,  statements  that 
could  not  be  proved. 

The  first  statement  was  where  the 
"horse"  was  mentioned,  which  ani- 
mal was  unknown  upon  this  conti- 
nent until  the  advent  of  Cortez; 
another — roads  and  highways  were 
mentioned.  Where  were  those,  or 
evidence  that  they  had  been  made? 
He  commented  upon  the  fact  that 
"cement"  was  mentioned  and  went 
on  to  explain  that  cement  was  like 
rock,  and  almost  as  lasting,  for  few 
of  those  present  really  knew  much 
about  cement;  iron  and  steel  were 
used  to  make  machinery  and  weap- 
ons of  war.  Surely  some  of  those 
machines  or  weapons  were  still  to 
be  found,  if  the  Book  of  Mormon 
were  to  be  accepted.  Pearls,  jewels, 
22 


By  JAMES  P.  SHARP 

and  many  objects  that  were  pre- 
cious, those  people  were  supposed 
to  have.  Just  answer  a  few  of  these 
questions  and  he  would  be  willing 
to  accept  the  book. 

The  third  man  arose  and  said  the 
previous  speaker  had  proved,  beyond 
a  reasonable  doubt,  that  the  Book 
of  Mormon  was  not  true,  and  if  it 
were  not,  then  Joseph  Smith  was  not 
a  true  prophet  of  God.  Long  and 
loud  did  he  bemoan  the  fact  that  the 
Mormon  people  had  been  led  blind- 
ly. He  called  upon  those  present 
to  repent  and  join  the  church  that 
he  represented  and  thereby  place 
themselves  in  a  position  to  be  saved. 
They  made  no  converts,  but  did 
instill  into  the  mind  of  one  of  those 
listeners  a  desire  to  prove  or  dis- 
prove some  of  the  statements  made  at 
that  meeting. 

There  is  no  need  to  make  much 
comment  regarding  the  horse.  Scien- 
tists now  generally  accept  the  fact 
that  America  is,  and  was,  the  home 
of  that  animal. 

The  writer  has  read  of  many 
roads,  has  seen  but  one — a  cement 
road  132  feet  wide  and  said  to  extend 
for  a  distance  of  seven  miles.  This 
road  appears  to  have  been  made 
with  cuts  and  fills  and  grading  much 
as  we  make  roads  at  this  time. 

I  have  visited  an  ancient  city,  in 
which  the  buildings,  made  of  cement, 
cover  an  area  of  three  by  four  miles. 
One  house  has  partly  been  dug 
out.  There  were  four  rooms  when 
last  it  was  visited  by  the  writer.  The 
floor  is  about  twelve  feet  below  the 
present  level  of  the  land;  the  walls 
about  eleven  feet  high,  as  an  esti- 
mate. In  one  of  those  rooms  was  a 
well,  said  to  be  forty  feet  deep,  which 
contained  clear,  cool  water.  An- 
other room  had  a  sort  of  built-in 
shower  bath,  or  the  guide  said  it  was, 
for  it  was  a  niche  in  the  wall  that  fit, 
in  a  way,  the  outlines  of  one's  body. 
Above  this  was  a  hole  in  the  wall 
through  which  water  was  supposed 


to  have  been  forced.  The  floors  had 
a  slight  slope,  in  each  room,  to  a 
common  point,  then  a  hole  in  the  wall 
through  which  the  water  ran.  So 
far  no  one  seems  to  know  where  this 
drain  emptied.  The  walls  were  of 
cement  of  such  fine  texture  that  when 
the  writer  was  blindfolded  and  his 
watch  placed  upon  the  wall,  and 
his  finger  placed  upon  the  crystal,  or 
upon  the  cement,  he  could  not  detect 
one  from  the  other. 

Just  what  does  the  Book  of  Mor- 
mon say  about  this  subject?  Read 
Helaman  3-7: 

And  there  being  but  little  timber  upon 
the  face  of  the  land,  nevertheless  the  peo- 
ple who  went  forth  became  exceeding  ex- 
pert in  the  working  of  cement;  therefore 
they  did  build  houses  of  cement  in  the  which 
they  did  dwell. 

HThe  writer  studied  the  collection 
of  jewels  in  the  National  Mu- 
seum, at  Mexico  City,  that  came  from 
Tomb  No.  7  at  Monte  Alban,  Oaxa- 
ca.  He  visited  the  tomb,  over 
three  hundred  miles  southeast  from 
Mexico  City,  and  then  made  a  more 
detailed  study  of  those  jewels. 

There  were  pearls  in  great  num- 
ber, some  as  large  as  pigeon  eggs; 
gold  bracelets,  large  and  small; 
a  gold  belt  buckle  almost  four  inches 
square  and  two  thick;  a  gold-headed 
ornament  with  an  imitation  feather 
of  gold;  necklaces  in  great  number 
— one  was  made  of  gold,  pearls,  tur- 
quoise, and  concho  with  thirty-four 
small  gold  bells;  a  vase  of  crystal 
that  it  was  said  we  today  with  all  of 
our  modern  methods  and  machinery 
could  not  duplicate.  A  gold  mask 
about  six  by  four  inches,  made  in 
honor  of  the  ruler  of  the  night,  was 
a  work  of  art.  We  wished  to  know 
how  much  those  Mexican  officials 
really  knew  about  this  group  of 
jewels  and  precious  things,  so  we 
asked: 

"How  old  are  these  jewels  taken 
from  Tomb  No.  7?" 

"Four  hundred  years." 

"Do  you  mean  to  say  those  jewels 
(Concluded  on  page 37) 


A 


slim,  darkish  little 
man  stood  in  the  small  shed  behind 
his  antique  shop  and  carefully  lifted 
a  blue  pitcher  from  the  excelsior  in 
the  packing  box. 

"It  is  a  beauty,"  he  said  aloud, 
and  his  voice  sounded  as  if  he  were 
trying  to  convince  himself  that  this 
was  so. 

He  gazed  at  the  wide  border  of 
bell-shaped  flowers  and  leaves 
above  the  quaint  landing  scene.  Be- 
low the  spout  he  read  the  words: 
"General  Lafayette  at  Castle  Gar- 
den, New  York,  August,  1824."  His 
fingers  slid  expertly  over  the  shining 
glazed  surface. 

"I'll  risk  it,"  he  thought,  as  the 
knob  turned  on  the  shed  door. 

The  door  opened  slowly  and  a 
lean,  gray-haired  man  entered. 
"Mornin',  Mr.  Lentz,"  he  said  in  a 
shrill  voice. 

"Good  morning,  Ned,"  Lentz' 
voice  was  steady.  "You'll  finish 
cleaning  up  the  walnut  desk  this 
morning.  And  Ned,"  he  continued 
after  a  pause,  "what  do  you  think  of 
my  new  pitcher?  Rather  fine,  isn't 
it?" 

Ned  took  the  blue  pitcher  and 
looked  at  it  carefully. 

"Looks  like  you've  got  the  real 
thing  there,"  his  voice  cracked  in 
excited  admiration,  as  he  handed 
back  the  pitcher. 

Lentz  carried  the  blue  pitcher  into 
the  shop.  He  was  well  pleased.  Ned 
did  not  dream  that  it  wasn't  original, 
and  he  had  become  a  pretty  fair 
judge  in  the  last  ten  years.  Ten 
years!    Well,  others  do  it — 

He  walked  deliberately  through 
the  darkened  shop  and  placed  the 
blue  pitcher  on  an  old  cherry  table 
among  some  dull  pewter  and  shining 
lustre  pieces.  Then  he  went  to  the 
front  of  the  shop  and  raised  the 
shade  over  the  show  window.  The 
morning  sun  shone  brightly  on  the 
swinging  sign  beside  the  door. 

BENJAMIN  D.  LENTZ 

DEALER  IN 
GENUINE  ANTIQUES 

Lentz  stood   quite  still.     The  sign 
lied  now.     All   his  treasures  were 


BLUE 
PITCHER 


A  SHORT 
SHORT 
STORY 

Complete  on  this  page 

By  RUTH  H.  HELM 


genuine— all  but  one  blue  pitcher. 

When  three  weeks  ago  his  friend 
Tyson,  a  dealer  in  Philadelphia,  had 
told  him  confidentially  of  this  firm 
which  was  turning  out  excellent  re- 
productions of  historical  china,  he 
had  not  quite  realized  what  it  would 
mean.  Tyson  had  said  he'd  be  a  fool 
not  to  take  advantage  of  it.  Lentz 
hesitated,  then  remembered  how  his 
wife  kept  hoping  that  one  day  there 
would  be  enough  money  to  visit  her 
invalid  sister  and  give  her  the  help 
she  needed.  He  ordered  the  pitcher. 
It  had  seemed  such  an  easy  thing, 
then — 

He  began  to  pace  back  and  forth 
through  the  crowded  shop.  In  the 
old  Dutch  and  corner  cupboards  the 
glass,  silver,  and  copper  gleamed, 
for  Lentz  loved  his  pieces  and  had 
learned  to  show  them  off  to  the  best 
advantage. 

Ioday    the    Chippendale 
and  Sheraton  chairs  were  covered 


with  a  thin  layer  of  dust  which  did 
not  become  their  dignity.  The  daily 
polishing  and  dusting  were  forgot- 
ten. The  restless  pacing  back  and 
forth  continued. 

The  shop  bell  rang  discordantly 
through  the  silent  room. 

"Good  morning,  Madam,"  Lentz 
said  as  casually  as  possible  to  the 
keen-faced,  glowing  woman  who 
entered.    "What  can  I  do  for  you?" 

"I'm  interested  in  historical  china," 
the  woman  replied,  as  her  eyes  swept 
over  the  tables  and  shelves.  "I'm 
completing  a  set  for  my  daughter's 
wedding  present.  Oh,  the  very 
thing!"  she  cried  out  with  delight  as 
she  spotted  the  blue  pitcher. 

She  hastened  across  the  room. 
Lentz  followed  her  uneasily. 

"It  just  matches  my  set,"  the 
woman  was  saying.  "What  a  find! 
And  proof  condition!  I  needn't  ask 
if  it's  genuine.  Some  friends  of 
mine  recommended  your  shop  to  me. 
You  can't  be  too  careful  nowadays 
with  so  many  fakes  on  the  market." 

Lentz  winced.    He  said  nothing. 

"I'll  take  it,"  the  woman  contin- 
ued excitedly.  "Alice  will  be  so 
pleased.  How  much  is  it?  I  for- 
got to  ask." 

"Seventy-five  dollars,"  Lentz  re- 
plied in  a  dead  voice. 

"I'll  take  it.  Will  you  wrap  it 
carefully,  please!  Oh,  I'm  so  de- 
lighted." She  pulled  out  her  check 
book. 

"I — I — oh,  yes,"  he  was  unable 
to  say  more. 

He  took  the  pitcher  and  carried  it 
over  to  the  old  pine  secretary.  "Oh, 
I  can't  do  it!  I  must  tell  her,"  he 
thought,  but  he  took  the  paper  and 
twine  from  the  drawer.  He  was 
panicky  now.  His  face  and  hands 
were  cold  and  moist.  He  pulled  out 
his  handkerchief  and  mopped  his 
forehead. 

Suddenly,  he  knew  what  to  do. 
As  he  slipped  the  handkerchief  back 
into  his  pocket,  his  elbow  struck  the 
pitcher.  There  was  a  sharp  crash. 
The  blue  pitcher  lay  shattered  in  a 
dozen  pieces  on  the  floor. 

The  woman  cried  out  in  disap- 
pointment. Lentz  caught  his  breath 
a  moment,  then  gave  a  long  sigh  of 
relief. 


23 


Personal  Progress  Through 
Wise  Money  Management 

(phhuriphiA.  io  phadticsL  ml  Jjul 
JhtuflL  diiqhwcu^  Jb  $wx&AL. 


IN  the  average  home,  personal 
and  household  finances  repre- 
sent a  large  scale  business  when 
considered  over  a  period  of  years. 
The  monthly  income  might  seem 
relatively  small  and  unimportant, 
but  in  the  aggregate  it  represents 
a  large  sum  of  money.  The  average 
worker  earns  a  total  of  from  $50,000 
to  $75,000  during  a  lifetime.  Any 
business  of  this  size  is  important.  In 
the  case  of  a  family  it  is  of  particu- 
lar importance,  as  it  is  directly  con- 
cerned with  human  relationships 
and  personal  progress. 

A  business  of  this  size  and  impor- 
tance needs  careful  and  efficient 
management  to  produce  results. 
How  to  manage  this  large  sum  of 
money  to  obtain  economic  security, 
attain  educational  and  religious  ob- 
jectives, and  at  the  same  time  meet 
all  current  needs  and  requirements 
is  a  problem  that  confronts  every 
family. 

According  to  a  recent  survey  of 
four  hundred  and  fifty  representa- 
tive students  at  one  of  our  colleges, 
conducted  by  Caroline  M.  Hen- 
dricks, it  was  found  that  sixty-seven 
per  cent  of  the  group  listed  financial 
difficulties  as  the  most  distressing 
and  difficult  problem  to  handle  in 
their  respective  families.  While 
some  indicated  the  difficulty  as  lack 
of  sufficient  funds  to  do  all  the  things 
they  wanted  to  do,  many  stated  there 
was  sufficient  income  but  trouble  was 
caused  by  the  manner  of  distribu- 
tion and  lack  of  wise  expenditure  of 
the  family  income. 


Desired  Objectives 


M1 


[embers  of  the  Church  of  Jesus 
Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints 
have  high  ideals.  When  the  spirit 
of  the  Gospel  enters  the  lives  of 
people,  they  are  not  satisfied  to  live 
an  ordinary  life.  There  are  so  many 
24 


By  IRA  J.  MARKHAM 

Weber  College 


things  that  can  be  done  to  make  life 
richer  and  fuller  and  happier.  There 
are  so  many  things  to  do  and  such 
a  short  time  in  which  to  do  them.  If 
it  is  important  for  the  average  indi- 
vidual to  conserve  his  energy  and 
plan  his  time  and  resources  to  ac- 
complish desired  objectives,  it  is 
doubly  important  for  members  of 
this  Church,  who  have  so  much  more 
to  accomplish. 

The  ideals  and  faith  of  a  family 
are  registered  in  the  goals  that  are 
set.  The  goal  for  most  Latter-day 
Saint  parents  is  to  have  a  large  fam- 
ily, to  give  opportunity  for  an  edu- 
cation above  the  high  school  level 
to  each  child,  and  to  give  them  a 
good  start  in  life.  In  most  cases  there 
is  a  desire  to  send  the  children  on 
missions.  Arrangements  also  must 
be  made  to  meet  all  financial  require- 
ments, including  the  payment  of 
tithes  and  offerings. 

Planning  for  the  future  is  a  direct 
responsibility  of  every  Latter-day 
Saint  family.  We  are  particularly 
admonished  at  this  time  to  "get  out 
of  debt,"  and  a  financial  plan  can 
be  adopted  to  accomplish  this  de- 
sired goal.  Some  guiding  principles 
are  here  given  to  help  accomplish 
these  objectives. 

Formulating  a  Financial 
Policy 

Y°U  cannot  afford  just  to  "muddle 
through"  in  attempting  to  reach 
your  goal.  Too  many  mistakes  are 
likely  to  be  made  and  mistakes  are 
costly.  A  worthy  objective  requires 
intelligent  planning  to  accomplish 
it  in  the  shortest  possible  time.  No 
intelligent  builder  ever  attempts  to 
construct  a  house  without  a  plan. 
You  also  need  a  financial  plan  to  put 
your    "financial    house"    in    order. 


Planning  for  a  mission  or  a  college 
education  should  be  scheduled  years 
in  advance  of  the  actual  happening. 
Working  and  planning  for  its  ac- 
complishment is  training  in  charac- 
ter and  spiritual  development. 

Budgeting  and  Record-Keeping 

A  vital  step  in  formulating  a  fi- 
nancial policy  for  the  family  is 
a  decision  to  work  out  a  budget  to 
accomplish  the  goals  desired.  While 
record-keeping  is  highly  desirable, 
it  is  not  enough,  for  many  people 
keep  records,  yet  still  have  nothing 
left  at  the  end  of  the  month  to  do 
the  things  they  really  want  to  do. 
A  budget  is  generally  considered 
as  a  plan,  but  its  meaning  is  far 
more  comprehensive.  It  should  be 
a  plan  for  purposeful  and  profitable 
living.  It  is  a  means  of  eliminating 
waste.  It  is  a  method  of  getting  the 
most  out  of  one's  income,  whatever 
its  size.  It  is  also  a  guide  to  financia1 


The  question  before  the  board 


independence.  Above  all,  it  insures 
keeping  one's  "financial  house"  in 
order  when  used  regularly  and  con- 
tinually. 

When  budgeting  is  really  under- 
stood, it  will  not  be  bothersome  or 
uninteresting.  If  it  is  irksome  to 
some  adults  of  today,  it  is  because 
they  were  never  trained  to  budget 
when  habit  formation  was  easiest, 
in  childhood.  You  owe  it  to  your 
children  to  train  them  in  a  system 
of  this  kind,  as  it  is  one  of  the  best 
types  of  training  they  can  receive. 

The  Family  Council 

Tn  the  making  of  a  family  budget, 
all  members  of  the  family  are 
given  an  opportunity  to  cooperate 
and  participate.  It  will  require  a  pe- 
riod of  planning,  observation,  and 
experimentation  before  the  system 
can  be  made  to  run  smoothly  and 
efficiently.  It  also  requires  personal 
management  and  self-control  of  a 
high  order  to  be  able  to  live  up  to 
decisions  made.  This  self-discipline, 
however,  is  character-building,  and 
is  one  of  the  chief  benefits  received 
from  adopting  and  living  up  to  a 
system  of  this  kind. 

It  is  in  a  program  of  this  kind  that 
the  "family  council"  idea  can  be 
used  to  greatest  advantage.  A  for- 


mal business  meeting  can  be  called 
once  each  month  where  financial  re- 
ports are  presented  and  financial 
policies  for  the  future  worked  out. 
All  members  of  the  family  are  to 
participate  and  feel  a  direct  respon- 
sibility in  decisions  made.  Try  to  be 
as  businesslike  in  your  business 
dealings  with  your  family  as  you 
would  be  with  business  associates. 

The  Financial  Plan 

["  ife  is  a  series  of  choices.  Deci- 
sions must  be  made  daily  as  to 
which  is  of  greater  or  lesser  value; 
what  is  of  temporary  or  permanent 
value.  In  the  monthly  family  council 
or  "board  of  directors'  '  meeting, 
the  father  and  mother  have  an  op- 
portunity to  impress  the  younger 
members  of  the  family  with  the  need 
for  making  decisions  between  waste 
and  extravagance  in  the  present,  or 
comforts  and  freedom  from  worry 
in  later  life. 

Avoid  being  dictatorial.  Try  to 
lead  the  discussion  and  endeavor  to 
let  the  children  feel  that  it  is  their 
own  decision. 

The  amounts  to  apportion  to  each 
of  the  following  general  classifica- 
tions of  expenditures  will  depend  on 
the  goals  and  standards  established. 
Working  out  the  proper  apportion- 


ments will  require  a  period  of  trial 
and  experimentation.  Mistakes  made 
during  the  previous  month  will  be 
discussed  and  analyzed  at  the  regu- 
lar business  meetings  and  an  effort 
made  to  correct  the  mistakes  the 
following  month. 

Apportioning  the  Income 

Tithing 

"HPhe  soul  that  gives  is  the  soul 
that  lives."  The  payment  of 
tithes  and  offerings  is  an  insurance 
for  you  and  your  family  here  and 
hereafter.  It  is  a  direct  investment 
in  eternal  values,  and  as  such,  it  is 
the  very  best  investment  you  can 
make. 

Decide  to  pay  your  tithing  the 
first  Sunday  after  pay  day  or  as  soon 
as  your  income  is  received.  Set  it 
aside  until  paid  in  a  separate  com- 
partment marked  "Tithing."  This 
is  the  Lord's  share  and  is  not  to  be 
used  for  any  other  purpose. 

Your  family  needs  the  spiritual 
and  character  development  that 
comes  from  the  payment  of  tithes 
and  offerings.  It  is  a  proud  moment 
when  the  father,  as  chairman  of  the 
board  of  directors,  can  stand  before 
his  family  and  say,  "It  is  my  recom- 
mendation that  we  express  our 
gratitude  to  the  Lord  for  all  His 
blessings  to  us  by  paying  an  honest 
tithe." 

Necessities  and  Operating 
Expenses 

The  amounts  set  aside  to  be  spent 
for  necessities  and  operating  ex- 
penses will  vary  with  the  size  of  the 
family,  location,  and  standard  of 
living.  Excessive  amounts  spent  for 
rent,  automobiles,  expensive  clothes, 
and  costly  foods,  over  and  above 
the  amounts  that  can  be  justified  by 
your  income  and  position  in  life,  is 
money  wasted  in  fleeting  values. 

The  true  character  of  the  family 
will  be  revealed  when  the  board  of 
directors  makes  a  decision  between 
temporary  satisfaction  of  physical 
appetites,  the  gratification  of  world- 
ly desires,  and  the  greater  blessings 
that  come  from  spending  for  more 
enduring  values. 

"Keeping  up  with  the  Joneses"  is 
hard — is  it  worth  the  effort  and  sac- 
rifices necessary  to  accomplish?  It 
is  a  sacrifice.  You  are  undermining 
your  economic  security  and  jeopard- 
izing the  future  of  your  family  for 
fleeting  self-gratification  in  the  pres- 
ent. Why  not  be  a  leader?  Why  do 
unwise  things  just  because  other 
people  do  them?  ( Co ntinued  on  page  52) 

25 


THE  COMMON  SOURCE  OF 


One  must  look  heavenward  to 
find  the  origin  of  baptism 
and  also  to  ascertain  the 
origin  of  the  other  principles  and 
ordinances  of  the  Gospel  of  Jesus 
Christ.  For  the  earliest  revelations 
of  the  plan  of  salvation  to  mortals, 
one  should  look  to  father  Adam — 
the  first  man  of  our  race.  Since  the 
Gospel  was  instituted  by  God  and 
not  by  man,  its  requirements  are 
just  as  constant  and  exacting  in 
their  composition  and  operation  as 
are  the  laws  of  health  or  the  laws  of 
nature.  If  any  alteration  takes  place, 
it  can  be  made  only  by  the  almighty 
Author  of  the  laws.  The  Lord  has 
said: 

All  who  will  have  a  blessing  at  my  hands 
shall  abide  the  law  which  was  appointed 
for  that  blessing,  and  the  conditions  there- 
of, as  were  instituted  from  before  the  foun- 
dation of  the  world.1 

The  ancient  religious  records  pos- 
sessed by  our  generation  are  so  brief 
that  it  is  impossible  to  reconstruct  in 
detail  the  Gospel  as  lived  in  the 
Adamic  and  other  early  dispensa- 
tions. There  is,  however,  enough  in- 
formation preserved  to  give  conclu- 
sive evidence  that  baptism  is  one 
of  the  most  vital  ordinances  of  the 
plan  of  salvation  and  that  it  is  pos- 
itively a  requisite — fixed  and  unal- 
terable— for  those  who  enter  into  the 
kingdom  of  God.2  "Strait  is  the 
gate,  and  narrow  is  the  way,  which 
leadeth  unto  life"3  and  "the  gate  by 
which  ye  should  enter  is  repentance, 
and  baptism  by  water;  and  then 
comes  a  remission  of  your  sins  by 
fire,  and  by  the  Holy  Ghost."* 

By  heavenly  messengers,  Adam 
was  taught  the  doctrine  concerning 
this  ordinance,  after  which  he  was 
caught  up  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord 
and  immersed  in  water.  Then  the 
Holy  Ghost  descending  upon  him 
caused  him  to  "become  quickened 
in  the  inner  man";  thus  through  faith, 
repentance,  baptism,  and  confirma- 
tion, he  received  a  spiritual  rebirth.5 
Following  this  experience,  "he  heard 
a  voice  out  of  heaven,  saying,  Thou 
art  baptized  with  fire,  and  with  the 
Holy  Ghost.  This  is  the  record  of 
the  Father,  and  the  Son,  from  hence- 
forth and  forever.  .  .  .  Behold,  thou 

iDoc.  and   Cov.   132:5;    130:20-21. 

2Pearl  of  Great  Price,  Moses  6:49-67;  John  3:1-8; 
BooA:  of  Mormon,  2  Nephi  9:23;  31:4-21;  Alma  27:14- 
16. 

3Matthew   7:14;   3  Nephi    14:13;   27:33. 

*Book    of   Mormon,    2   Nephi   31:4-21. 

5John    3:1-8, 

26 


II.  BAPTISM 

dn.  OJtdmcmxjL  o$*  Qniiirdwti.,  O&bihipL, 
and.  ibupmLhcddofL 


BY 


MILTON  R.HUNTER,Ph.D. 

Assistant,  L.  D.  S.  Institute  of 
Religion,  Logan,  Utah 


art  one  in  me,  a  son  of  God;  and 
thus  may  all  become  my  sons."8 

Adam  taught  the  principle  of  bap- 
tism to  his  children  and  they  in  turn 
to  their  children.7  In  this  way  the 
knowledge  and  the  practice  of  this 
holy  ordinance  was  carried  on 
among  the  children  of  men  from  gen- 
eration to  generation  as  a  "golden 
thread"  to  which  they  must  cling 
in  order  to  bring  about  their  own 
redemption. 

However,  through  apostasy  a 
number  of  vital  changes  were  made 
from  time  to  time  in  the  ordinance 
of  baptism.  Pagan  groups  adopted 
some  of  the  fundamental  ideas  con- 
nected therewith  but  greatly  adul- 


DR.    MILTON    R. 
HUNTER 


terated  the  complete  ordinance  from 
the  original  revelation  as  given  to 
Adam  and  as  again  revealed  to  the 
holy  prophets  during  the  various 
Gospel  dispensations.  Therefore, 
one  finds  in  ancient  and  modern  re- 
ligions numerous  ways  in  which 
baptism  has  been  interpreted  and 
practiced.  Where  these  variances 
from  the  original  pattern  occur,  they 
are  man-made  and  represent  a  fall- 

6Pearl   of  Great  Price,   Moses   6:58-67. 
Vbid.,  5:6-15,  58-59. 


ing  away  from  the  true  Gospel  or- 
dinance. 

But  there  are  certain  constants  in 
the  concept  of  baptism  which  have 
maintained  themselves  in  pagan  as 
well  as  in  Christian  creeds.  These 
indicate  one  central  source  from 
which  they  were  derived.  The  roots 
of  these  constants  extend  to  the  fol- 
lowing pregnant  statements  made 
by  the  Lord  to  Adam: 

Inasmuch  as  ye  were  born  into  the  world 
by  water,  and  blood,  and  the  spirit,  which 
I  have  made,  and  so  became  of  dust  a  living 
soul,  even  so  ye  must  be  born  again  into 
the  kingdom  of  heaven,  of  water,  and  of 
the  Spirit,  and  be  cleansed  by  blood,  even 
the  blood  of  mine  Only  Begotten;  that  ye 
might  be  sanctified  from  all  sin,  and  enjoy 
the  words  of  eternal  life  in  this  world,  and 
eternal  life  in  the  world  to  come,  even 
immortal  glory.  For  by  the  water  ye  keep 
the  commandment;  by  the  Spirit  ye  are  jus- 
tified, and  by  the  blood  ye  are  sanctified.8 

Tt  has  been  the  practice  in  many 
of  the  ancient  as  well  as  modern 
religions  to  baptize  converts  for  the 
avowed  purpose  of  helping  to  bring 
about  in  the  worshippers  a  regener- 
ation or  rebirth.  Three  types  of  bap- 
tism have  been  popular — that  of  wa- 
ter, of  Spirit,  and  of  blood.  Although 
interpreted  and  expressed  in  a  va- 
riety of  ways  by  different  religions, 
yet  the  doctrine  on  which  they  are 
constructed  has  a  kinship  to  the 
three  points  in  baptism  and  atone- 
ment emphasized  in  the  foregoing 
revelation  to  Adam. 

Whenever  the   Gospel   of   Jesus 

Christ  has  been  on  the  earth,  the 
concept  of  death  to  the  old  life  and 
birth  into  a  new  spiritual  life  ac- 
companying repentance  and  baptism 
has  been  held  as  one  of  the  cardinal 
tenets.9  The  Master's  statement  to 
Nicodemus — "Except  a  man  be  born 
again,  he  cannot  see  the  kingdom 
of  God" — is  familiar  to  everyone. 
Alma  taught  the  Nephites  the  same 
Gospel  truth.  In  his  own  words: 

Ye  must  repent  and  be  born  again:  for 
the  Spirit  saith,  if  ye  are  not  born  again, 
ye  cannot  inherit  the  kingdom  of  heaven; 
therefore,   come  and  be  baptized  unto  re- 

Vbid  6:59,   60;   1   John  5:5-8. 

sBook  of  Mormon,  Mosiah  27:24-32;  Alma  36,  5,  18- 
28;  Ether  26-18;  Pearl  of  Great  Price,  Moses  6:49-51, 
58. 


RELIGIOUS  TRUTH 


'■:■■■■■"'■   ■       ■■   .     . ./: 


■:'rf:'-:-^-:^l:!'i:'''"'- ■■-■- ::■:':■: 


pentance,  that  ye  may  be  washed  from  your 


sins. 


In  Titus  it  is  written,  "According 
to  his  mercy  he  saved  us,  by  the 
washing  of  regeneration."  Apostle 
Paul  expressed  the  Christian  doc- 
trine of  rebirth  in  his  letter  to  the 
Saints  in  Rome  as  follows: 

Know  ye  not  that  so  many  of  us  as  were 
baptized  into  Jesus  Christ  were  baptized 
into  his  death?  Therefore  we  are  buried 
with  him  by  baptism  into  death:  that  like 
as  Christ  was  raised  up  from  the  dead  by 
the  glory  of  the  Father,  even  so  we  also 
should  walk  in  newness  of  life.  For  if  we 
have  been  planted  together  in  the  likeness 
of  his  death,  we  shall  be  also  in  the  like- 
ness of  his  resurrection.11 

The  Gospel  has  always  required 
of  mankind  not  only  to  accept  the 
outward  act  of  being  baptized,  but 
actually  to  cast  aside  all  sins  of  the 
flesh  and  be  born  unto  Christ  into  a 
new  life  of  the  spirit — a  life  of  ab- 
solute righteousness.  The  ultimate 
goal  of  being  reborn  and  attaining 
an  inheritance  in  the  kingdom  of 
God  will  be  reached  by  following 
the  solemn  injunction  of  the  Master 
wherein  he  said,  "Be  ye  therefore 
perfect,  even  as  your  Father  which 
is  in  heaven  is  perfect." 

Practically  every  pagan  religion 
that  was  a  vital  rival  of  early  Chris- 
tianity practiced  baptism  as  one  of 

10Book   of  Mormon.   Alma  7:14. 

"Romans  6:3-11;  Galatians   3:24-29;  2:19-21. 


its  rites  of  initiation.12  The  doctrine 
behind  this  ordinance  was  death  to 
the  old  life  and  "regeneration  or  re- 
birth" into  a  new  life — a  spiritual 
life.13  It  connoted  a  purging  of  all 
past  sins  of  the  flesh  and  a  birth  into 
a  life  of  the  spirit — a  life  of  immor- 
tality— just  as  the  Christian  doctrine 
of  baptism  did.  The  fundamentals 
of  the  concept  were  inherited  from 
the  true  plan  of  salvation. 

"There  can  be  no  salvation  with- 
out regeneration"  was  emphatically 
asserted  in  the  Hermetic  pagan  lit- 
erature. Plato  remarked  that  "To 
die  is  to  be  initiated."  Many  differ- 
ent religious  practices  were  employ- 
ed by  the  ancient  pagans  to  engen- 
der a  rebirth  in  the  worshippers,  and 
a  number  of  their  ceremonies  sym- 
bolized death  to  the  old  life  and  a 
new  birth.  Every  serious-minded 
neophyte  in  being  baptized  into  the 
Mystery  religions  during  early 
Christian  centuries  passed  through 
the  solemn  ceremony  believing  that 
thereby  he  became  "twice  born" — 
a  "new  creature."  This  concept  of 
rebirth  and  regeneration  was  para- 
mount in  paganism  as  early  as  the 
sixth  century  B.  C.  and  remained  so 
until  Christianity  absorbed  the 
heathenistic  cults  during  the  fourth 
and  fifth  centuries  A.  D.  Note  the 

^Samuel  Angus,  The  Mystery  Retigions  and  Chris- 
tianity,  81-83. 

™Ibid.,     95-100;     Harold     Willoughby,     Pagan     Re- 
generation,  45.    101,    131-132,    159-161,    196-224. 


s 


:■<■■■■■■  :■■■■■■  ■:        ■■..■....■■..,;■■     .  ...  ::■■    ■■    .  ■     ■■ 


BAPTISMAL    FONT,   SALT    LAKE  TEMPLE 

Photograph    Copyright  by  Heber   /.    Grant, 
Trustee-in-Trust.         All      rights     reserved. 

definiteness  of  this  concept  as  ex- 
pressed in  the  following  Mithraic 
literature  translated  from  a  papyrus 
scroll  preserved  in  Egypt  from  the 
first  century  A,  D. 

The  opening  prayer  of  the  liturgy 
begins : 

"O!  First  spirit  of  the  spirit  that  is  within 
me!  .  .  .  May  it  please  thee  to  translate 
me,  who  am  trammelled  by  the  nature  which 
underlies  me,  to  an  immortal  genesis  .  ,  , 
that  I  may  be  born  again  in  spirit."  At 
other  points  in  the  documents  are  recorded: 
"Though  I  was  born  a  mortal  from  a  mortal 
mother  .  .  .  having  been  sanctified  by  sa- 
cred ceremonies  I  am  about  to  gaze  with 
immortal  eyes  on  the  immortal  aeon  .  .  . 
O  Lord!  Having  been  born  again,  I  pass 
away,  being  exalted  the  while,  as  thou  hast 
established  the  law  and  ordained  the  sac- 
rament."11 

Dr.  Willoughby  thinks  that  "few 
if  any  ancient  texts  contain  a  clear- 
er" statement  of  the  "religious  ex- 
perience of  rebirth  to  immortal  life 
than  does  this  Mithraic  liturgy.  By 
itself  alone  it  is  startling  testimony 
to  the  prominence  of  the  idea  in  gen- 
tile religious  circles.  ...  It  is  certain 
that  the  devotees  of  Mithra  viewed 
initiation  as  a  rebirth  to  immortal- 
ity."15 It  should  be  kept  in  mind  that 
rebirth  as  promised  in  Mithraism 
{Continued  on  page  51 ) 

^Bibliotheque  Nationale.  Suppl.  Gr.  574.  See 
Dieterich,  Eine  Mithrastiturgie.  cited  in  Willoughby 
op.    cit..    163-164. 

^Willoughby,   Ibid. 

27 


A  WOMAN'S  PLACE 

(Hortense  Odium,  Charles  Scribner's  Sons, 

New  York,  1939.    286  pages.    $2.75.) 

Women  everywhere  will  wonder  just 
what  a  woman's  place  really  is,  but 
this  book  will  be  a  revelation  of  the  fact 
that  women  can  make  any  place  their  place, 
if  they  set  their  minds  to  it.  Mrs.  Odium, 
born  Hortense  McQuarrie  of  St.  George, 
Utah,  married  in  Salt  Lake  City,  and  soon 
thereafter  found  herself  with  her  family 
transferred  to  New  York.  Their  struggles 
both  in  Salt  Lake  City,  when  they  married 
on  fifty  dollars  a  month  salary,  and  in  New 
York,  where  they  moved  on  a  hundred 
dollars  a  month,  offer  encouragement  to 
others  who  wish  to  succeed.  Her  as- 
cendancy to  the  presidency  of  Bonwit 
Teller,  nationally  famed  ladies'  shop,  was 
by  chance  rather  than  by  design.  However, 
having  said  that  she  would  do  what  she 
could,  Mrs.  Odium  threw  herself  whole- 
heartedly into  the  program  of  renovation 
and  today  Bonwit  Teller  stands  tops  in  the 
fashion   world. 

Many  good  features  are  emphasized  in 
her  autobiography.  The  average  shopper 
has  no  consideration  for  the  problems  which 
confront  the  sales-person.  Mrs.  Odium 
points  out  both  sides  of  this  sometimes  con- 
fusing situation.  She  also  inserts  in  her 
book  little  hints  which  will  help  women 
and  girls  attain  poise  through  being  well- 
dressed.— M.  C.  J. 

QUEER  PERSON 

(Ralph  Hubbard,  Illustrated.  Doubleday, 
Doran  and  Company,  Garden  City,  1936. 
336  pages.    $2.00.) 

Queer  person  was  a  little  Indian  boy 
who  was  deaf  and  dumb.  His  in- 
ability to  speak  and  hear  made  him  an 
object  of  fear  among  the  rest  of  the  Indians, 
with  the  single  exception  of  granny,  an  old 
crone  of  the  tribe.  But  miraculously  his 
hearing  was  restored  and  with  hearing  came 
the  ability  to  learn  to  talk.  The  adventures 
which  proved  his  worth  make  fine  reading 
for  all  red-blooded  boys.  The  M.  I.  A. 
takes  great  pleasure  in  recommending  this 
book  to  all  its  Scouts. — M.  C.  J. 

ALONE 

(Richard  Byrd,  Illustrated.   G.  P.  Putnam's 

Sons,  New  York,  1938.  296  pages,  $2.50.) 

Admiral  Byrd  was  four  years  deciding 
whether  or  not  he  could  write  the  ex- 
periences included  in  this  book  since  they 
were  so  extremely  introspective.  Finally, 
praise  be,  his  friends  and  associates  pre- 
vailed on  him  to  include  his  unique  ex- 
periences in  this  unforgettable  volume.  One 
of  the  most  salient  beliefs  which  came  to 
him  was  that  no  matter  how  desolate  he 
might  feel,  "The  human  race  is  not  alone 
in  the  universe." 

In  addition  to  this  faith,  which  is  ex- 
emplified throughout  the  book,  there  are 
other  fine  lessons  which  can  be  learned. 
One  is  that  true  enjoyment  of  our  life  must 
depend  on  our  point  of  view  and  not  on 
material  possessions.  His  ability  to  find 
enjoyment  through  music  and  reading  in 
solitude  has  much  to  commend  it  to  our 
readers. 

The  Mutual  Improvement  Associations 
are  happy  to  recommend  it  to  all  members  of 
the  Mutual  as  well  as  to  the  M  Men- 
Gleaners,  whose  reading  course  book  it 
is.— M.  C.  J. 

28 


THIS  IS  THE  PLACE 

(Marguerite  Cameron.    Caxton  Printers, 

Caldwell,  Idaho,  1939.    338  pages.) 

Marguerite  Cameron's  This  is  the  Place 
is  an  exceptionally  well  written  and 
interesting  monograph,  designed  especially 
for  the  youth  of  elementary  school  age. 
The  scope  of  the  book  covers  the  period 
1847  to  1869,  with  an  introduction  of  105 
pages  narrating  briefly  the  important  events 
of  pre-Mormon  Utah  and  of  Mormon  his- 
tory before  the  great  migration  of  1847. 
By  far  the  greater  emphasis,  however,  is 
on  the  important  decade  of  the  '50's.  The 
book,  therefore,  is  in  no  sense  a  complete 
history  of  Utah. 

Since  the  author  has  used  secondary 
sources  almost  exclusively — the  monograph 
is  in  no  sense  an  original  contribution  to  the 
field  of  historical  scholarship.  Even  the 
list  of  secondary  references  consulted,  is 
far  too  limited  to  permit  of  any  completely 
satisfactory  analysis  of  this  important 
period.  The  study,  therefore,  is  far  from 
being  definitive  or  complete,  even  for  the 
limited  purpose  for  which  the  book  is  in- 
tended. 

The  value  of  This  is  the  Place  lies  chiefly 
in  its  appeal  to  the  younger  folk,  not  as  an 
analytical  but  as  a  descriptive  summary  of 
many  of  the  fascinating  incidents  connected 
with  the  early  history  of  Utah.  Its  attrac- 
tive presentation  and  interesting  style  will 
appeal  to  many  readers,  young  and  old,  but 
to  the  student  of  history  who  expects  a  more 
scholarly  approach,  this  monograph  will 
have  very  little  appeal.  The  book  is  re- 
plete with  illustrative  maps  and  diagrams, 
some  of  which,  however,  unfortunately  are 
inaccurately  drawn.  Many  carefully  select- 
ed photographs  add  much  to  the  value  of 
the  volume. — Dr.  L.  H.  Creer,  Associate 
Professor  of  History  and  Political  Science, 
University  of  Utah. 

WHY  BABIES? 

(Rachel  V.  Campbell,  Illustrated.  Macmil- 
lan  Company,  New  York,  1939.  163  pages. 
$2.00.) 

7V  nyone  reading  this  book  will  stop  what- 
**  ever  he  or  she  is  doing  right  now  and 
decide  that  he  or  she  needs  to  add  more 
babies  to  the  world — all  of  which  is  good 
tonic  today  when  the  temptation  is  to  have 
more  cars,  more  furs,  more  jewels,  more  of 
anything  except  babies. 


^C 


-rtuA9* 


FROM    "WHY   BABIES,"   BY   RACHEL 
VI0LETTE  CAMP3ELL   (MACMILLAN) 


Breezily,  the  author  takes  the  reader 
through  "Babies  Versus  Baths,"  "Language 
and  Otherwise,"  "Education  by  Babies," 
"The  Other  Side  of  the  Picture,"  "Babies 
Versus  Jobs,"  "School  and  Other  Impedi- 
ments," "How  to  Be  a  Model  Mother,"  and 
many,  many  other  experiences,  spelled  with 
a  capital  E.  This  is  a  book  that  no  mother 
or  prospective  mother  should  miss — to  say 
nothing  of  the  fathers! — M.  C.  J. 

THE  MACMILLAN  HANDBOOK 
OF  ENGLISH 

(John  M.  Kierzek.     The  Macmillan 
Company,  New  York,  1939.    419  pages.) 

FOR  all  who  would  learn  to  write  well  this 
book  will  be  a  truly  great  help.  For  all 
who  have  to  speak  (and  who  of  our  Church 
does  not  have  this  to  do?)  will  find  this 
book  especially  valuable  in  its  constructive 
helps  for  dictionary  usage,  choosing  the 
right  word,  good  usage,  triteness,  concrete- 
ness,  clearness,  and  effectiveness. 

This  book  is  complete  in  its  grammatical 
inclusions  and  very  full  in  its  selection  of 
examples  to  illustrate  the  points  made.  We 
take  great  pleasure  in  recommending  to  all 
who  would  improve  their  spoken  or  written 
English,  The  Macmillan  Handbook. 

— M.  C.  /. 

THE  HOME  BOOK  OF 
MODERN  VERSE 
(Burton  E.  Stevenson.    Henry  Holt  and 
Company,  New  York,  1927.    1057  pages.) 

Restoring  poetry  to  its  rightful  place  in 
the  reading  world  is  one  of  the  recog- 
nitions Mr.  Stevenson  should  receive  as  a 
result  of  this  truly  monumental  work.  Part 
I  deals  with  poems  of  youth  and  age;  Part 
II,  with  poems  of  love;  Part  III  with  poems 
of  nature;  Part  IV  with  familiar  verse  and 
poems,  both  humorous  and  satiric;  Part  V 
deals  with  poems  of  patriotism,  history, 
and  legend;  Part  VI  with  poems  of  senti- 
ment and  reflection.  From  this  mere  listing 
of  major  divisions — not  even  mentioning 
the  subdivisions  which  are  included  under 
each  main  heading — readers  can  see  how 
invaluable  this  book  of  poetry  should  be 
in  every  home. 

One  of  the  great  accomplishments  of  this 
compiler  is  that  he  has  not  limited  himself  to 
the  older,  well-known  poems  and  poets;  he 
has  included  in  this  volume  many  of  the 
newer  poets  whose  names  have  been  made 
in  recent  years. — M.  C.  /. 

BAMBI'S  CHILDREN 

(Felix  Salten.    Bobbs-Merrill  Company, 

New  York,  1939.    315  pages.  $2.50.) 

'  I  *o  anyone  who  has  read  Bambi  and  Perri, 
■*>  this  new  book  by  the  same  author  will 
be  a  necessary  purchase.  To  those  who 
have  not  been  fortunate  enough  to  know 
Felix  Salten's  work,  this  book  should  serve 
as  an  introduction.  No  one  should  miss 
reading  Bambi's  Children,  whether  he  be 
old  or  young. 

Into  the  forest  background,  the  author 
has  introduced  a  family,  that  of  Bambi  and 
Faline  and  their  two  children,  Gurri  and 
Geno.  Although  the  fear  of  man  is  still 
uppermost  in  the  minds  of  the  forest-folk, 
in  this  book,  man  saves  Gurri  from  the  fox 
and  takes  her  to  his  home  to  recover. 
Strangely  enough,  to  the  animals,  the  idea 
of  two  men  fighting  was  not  to  be  under- 
stood. 

This  is  a  beautiful  book  which  should  be 
in  every  library. — M.  C.  J. 


A  PRAYER  FOR  THE  NEW  YEAR 
By  Solveig  Paulson 

OH  lord,  in  this  new  year, 
May  I  be  strong  and  quick  to  see 
The  graces  You  have  planted  deep 
In  all  creation,  tenderly. 

I  would  be  wise  to  see  the  things  worth 

while, 
And  generous  with  Thy  gifts  to  me, 
Have  ready  hands  for  heavy  toil, 
And  bear  misfortune  buoyantly. 

I  would  have  healthy,  friendly  thoughts, 
Clean  swept,  like  rocks  beside  the  sea, 
And  wit  to  find  life's  crevices 
Packed  full  of  mirth  and  jollity. 

Oh,  Lord,  may  all  the  days  that  come 
Just  find  me  sweet  and  pliable  and  free, 
Like  grass  that  yields  itself  to  wind 
Then  rises,  after,  gracefully! 


AN  EPHEMERAL  THING 
By  Daisy  Constant  Drexel 

BUT  yesterday  I  was  a  living  thing; 
Bedecked  with  tinsel  and  with  baubles 
hung, 
I  glowed  with  lights  that  shimmered,  string 
on  string; 
From  carolers,  I  heard  my  praises  sung. 
A  shining  star,  a  halo  for  my  hair, 

A  symbol  of  the  lowly  Jesus'  birth 
Shed  radiance  all  about  me,  standing  there: 
A  peace  and  blessed  stillness  filled  the 
earth. 

Today,  I  have  been  stripped  and  cast  aside; 

I  lie  among  the  shadows  in  the  gloom; 
I  feel  the  thrust  of  needles  in  my  side; 

The  passing  of  the  Yuletide  sealed  my 
doom. 
If  I  but  knew  they  would  my  spirit  keep 
Through  all  the  year  to  come,  then  I  could 
sleep. 


MY  PRAYER 

To  a  Nurse 

By  Dorothy  Alexander 

I  dedicate  myself  today 
To  those  who  need  my  tender  care. 
May  strength  be  given  me,  I  pray, 
To  lift  the  cross  that  others  bear. 

When  eyes  grow  dim,  and  night  appears, 
My  faith  in  Him  will  calm  their  fears; 

With  smiles  I'll  dry  away  their  tears; 
Keep  me  worthy  to  serve,  today. 

My  sacred  trust  I'll  keep  for  aye; 

My  hands  will  clean  and  willing  be. 
When  duty  calls  I  will  obey — 

My  pledge  is  as  a  prayer  to  me. 

And  when  with  tired  feet  I  come — 

For  rough  are  roads  that  must  be  trod — 

Then  may  He  say,  "Thy  work's  well  don**. 
You   have   walked   hand   in   hand   with 
God." 


A  PRAYER  FOR  THE  NEW  YEAR 
By  Fannie  C.  Miles 

Help  me,  O  Lord, 
To  begin  a  New  Year  each  day: 

To  crowd  that  day  with  love  and  service  to 
my  family  and  friends. 

To  see  in  them  virtues  and  not  vices. 

To  add  one  new  grain  of  knowledge  to  my 
storehouse  of  wisdom. 

To  spare  a  few  minutes  each  day  to  com- 
mune with  Nature  and  absorb  her  won- 
ders and  beauties. 

To  feel  life  growing  more  wonderful  and 
full  of  opportunities  for  service  to 
mankind. 

To  have  more  faith  in  mankind  and  its 
strivings  to  reach  higher  levels. 

To  have  a  greater  love  for  my  country  and 
a  stronger  desire  to  support  her  laws 
and  institutions. 

To  see  each  passing  year  not  as  a  mile-stone 
on  life's  downward  journey  but  as  a 
stepping-stone  to  Life  Eternal.    Amen. 


CLIMBING 
By  Edward  R.   Tuttle 


Hours  tear  along  immune  to  sleep, 
Relentless  in  their  timing — 
Shall  I  ignore  their  rapid  sweep, 
Or  keep 
Climbing? 

Heights  are  not  scaled  by  dormant  dreams- 
Fruition  weaves  its  rhyming 
By  ardent  pulse  in  fertile  beams, 
It  seems, 
Climbing. 

So,  when  for  me  at  eventide 

The  Reaper's  taps  are  chiming, 

May  those  who  knew  me  say  with  pride, 

"He  died 

Climbing." 


MUSIC 
By  Maurine  Jacobs 

The  music  came, 
Issuing  from  your  throat 
Like  liquid  sunshine, 
Wanning  my  soul, 
And  leaving  me 
With  hands  outstretched 
To  catch  the  last, 
Soft,  golden  ray. 


WAKEFUL  WINTER  NIGHTS 

By  Eva  Willes  Wangsgaard 

ON  WINDS  of  wintry  dark  I  hear  it  yet, 
A  woman's  smothered  weeping  in  the 
night, 
The  muffled  sobs  of  one  who  can't  forget, 
Who  shudders  more  from  loneliness  than 
fright. 
For  when  the  wilderness  was  under  snow 

That  even  hid  the  friendly  wagon  track, 
How  heavily  a  heart  would  beat,  to  know 
The  weight  of  thoughts  forever  turning 
back! 
And  cottonwoods  gave  poor  companionship 
To  one  who  felt  her  child  was  insecure, 
While  ice  was  all  their  stiffened  limbs  could 
grip 
And  "Patience"  was  their  only  signature. 
On  wakeful  winter  nights,  one  truth  is  clear: 
What  courage  had  the  woman  pioneer! 


LINES  TO  A  SCULPTOR 
By  Linnie  Fisher  Robinson 

T  stood  before  your  handiwork  today, 

*■   The  beauty  that  you've  wrought  in  solid 

stone; 
I  sensed  its  grace  and  symmetry  at  once, 
So  gave  myself  to  catch  its  smallest  tone. 

And  something  long  lain  mute  within  me 

roused — 
Some  smothered  dreams,  that  I  thought  dead 

and  gone, 
Awoke,  in  a  new  kinship  with  your  soul, 
Through  miracle  of  rock  turned  into  song. 


VALUES 

(To  my  son's  teachers) 

By  Pauline  Soroka  Chadwell 

/~\h,  weigh  your  values  well  this  year 
^-^    And  give  him  what  he  needs  so  much — 
Make  Truth  and  Tolerance  so  clear 
That  he  will  never  lose  their  touch. 

In  these  days  of  a  world's  dark  strife, 
When  few  ideals  are  still  left  whole, 

Put  more  than  words  into  his  life — 
Remember  that  he  has  a  soul. 

Oh,  give  his  new  wings  greater  span, 
And  clean  his  heart  of  fear  and  hate; 

Quicken  his  sympathy  for  man — 

Until    then,    "Greek"    and    "Math"    can 
wait! 


■  ♦  ■ 


A  BOOK  IS  A  DOOR 
By  Julia  W.  Wolfe 

Pictures  are  windows  to  many  lands, 
*■     But  a  book  is  a  door  that  ready  stands 
To  him  who  will  open  and  go  outside 
Where  the  rivers  and  plains  are  free  and 

wide. 
Pictures   are  windows   through   which  we 

look, 
But  the  door  of  the  world  may  be  a  book. 

29 


RELIEF  SOCIETY  PRESIDENCY, 
BOARD  REORGANIZED 

Appointed  to  succeed  Louise  Y. 
^^  Robison  as  president  of  the  Na- 
tional Woman's  Relief  Society  is  Amy 
Brown  Lyman,  wife  of  Dr.  Richard  R. 
Lyman  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve, 
and  internationally  known  social  wel- 
fare leader,  who  has  served  as  first 
counselor  to  Sister  Robison  since  1928. 

Counselors  named  to  act  in  the  new 
presidency  are  Marcia  Knowlton  How- 
ells  and  Donna  Durrant  Sorensen,  who 
succeed  Sister  Lyman  and  former  sec- 
ond counselor  Kate  M.  Barker.  Vera 
White  Pohlman  has  been  appointed 
general  secretary  and  treasurer,  the 
position  formerly  held  by  Julia  A.  F. 
Lund. 

The  entire  personnel  of  the  general 
board  have  also  been  released,  new 
members  to  be  appointed  by  the  incom- 
ing presidency,  who  take  over  the  di- 
rection of  the  organization  January  1, 
1940. 

According  to  a  statement  issued  by 
the  First  Presidency  of  the  Church, 
who  express  profound  thanks  and 
deepest  gratitude  for  the  devotion  and 
service  of  the  retiring  officers  and 
members,  the  change  has  been  made 
"pursuant  to  the  plan  which  they  in- 
augurated when  they  reorganized  the 
Young  Women's  Mutual  Improvement 
Association — namely,  to  change  with 
some  frequency  the  general  boards  of 
the  auxiliary  organizations  of  the 
Church." 

PRIMARY  PRESIDENCY, 
BOARD  REORGANIZED 

I^Iay  Green  Hinckley,  wife  of 
■'■'■*■  Bryant  S.  Hinckley,  until  recently 
president  of  the  Northern  States  Mis- 
sion, has  been  appointed  general  super- 
intendent of  the  Primary  Association, 
succeeding  Miss  May  Anderson. 

Released  with  Sister  Anderson,  who 
has  devoted  some  fifty  years  to  Pri- 
mary work,  fourteen  of  them  as  super- 
intendent, are  the  entire  general  board 
and  her  counselors,  Isabelle  S.  Ross 
and  Edith  Hunter  Lambert,  and  general 
secretary  Mary  R.  Jack. 

Selection  of  counselors  to  form  the 
new  presidency  and  the  appointment 
of  a  new  general  board  will  be  made 
later. 

CHURCH  CARETAKERS 
DISCUSS  IMPROVEMENTS 

A  bout  two  hundred  custodians  rep- 
"*"*  resenting  134  wards  in  the  Salt 
Lake  and  Davis  County  areas  met  in 
Salt  Lake  November  16,  to  learn  ob- 
jectives of  a  grounds  beautification 
program  and  receive  instruction  in 
ways  to  achieve  them.  Among  the 
speakers  were  W.  F.  Nauman,  head 
gardener    at    the    Salt    Lake    Temple 

30 


grounds,  Robert  H.  Marchant,  custodi- 
an of  Yalecrest  Ward,  and  W.  Trauf- 
fer,  Granite-Highland  Stake  House  cus- 
todian. Irvin  S.  Nelson  showed  color- 
ed pictures  of  Church  beautification 
projects  already  carried  out.  Bishop  M. 
O.  Ashton  of  the  Presiding  Bishopric 
was  in  charge  of  the  meeting,  which 
was  conducted  by  James  M.  Kirkham. 

CALIFORNIA  SEES 
MORE  STAKE  CHANGES 
■\T7hat  was  until  recently  the  Holly- 
vv  wood  Stake  has  been  divided 
into  two  units  to  be  known  as  the 
Inglewood  Stake  and  the  Los  Angeles 
Stake,  and  what  has  been  known  as 
the  Los  Angeles  Stake  has  been  re- 
named the  South  Los  Angeles  Stake. 
Changes  were  effected  November  19, 
1939,  to  provide  for  increasing  Church 


membership  in  Southern  California, 
and  in  keeping  with  a  policy  to  fit  stake 
names  to  geographical  location. 

Appointed  to  preside  over  the  new 
Inglewood  Stake  are  Alfred  E.  Rohner 
as  president,  and  E.  Garrat  Barlow  and 
George  C.  Sheiss  as  counselors.  Presi- 
dent Wilford  G.  Edling  and  his  coun- 
selors Preston  D.  Richards  and  Ray 
Pettit  of  the  nominally  dissolved  Holly- 
wood Stake  have  been  retained  to  di- 
rect the  new  Los  Angeles  Stake.  No 
changes  were  effected  in  leadership  of 
the  former  Los  Angeles  Stake,  now 
known  as  South  Los  Angeles  Stake. 

Reorganization  was  accomplished 
under  the  direction  of  Elder  Stephen 
L  Richards  of  the  Council  of  the 
Twelve  and  Elder  Rufus  K.  Hardy  of 
the  First  Council  of  Seventy. 


MISSIONARIES  LEAVING   FOR   THE   FIELD   FROM    THE  SALT   LAKE   MISSIONARY    HOME 
ARRIVED    NOVEMBER   13— DEPARTED    NOVEMBER    23,    1939 

First  row,  left  to  right:     Reese  B.  Mason,  Leo  P.  Seibold,  Harold  B.  Gunnell,  Lizzie  Sutton,  Ardis  Jorgensen, 
Jacqueline  Timmerman,  Newell  B.  Stevenson,  Conrad  Campbell  Huntsman,  John  B.  Jones. 

Second  row:     President  Don  B.  Colton,  Lloyd  M.  Smith,  Edwin  E.  Smith,  Lowell  Stalling?,  Doris  L.  Rose, 
Phyllis  Nelson,  Bruce  Kelly,  Dee  W.  Lewis,  Clyde  Norman  Fuller,  Win.  E.  Berrett,  instructor. 

Third  row:     Rex  L.  Park,  David  B.  Roberts,  Andrew  E.  Anderson,  Grace  York,  Pauline  D.  Winkel,  Bernice 
Tidwell,  Grant  H.  Elliott,  Gamer  D.  Wood,  Ray  0.  Walker. 

Fourth   row:     Warren    D.   Curtis,    F.    Ralph    Kotter,   Royce   S.    Bringhurst,    Melvin   Van   Orden,    Grant   S. 
Sorensen,  Rex  A.  Bunderson,  Ervin  Clark,  Vaughn  B.  Wonnacott,  Rao  Sorensen,  Donald  E.  Madson. 

Fifth  row:     Darwin  Rawlings,  William  E.  Newman,  J.  Logan  Bee,  Sterling  B.  Rich,  Arnold  Johnson,  Kenneth 
N.  Gardner,  Evan  Bird,  Thurman  A.  Burch,  Reed  G.  Gillespie. 

Sixth  row:     Bernard  Wm.  Walker,  Arthur  D.  Slater,  Chase  Shurtz,  R.  Garn  Cowley,  Blair  R.  Nielsen,  Spencer 
Neff,  Owen  S.  Gardner,  R.  Otterstrom,  Art  Spencer. 

Seventh  row:    Ramon  S.  Wilcox,  Lynn  W.  Caspar,  Ralph  A.  Lemon,  George  W.  Coon,  Max  Eugene  McKinnon, 
Rulon  Fox,  William  W.  Gunnell,  Glen  Youngberg,  Lawrence  R.   Mortensen,  Bruce  Tueller. 

Eighth  row:     Heber  J.  Gilbert,  David  B.   Fretwell,   Read  Putnam,  Emm.  Lorin  Merkley,  Alden  R.  Ayres, 
Robert  Kirby  Bench. 

MISSIONARIES  LEAVING   FOR  THE  FIELD   FROM   THE  SALT   LAKE   MISSIONARY   HOME 
ARRIVED    NOVEMBER  27— iDEPARTED   DECEMBER  7,    1939. 

First  row,  left  to  right:    Gerald  Daniels,  Othella  Adams,  June  Lucier,  Mrs.  Don  B.  Colton,  Mabel  Foulger, 
Louise  Christensen,  Afton  Christensen,  John  W.  Allen,  Hyrum  V.   Pope. 

Second  row:    Kenneth  H.  Nelson,  Robert  Fisher,  Norman  T.  Johnson,  Marvin  E.  Fredrickson^  President  Don 
B.  Colton,  Kenneth  Morrison,  Ether  W.  Westmoreland,  Dean  Smith,  John  V.  Wright,  Quintin  V.  Christensen. 

Third  row:     Bob  Teichert,  Ford  Call,  George  Balmforth,  J.  Basil  Manwaring,  Leone  Paul,  Earl  Tew,  Eacl 
Francom,  Reed  Wasden,  Eugene  Ericksen. 

Fourth  row:     Leonard  Brostrom,  Leonard   Meyerhoffer,  Lyle   E.  Clement,  Alvin  LeRoy  Tolman,  Joseph  W. 
Kay,  Melvin  N.  Carlisle,  Berthel  Bergeson,  Joseph  Davies,  Jr.,  Stanford  Larson,  Grant  M.  Gerber. 

Fifth  row:     Walter  E.  Fridal,  Jr.,  J.  Rodney  Moore,  Follet  Sanders,  Clyde  Miller,  Paul  Black,  Alfred  ft, 
Nielsen,  Val.  E.  Rigby,  Dick  Smith,  Harold  Vaughn  Simper. 

Sixth  row:     Hyrum  G.  Smith,  John  D.  Petterborg,  Etdridge  Threet,  Lee  Bailey,   B.  Grant  Pugh,  Rjussefc 
Schow,  Gordon  Jenson,  Carmi  Campbell,   Harry  T.  Lynds. 

Seventh  row:     Jack  Price,  Ira  J.  Burton,  Dean  M.  McDonald,  Milton  C.  Abrams,  Cecil  Gibby,  Glenn  Short, 
Wm.  E.  Berrett,  instructor;  Wallace  F.  Toronto,  instructor. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     JANUARY,     1940 


COTTONWOOD  STAKE 
GETS  NEW  PRESIDENCY 

Cucceeding  President  Samuel  E. 
*"*  Bringhurst,  former  second  counse- 
lor William  S.  Erekson  was  sustained 
November  12,  as  president  of  the  Cot- 
tonwood Stake.  New  counselors  in 
the  presidency  are  }.  Ephraim  Wahl- 
quist  and  Verl  F.  McMillan.  R.  W. 
Madsen,  Jr.,  was  released  as  first  coun- 
selor in  the  old  presidency. 

Reorganization  was  effected  by  El- 
der George  Albert  Smith  of  the  Coun- 
cil of  the  Twelve  and  Elder  Samuel  O. 
Bennion  of  the  First  Council  of 
Seventy. 

MANTI  TEMPLE 
RENOVATED 

An  extensive  improvement  program 
*"*  for  the  Manti  Temple  is  being 
carried  out,  including  building  renova- 
tion and  landscaping.  Plans  include 
the  repairing  of  the  west  steps  and 
placing  of  new  curbing  north  of  the 
temple.  Two  large  upper  rooms  inside 
will  be  renovated  and  carpeted,  and 
smaller  rooms  painted.  The  large  room 
used  at  the  time  of  dedication  but  never 
completed  will  be  repaired  and  used 
in  the  future. 

MORMON  THEOLOGY 
TAUGHT  AT  U.  S.  C. 

Professor  of  Latter-day  Saint  the- 
ology  at  the  University  of  Southern 
California  is  Dr.  G.  Byron  Done  of  Los 
Angeles,  who  carries  on  a  work  suc- 
cessfully inaugurated  by  Dr.  John  A. 
Widtsoe  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve. 
Dr.  Done  has  been  director  of  the  L.  D. 
S.  Institute  of  Religion  and  of  the  Des- 
eret  Clubs  of  Southern  California.  He 
was  graduated  from  the  University  of 
Utah  in  1928,  and  has  studied  at  Brig- 
ham  Young  University,  University  of 
Southern  California,  and  University  of 
Chicago.  He  filled  a  mission  in  the 
Central  States. 

MARKER  COMMEMORATES 
PIONEER-INDIAN  TREATY 

7V  BRONZE  plaque  bearing  a  facsimile 
"^  of  a  peace  treaty  made  between 
Ute  Indians  and  eighteen  white  fam- 
ilies, early  Mormon  pioneers,  in  the 
fertile  Provo  River  valley  in  1 867,  was 
dedicated  in  Heber  City  on  November 
19.  Mounted  on  native  sandstone  and 
petrified  wood,  the  marker  was  erected 
under  the  auspices  of  Wasatch  County 
Daughters  of  Utah  Pioneers  on  the 
grounds  of  the  Wasatch  Stake  taber- 
nacle. It  was  unveiled  by  Mrs.  Jane 
Hatch  Turner,  first  president  of  the 
county  D.  U.  P. 

Speaker  at  the  ceremonies  was  Mrs. 
Oscar  A.  Kirkham,  granddaughter  of 
Bishop  Joseph  S.  Murdock,  leader  of 
the  settlers  and  framer  of  the  treaty. 
Participating  also  were  Elder  Richard 
R.  Lyman  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve, 
and  two  Wasatch  County  pioneers 
who  witnessed  the  signing  of  the  pact. 


MONUMENT  HONORS 
APOSTLE  HYDE 

HHo  the  memory  of  Apostle  Orson 
Hyde,  who  proclaimed  the  restored 
Gospel  in  Europe,  Asia,  and  America, 
and  dedicated  Palestine  for  the  return 
of  the  Jews,  a  marker  of  Vermont 
granite  has  been  erected  by  the  Church 
at  the  site  of  his  grave  in  Spring  City, 
Utah,  where  he  died  on  November  28, 
1878.  An  inscription  on  one  side  of 
the  monument  calls  him  "Defender  of 
truth,  preacher  of  righteousness." 

CITY,  WARD  JOIN 
TO  CREATE  PARK 

"\17hat  was  once  an  unsightly  four 
'^  acres  of  ground  adjoining  the  re- 
modeled Lewiston  First  Ward  chapel 
has  recently  been  converted  into  a 
civic  beauty  spot  through  the  coopera- 
tion of  the  city  with  the  Church  in  a 
beautification  project.  Facilities  have 
been  provided  to  make  the  re-land- 
scaped area  serve  as  a  picnic  and  recre- 
ational center. 

CACHE,  ST.  GEORGE, 
PORTLAND  STAKES 
REORGANIZED 

T  Tnder  the  direction  of  visiting  mem- 
*"'*■  bers  of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve 
and  the  First  Council  of  Seventy,  re- 
organization of  three  stakes  was  ef- 
fected at  quarterly  conferences  held 
Sunday,  December  3,  1939. 

In  the  Cache  Stake,  Alma  Sonne, 
second  counselor  in  the  former  presi- 
dency, was  named  stake  president,  with 
William  Evans,  Jr.,  and  Franklin  D. 
Richards  as  counselors.  Retiring  of- 
ficers are  President  Joseph  E.  Cardon 
and  First  Counselor  Walter  M.  Ev- 
erton,  both  of  whom  served  for  the 
last  twenty  years. 

In  the  St.  George  Stake,  Harold  S. 
Snow,  president  of  the  St.  George 
Temple,  was  appointed  stake  presi- 
dent, succeeding  President  William  O. 
Bentley.  Sustained  as  counselors  were 
Bishop  Vernon  Worthen  of  the  St. 
George  West  Ward  and  William  H. 
Prince,  who  replaced  Wilford  W.  Mc- 
Arthur  and  Orval  Hafen.  George  E. 
Miles  is  retiring  clerk,  having  served 
since  1916. 

In  the  Portland  Stake,  George  L. 
Scott  was  installed  as  stake  president, 
with  Lewis  A.  West  and  Harold  O. 
Candland  as  counselors.  President 
Scott  succeeds  President  M.  L.  Bean. 

CHURCH  RECEIVES 
NAUVOO  COLLECTION 

7V  valuable  collection  of  furniture 
■^  and  other  relics  from  the  Mansion 
House,  Nauvoo  home  of  the  Prophet 
Joseph  Smith,  has  been  presented  to 
the  Church  by  Herbert  S.  Auerbach, 
Salt  Lake  business  man  and  civic  leader, 
who  has  spent  some  thirty-five  years  in 
gathering  the  historic  items  and  in  estab- 
lishing their  authenticity.  Reconstruct- 
ing many  details  of  the  daily  life  of  the 


Nauvoo  period,  and  including  several 
pieces  made  by  Brigham  Young  as 
cabinet-maker,  the  collection  is  being 
housed  temporarily  in  the  Bureau  of 
Information  museum  on  Temple  Square. 

PAROWAN  RESTORES 
OLD  CHURCH  HALL 

'T'he  Parowan  Tabernacle,  old  rock 
*■■  landmark  built  in  1867  under  the 
direction  of  Brigham  Young  and  for 
many  years  used  as  religious  and  recre- 
ational center,  has  been  restored,  and 
the  public  square  surrounding  it  con- 
verted into  a  park.  The  building,  for 
a  number  of  years  abandoned  in  favor 
of  larger  and  more  recent  structures, 
will  be  used  as  a  relic  hall  by  the 
Daughters  of  the  Utah  Pioneers.  Jan- 
uary 13,  the  community's  birthday,  will 
see  a  special  celebration  in  honor  of 
the  completed  renovation. 

November  8,  1939 

Upon  his  return  from  a  visit  to  the 
Taylor  Stake  in  Alberta,  Canada,  Pres- 
ident Rudger  Clawson  of  the  Council 
of  the  Twelve,  reported  the  following 
dedications  and  appointments: 

Dedication  of  the  Raymond  Second 
Ward  chapel  and  the  Sterling  Ward 
recreation  hall. 

Appointment  of  Olaf  Dehlin  Erick- 
son  as  bishop  of  the  Sterling  Ward, 
succeeding  Bishop  Arthur  Fawns,  who 
has  served  the  past  thirty-five  years. 
Counselors  to  Bishop  Erickson  are 
Thomas  Tone  Ogden  and  Lyman  Clark 
Harding. 

November  12,  1939 

President  Heber  J.  Grant  dedicated 
the  Riverton  Second  Ward  chapel, 
built  at  a  cost  of  $61,000.  Franklin  E. 
Seal  is  bishop,  with  William  Mason 
and  Mahonri  Butterfield,  counselors. 

November  19,  1939 

D.  Golden  Carlston,  bishop,  with  N. 
Stanley  Brady  and  Silven  V.  Peterson, 
counselors,  succeeded  Bishop  Henry 
W.  Jones  and  Allie  L.  Carlston  and 
William  E.  Rigby,  counselors,  as  bish- 
opric of  the  Fairview  North  Ward. 
Val  Dean  Stewart  was  selected  ward 
clerk,  replacing  Albert  Stewart.  Bishop 
Jones  served  as  bishop  for  eleven  years 
and  for  nineteen  years  as  a  member  of 
the  bishopric. 

New  bishop  of  the  Henefer  Ward  is 
Norman  T.  Richins,  succeeding  W. 
Earl  Calderwood,  recently  set  apart  as 
first  counselor  in  the  Summit  Stake  pres- 
idency. Merl  Fowler  was  selected  first 
counselor;  Roy  Richins,  second  coun- 
selor; and  John  W.  Jones,  ward  clerk. 

Succeeding  Bishop  Robert  S.  Hillier, 
who  has  been  appointed  second  coun- 
selor in  the  Summit  Stake  presidency, 
Reed  E.  Brown  was  named  bishop  of 
the  Hoytsville  Ward,  with  Kenneth  N. 
Durrant  and  Ralph  Wright  as  coun- 
selors.    New  ward  clerk  is  Roy  Judd. 

November  24,  1939 

The      Grantsville      Second     Ward 
{Concluded  on  page  53) 

31 


fcdit&uaL 


y&wiL  fcruL 


As  we  close  the  book  of  the  year  that  has  passed, 
and  open  a  new  ledger  for  the  accounts  of 
another  part  of  life,  may  it  not  be  forgotten  that  the 
creditors  of  eternity  are  more  inexorable  than 
Scrooge  or  the  proverbial  Shylock.  The  books 
may  be  closed,  but  the  accounts  must  still  be  paid. 

In  the  eternal  journey  of  a  human  soul,  there  is 
no  act  of  bankruptcy  which  can  quickly  free  us 
of  the  shackles  of  our  debts  to  life,  and  the  kind 
of  judgments  in  which  the  Lord  God  deals  do  not 
become  outlawed  by  a  Statute  of  Limitations. 

Man  may  settle  his  obligations  for  a  few  cents 
on  the  dollar  here,  but  the  coin  of  the  realm  here- 
after is  not  subject  to  discount,  and  every  debt  will 
be  paid,  both  for  good  and  for  ill.  And  with  the 
reality  of  such  facts  in  mind  it  is  well  to  open  the 
New  Year. — R.  L.  E. 


HPhe  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  third  quar- 
terly bulletin  for  1939  on  crime  in  the  United 
States  and  its  possessions,  reveals  many  startling 
and  disturbing  facts,  one  of  the  most  shockingly 
unpleasant  of  which  is  that  crime  begins  early. 

During  the  first  nine  months  of  1939  there  were  more 
arrests   for  age  nineteen   than  for  any  other  single  group. 

The  groups  for  which  the  largest  number  of  arrests  oc- 
curred during  the  first  nine  months  of  1939  are  as  follows, 
(in  the  order  named) :  Ages  nineteen,  eighteen,  twenty-two, 
twenty-one,  twenty-three! 

What  it  means  to  the  criminologist  the  unemo- 
tional record  does  not  say,  but  what  it  means  to 
parents  in  general  and  to  Latter-day  Saints  in  par- 
ticular, is  a  question  that  must  be  asked  and  an- 
swered. 

Every  home,  every  father  and  mother  whom  the 
Lord  has  charged  with  the  responsibility  of  chil- 
dren, must  face  the  facts.  By  every  act  of  our 
lives,  by  every  influence  of  our  homes,  by  every 
prayer  of  our  hearts,  by  every  word  we  speak,  we 
must  draw  closer  to  us  our  children  and  all  of  the 
young  people  of  our  communities,  and  give  them 
a  moral  armament  that  will  be  proof  against  every 
brazen  or  subtle  thrust  of  evil. 

The  school  can  do  something,  the  Church  can 
help — but  it  is  a  job  that  is  best  done  man  to  man 
— a  father  to  a  son,  a  mother  to  a  daughter,  brother 
to  a  brother,  or  neighbor  to  a  friend.  And  what 
happens  when  someone  shirks   this   solemn  and 


ceaseless  crusade  is  a  story  of  broken  spirits  and 
frustrated  lives  that  cannot  begin  to  be  told  by  the 
mere  tabulations  of  a  bureau  report. — R.  L.  E. 

(L  JhibidsL  io  d&suL-dtwsL 

'"Pwenty-five  years  ago,  a  girl  climbed  onto  a  bi- 
cycle and  rode  many  miles  on  a  dusty  road  in 
order  to  earn  a  Bee-Hive  seal.  On  another  occa- 
sion, she  invited  the  other  members  of  her  swarm 
to  her  home,  where  she  made  some  baking  powder 
biscuits  which  she  served  with  home-made  butter 
and  jelly,  that  she  might  obtain  another  seal.  On 
another  day,  she  mended  her  own  clothes  and 
darned  some  of  her  brothers'  stockings  that  she 
might  receive  her  precious  seal. 

Twenty-five  years  ago,  she  had  no  idea  what 
the  Bee-Hive  program  was  doing  for  her;  she  knew 
merely  that  she  was  working  and  playing  hard  in 
almost  every  field  of  activity  in  order  that  she  might 
complete  the  Bee-Hive  work  which  had  been  initi- 
ated that  year.  Today  as  she  looks  in  retrospect 
on  that  work,  she  knows  some  of  the  things  that 
were  being  accomplished.  Bee-Hive  was  helping 
her  hurdle  a  period  of  life  that  might  otherwise  have 
ended  unhappily.  This  girl  was  just  as  thousands 
of  other  girls  are,  full  of  life  and  fairly  aching  to 
do  things — which  she  did!  When  she  was  not 
directed,  she  did  things  for  which  she  was  sorry 
afterwards,  not  that  she  wanted  to  do  the  wrong 
things  so  much  as  that  she  wasn't  quite  sure  what 
was  right  and  what  was  wrong.  The  Bee-Hive 
class,  however,  came  to  fill  a  real  need  in  her  life. 
She  could  swim,  cycle,  dance,  cook,  and  sew — not 
only  because  she  should,  but  also  because  she  could 
win  some  recognition  while  doing  these  things. 

One  of  the  most  fundamental  characteristics 
of  humanity  is  the  need  for  recognition.  This  need 
to  feel  that  one  is  essential  to  the  progress  of  the 
world  is  inherent  in  mankind.  For  this  one  girl, 
twenty-five  years  ago,  and  for  countless  thousands 
of  others  at  that  time  and  during  the  succeeding 
years,  Bee-Hive  work  has  answered  that  need. 

At  times,  leading  groups  of  high-strung,  head- 
strong youngsters  will  become  difficult.  But  if 
teachers  capture  the  spirit  of  Bee-Hive  work,  they 
will  find  that  from  this  questioning  group  of  young- 
sters will  come  a  revival  of  interest  in  all  things, 
in  a  younger  point  of  view  which  will  repay  for 
all  the  effort  necessary  in  teaching  this  volatile 
group  of  girls.  Leaders  will  also  gain  satisfaction 
in  knowing  that  they  are  helping  the  girls  grow 
from  uncertain  girlhood  into  glorious  woman- 
hood.—M.  C.  /. 


32 


Evidences  and 
reconciliations 


xx.    U)hi^  did  QoMph.  SmiiPc,  Jthn 
(pADpheL,  m&d  JthsL  hsdpL  d^  Mvl 
IAjuwl  and  JAummufL? 

'"Phe  Urim  and  Thummim  are  mentioned  in  the 
Bible  in  connection  with  priestly  functions. 
They  were  to  be  used  in  making  the  will  of  the  Lord 
clear  and  comprehensible  to  the  priest.  Aaron  was 
instructed  to  wear  the  Urim  and  Thummim  "upon 
his  heart,"  when  he  went  to  secure  "judgment" 
from  the  Lord,  and  his  successors  were  instructed  to 
use  the  Urim  and  Thummim  when  they  asked 
"counsel"  from  the  Lord.  Even  with  their  use,  Saul 
was  unable  to  secure  answer.  Clearly,  the  Urim 
and  Thummim  were  used  in  official  communication 
with  the  Lord.  Beyond  that,  little  is  known  of 
them.  {See  Exodus  28:30;  Leviticus  8:8;  Num- 
bers 27:21;  Deuteronomy  33:8;  I  Samuel  28:6; 
and  Ezra  2:63;  Neh.  7:65.) 

In  modern  times  the  Urim  and  Thummim  re- 
appear. The  Prophet  Joseph  Smith  records  that 
the  angel  Moroni  said  that  "there  was  a  book  de- 
posited, written  on  gold  plates  .  .  .  also,  that  there 
were  two  stones  in  silver  bows  .  .  .  and  these 
stones  fastened  to  a  breastplate,  constituted  what  is 
called  the  Urim  and  Thummim  .  .  .  deposited  with 
the  plates;  and  the  possession  and  use  of  these 
stones  were  what  constituted  'Seers'  in  ancient  or 
former  times,  and  that  God  had  prepared  them  for 
the  purpose  of  translating  the  book."  {History  of 
the  Church,  Vol.  1,  p.  12.) 

When  the  actual  work  of  translation  began,  the 
Urim  and  Thummim  were  found  to  be  indispens- 
able. In  various  places  the  statement  is  made  that 
the  translation  was  made  "by  means  of  the  Urim 
and  Thummim."  ( Doctrine  and  Covenants  10:1.) 
On  one  occasion,  when  the  Prophet,  through  the 
defection  of  Martin  Harris,  lost  a  portion  of  the 
manuscript  translation,  the  Urim  and  Thummim 
were  taken  from  him,  and  the  power  of  translation 
ceased.  Upon  the  return  of  the  sacred  instruments, 
the  work  was  resumed.  (History  of  the  Church, 
Vol.  1,  p.  23.)  While  the  Prophet  was  undoubt- 
edly required  to  place  himself  in  the  proper  spiritual 
and  mental  attitude,  before  he  could  use  the  Urim 
and  Thummim  successfully,  yet  it  must  also  be  con- 
cluded that  the  stones  were  essential  to  the  work  of 
translation. 

Most  of  the  early  revelations  to  Joseph  Smith 
were  obtained  by  the  use  of  the  Urim  and  Thum- 
mim. Speaking  of  those  early  days  the  Prophet 
usually  says,  "I  enquired  of  the  Lord  through  the 
Urim  and  Thummim,  and  obtained  the  following." 
(History  of  the  Church,  Vol.  I,  pp.  33,  36,  45,  49 
and  53. )  The  "stones  in  silver  bows"  seemed  there- 
fore, to  have  possessed  the  general  power  of  making 
spiritual  manifestations  understandable  to  Joseph 
Smith. 


The  Prophet  did  not  always  receive  revelations 
by  the  aid  of  the  Urim  and  Thummim.  As  he  grew 
in  spiritual  power,  he  learned  to  bring  his  spirit 
into  such  harmony  with  divinity  that  it  became,  as 
it  were,  a  Urim  and  Thummim  to  him,  and  God's 
will  was  revealed  without  the  intervention  of  ex- 
ternal aids.  This  method  is  clearly,  though  briefly, 
expressed  in  one  of  the  early  revelations. 

Behold,  you  have  not  understood;  you  have  supposed  that 
I  would  give  it  unto  you,  when  you  took  no  thought  save  it 
was  to  ask  me.  But,  behold,  I  say  unto  you,  that  you  must 
study  it  out  in  your  mind;  then  you  must  ask  me  if  it  be 
right,  and  if  it  is  right  I  will  cause  that  your  bosom  shall 
burn  within  you;  therefore,  you  shall  feel  that  it  is  right. 
But  if  it  be  not  right  you  shall  have  no  such  feelings,  but  you 
shall  have  a  stupor  of  thought  that  shall  cause  you  to  forget 
the  thing  which  is  wrong;  therefore,  you  cannot  write  that 
which  is  sacred  save  it  be  given  from  me.  (See  Doctrine 
and  Covenants,  9:7-9.) 

Similarly,  the  Book  of  Mormon  sets  forth  the 

conditions  which  enable  a  person  to  receive  divine 

communications  without  special  outside  means. 

And  when  you  shall  receive  these  things,  I  would  exhort 
you  that  ye  would  ask  God,  the  Eternal  Father,  in  the  name 
of  Christ,  if  these  things  are  not  true;  and  if  ye  shall  ask 
with  a  sincere  heart,  with  real  intent,  having  faith  in  Christ, 
he  will  manifest  the  truth  of  it  unto  you,  by  the  power  of  the 
Holy  Ghost.  And  by  the  power  of  the  Holy  Ghost  ye  may 
know  the  truth  of  all  things.     (Moroni  10:4,  5.) 

That  is,  truth  may  become  known,  when  one 
places  himself  in  harmony  or  tune  with  the  require- 
ments of  the  subject  in  hand. 

The  possession  of  the  Urim  and  Thummim,  with 
their  purpose  and  use,  really  becomes  a  strong 
evidence  of  the  truth  of  Joseph  Smith's  message. 
It  is  a  commonplace  of  science  that  the  senses  of 
man  are  so  poor  as  to  make  them  inadequate  to 
discover  more  than  a  small  fraction  of  universal 
truth.  Indeed,  with  unaided  senses,  man  stands 
helpless  before  the  many  phenomena  of  nature. 
It  is  an  equally  elementary  fact  that  aids  to  the 
senses  of  man,  when  found,  open  up  larger  and  new 
vistas  of  knowledge.  Every  aid  to  human  sense 
becomes,  in  fact,  a  door  to  a  new  field  of  scientific 
exploration. 

The  history  of  science  is  largely  the  story  of  the 
accumulation  of  aids  to  man's  senses.  By  the  use 
of  a  glass  prism,  ordinary  sunlight  is  broken  into 
the  many  prismatic  colors;  a  sensitive  thermometer 
reveals  heat  rays  above  the  red  end  of  the  spectrum; 
a  photographic  plate  reveals  the  existence  of  dif- 
ferent rays  at  the  violet  end  of  the  spectrum; 
uranium  glass  changes  the  invisible  rays  at  the 
violet  end  of  the  spectrum  into  light  rays;  a  mag- 
netic needle  makes  known  the  presence  of  a  low 
tension  electric  current  in  a  wire;  the  magnetic  cur- 
rents over  the  earth  are  indicated  by  the  compass; 
by  X-rays  the  bones  of  the  body  are  made  visible; 
a  great  telescope  is  now  being  built  which  will 
enable  the  human  eye  to  see  light,  of  the  intensity 
of  a  small  candle,  40,000  miles  away.  Such  ex- 
amples might  be  greatly  multiplied. 

Joseph  Smith  was  but  a  humble,  inexperienced 
lad.  He  was  assigned  a  tremendous  task.  His 
need  of  help  such  as  the  Urim  and  Thummim,  until 
by  mighty  prayer  and  effort  his  body  and  spirit 
became  spiritually  "tuned,"  seems  both  logical  and 
scientific. 

( Concluded  on  page  37 ) 


/"> 


16 


33 


Buy. . J 

ALL 


Foods  such  as  sal- 
a  d  s,  sandwiches, 
cold  meats,  fish,  to- 
matoes —  all  need 
Tang,  the  perfect, 
year-around  dress- 
ing. Better  buy  .  .  . 
quarts. 


Hotcakes.  waffles, 
French  toast — need  the 
rich,  satisfying  flavor 
of  this  delicious  syrup. 
Better  buy  .  .  .  Lum- 
ber Jack  Syrup,  prefer- 
red by  men.  In  tins  or 
convenient  jugs. 


To  give  salads  a  lift 
— to  make  them  rich, 
not  flat,  better  buy 
.  .  .  Nalley's  Mayon- 
naise —  the  Mayon- 
naise that  makes  a 
meal    a    masterpiece. 


The  products  of  Nalley's  are  all 
"better  buys"  from  the  standpoint  of 
quality  and  value  for  the  money. 
Their  superior  flavors,  upon  which 
their  popularity  has  been  won,  are 
not  duplicated. 

Note:  Lumber  Jack,  with  its  pleas- 
ing imitation  maple  flavor,  is  a 
blend  of  fine  sugars.  Large  quan- 
tities of  U.  &  I.  sugar  are  used  in 
the   making. 


NAlLEYi 

Manufacturers  of  Quality  Foods 


(NALLEVS; 

OfSGOOD 


?{ominq^ 


VOICES  AND  VIRTUES 


Many  a  man,  from  peanut  seller 
to  politician,  has  made  his 
fortune  by  his  speaking 
voice.  The  silver-tongued  orator, 
like  the  golden-throated  operatic 
star,  can  turn  his  capital  into  cash. 
The  men  and  women  who  can  spell- 
bind millions  by  their  speech  from 
pulpit,  platform,  stage,  or  broad- 
casting station  are  rare,  and  their 
rewards  are  commensurate  with  their 
talent. 

No  one  can  create  such  a  voice;  it 
springs  largely  from  purely  physical 
equipment,  though  it  may  be  strong- 
ly fortified  by  training  and  intelli-i 
gence.  But  everyone  can  develop 
a  pleasant  voice,  perhaps  even  a 
beautiful  one,  except  in  cases  of  ac- 
tual physical  deformity.  It  is  well 
worth  while.  Who  wants  to  whine 
or  bark,  snarl  or  mumble  his  career 
away? 

There  is  no  simple  rule  for  devel- 
oping a  beautiful  voice.  But  years 
ago,  playing  one  night  with  the  other 
shrieking  neighbor  children  under  a 
street  lamp,  I  heard  a  passing  grown- 
up quote  without  comment  to  her 
noisy  niece: 

Her  voice  was  ever  soft, 
Gentle,    and    low,    an    excellent    thing    in 
woman. 

It  was  an  accidental  lesson  in 
vocal  training,  but  effective.  As  a 
motto  for  developing  a  conversa- 
tional voice,  King  Lear's  description 
of  Cordelia  is  excellent — not  only 
for  woman,  but  for  man  or  child 
also.  Consider  how  unpleasant  are 
the  conversational  opposites:  stri- 
dent, harsh,  and  blatant. 

When  one  has  achieved  Cordelia's 
qualities  of  speech,  another  is  needed 
to  keep  a  voice   delightful.      It   is 


"JhsLdswiL  Jiailv  not  itl 

jo/l  jcWww  $&l  IhsL  hswUiL 
tilUL  CL  aw&qL  judiol" 

By  SUSAN  FULTON 

Formerly  Speech  Professor, 
Parsons  College 


WHERE  HAS  THE  DARK  GONE? 
By  Nell  Cox 

WHERE  has  the  dark  gone?     It  was  here 
in  the  night 
Just  before  Mother  turned  on  the  light. 
I   thought  I'd  ask  Grandma;   though  she's 

blind  and  can't  see, 
She's  the  dearest  Grandma  and  tells  stories 
to  me. 

"Where  has  the  dark  gone?"  Grandma  so 

wise 
Said,  "It  is  hiding  right  here  in  my  eyes." 
Now  the  dark  has  no  terrors;  gone  are  my 

fears; 
Tis  the  same  dark  dear  Grandma  has  lived 

in  for  years! 


variety.  This  ideal  of  a  beautiful 
speaking  voice  is  illustrated  by  an- 
other childhood  memory,  from  a 
story  by  the  author  of  Anne  of  Green 
Gables.  Some  girls  in  a  little  coun- 
try neighborhood  were  trying  to  get 
names  for  their  missionary  society 
quilt.  Five  cents  put  your  name  on 
an  outside  corner,  ten  cents  in  the 
center  of  a  small  block,  and  twenty- 
five  cents  in  the  center  of  the  quilt. 
Somehow  Sara  Stanley  and  her 
cousins,  Felicity  and  Cecily,  failed 
to  collect  many  names.  Cecily,  the 
most  timid  of  all  of  them,  suggested 
that  they  go  to  a  crusty  old  bachelor 
nearby,  and  ask  him  to  contribute. 
The  thought  almost  scared  them  to 
death,  but  they  went.  He  told  them 
he  didn't  believe  in  foreign  missions, 
and  he  didn't  want  his  name  on  the 
quilt  among  a  lot  of  old  women's 
names;  but  he  wouldn't  mind  giving 
them  something  if  Sara  Stanley,  who 
had  quite  a  local  reputation  as  a 
story  teller,  would  tell  him  one. 
Cheeks  flaming  with  embarrassment, 
the  "story  girl"  took  up  the  challenge. 
When  she  finished,  the  delighted  old 
curmudgeon  gave  her  a  dollar.  But 
he  asked  her,  before  she  went,  to 
say  the  multiplication  table.  She 
began,  "one  times  one."  At  first 
she  felt  indignant  because  she 
thought  he  was  making  fun  of  her. 


34 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     JANUARY,     1940 


Homing 


but  by  the  time  she  reached  "six 
times  six"  she  had  grown  tolerant  of 
his  foibles;  when  she  reached  "nine 
times  nine"  she  was  pitying  the 
trouble  and  folly  in  the  world.  Then 
she  was  sad,  but  soon  she  began  to 
see  a  little  hope,  as  if  a  tragic  story 
had  come  to  a  turning  point,  and 
amusement  bubbled  up  into  her  voice 
until  when  she  reached  "twelve  times 
twelve,"  it  sounded  as  if  the  multi- 
plication table  was  the  funniest  joke 
in  the  world. 

The  man  took  a  deep  breath  and 
said,  "Well!  The  other  day  I  read 
of  a  woman,  'Her  voice  would  have 
made  the  multiplication  table  beau- 
tiful.' I  did  not  believe  that  was 
possible.    Now  I  know  it  is." 

"A  voice  that  would  make  the 
multiplication  table  beautiful!"  That 
is  what  we  want.  After  all,  why 
should  it  be  hard  to  obtain?  Be- 
ginning with  a  soft,  gentle,  low 
voice,  which  anyone  can  have  for 
the  trying,  unless  his  vocal  organs 
are  deformed  or  abnormal,  we  need 
only  build  on  that  for  flexibility,  va- 
riety, interestingness. 

That  leaves  two  questions:     How 

to  acquire  a  soft,  gentle,  low  voice 

is  the  first.     The  second  is  how  to 

acquire  flexibility,  which  will  make 

a  voice  expressive  and  consequently 

interesting.     The   advantages  of  a 

beautiful  voice  are  obvious  in  every 

form  of  social  life.     As  Byron  said: 

The  devil  hath  not,  in  all  his  quiver's  choice 
An  arrow  for  the  heart  like  a  sweet  voice. 

Except  occasionally  for  a  profes- 
sional student  of  the  subject,  it  is 
almost  useless  to  try  to  learn  physi- 
ological facts  about  voice  production 
in  the  hope  of  drawing  helpful  con- 
clusions from  them.  In  spite  of  all 
the  years  it  has  been  studied,  voice 
culture  is  still  in  the  experimental 
stage.  It  still  seems  to  be  a  fact  that 
the  best  way  to  train  a  voice  is  by 
imitation — provided  one  can  get  a 
good  model.  In  order  to  have  a 
pleasant  speaking  voice,  all  one 
needs  is  determination  and  common 
sense. 

Tn  voice  training,  one  factor  makes 
generalizations  almost  impossible. 
That  is  individual  differences.  To 
begin  with,  there  are  abnormalities 
caused  by  adenoids  or  tonsils  or  cleft 
palate  or  teeth  too  far  apart.  More- 
over, the  organs  of  speech  belonging 
to  one  person  always  differ  slightly 
in  structure  from  those  of  every 
other.  But  even  differences  due  to 
physical  variety  are  not  all  that  we 
(Concluded  on  page  36) 


££ 


What  Every  Woman 
Knows 


•>! 


(jrfhsrfhjZ/L  you're  an  "old  hand" 
at  baking,  or  a  newly-wed  begin- 
ner you'll  get  better  baking  results 
with  dependable  Globe  "Al"  Flour 
— -milled  to  work  perfectly  with 
modern  fast-creaming  shortenings 
and  modern  ovens.  Try  Globe  "Al" 
next  time  you  need  flour  —  your 
grocer  sells  itl 

Your  Folks  Will  Like  These 

ENGLISH  BUTTER  COOKIES 


2  cups  GLOBE  "Al"  Flour 

1  cup  sugar  1  large  egg 


1/2  teaspoon  soda 
1  cup  butter 


Sift  flour,  measure,  add  sugar  and  soda  and  sift  again.  Rub 
in  butter  thoroughly  and  moisten  with  well-beaten  egg.  Add 
more  flour  if  necessary,  to  make  a  stiff  dough.  Knead  the 
dough  well,  shape  into  rolls,  and  place  in  refrigerator  to 
become  hard  enough  to  slice -thin.  Make  a  mixture  of  beaten 
egg.  V4  CUP  sugar  and  fine  chopped  walnuts.  Spread  some 
of  this  mixture  on  each  cooky  and  bake  in  a  hot  oven  (400°) 
about  8  to  10  minutes. 


LISTEN  TO  "Mary  Foster,  Th«  Edilor't  Daughter"  KNX-KSFO  5:30  P.  M.  Every  Mondoy  Through  Fridoy 


35 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,    JANUARY,    1940 


Homing 


{Continued  from  page  35) 
find  in  voices.     There  are  others 
due  to  emotional  life,  and  sometimes 
they  are  the  most  important  of  all. 

If  one  has  a  poor  voice,  and  the 
defects  are  due  to  unchangeable 
structure  of  the  vocal  organs,  he 
must  make  the  best  of  it.  But  he 
should  make  sure  of  the  cause.  A 
person  who  has  "talked  through  his 
nose" — that  is,  without  nasal  reson- 
ance— because  of  adenoids,  and  has 
the  adenoids  removed,  often  goes  on 
talking  in  the  same  distressing  way. 
Habit  has  so  accustomed  him  to  the 
sound  of  his  own  voice  that  he  does 
not  realize  how  it  might  be  im- 
proved. If  his  attention  is  called  to 
the  trouble,  he  may  learn  to  speak 
with  good  nasal  resonance.  Most 
cases  of  adult  lisping,  or  inability 
to  pronounce  other  consonants  than 
s,  have  no  organic  root  but  are  due 
to  laziness.  Most  children  lisp  or 
transpose  consonants  when  they  are 
learning  to  talk,  but  ordinarily  these 
childish  habits  are  overcome  as  the 
child  masters  the  language.  Some- 
times these  habits  persist.  The 
longer  they  last  the  harder  they  are 
to  get  rid  of,  but  they  can  be  elimi- 
nated. 

Before  one  becomes  discouraged 
with  his  voice,  he  must  be  sure  of 
another  thing :  namely,  that  his  nor- 
mal, everyday  voice,  if  unpleasant 
in  some  way,  has  not  become  so  by 
imitation  rather  than  by  nature. 
There  are  very  few  voices  which 
cannot  be  trained  to  be  pleasant. 
There  are  all  too  few  which  are. 
It  is  so  easy  to  be  influenced.  In 
grade  school  it  is  often  possible  to 
tell  how  pupils  will  talk  by  listening 
to  the  teacher.  For  that  reason  a 
certain  school  superintendent  will 
never  hire  a  teacher  until  he  has 
heard  her  talk.  When  we  are  quite 
young,  learning  how  to  master  our 
voices,  it  is  only  natural  that  we 
should  pattern  them  after  the  voices 
we  hear  most.  A  whining  or  shrill- 
voiced  mother  will  be  annoyed  by 
hearing  her  children  whine  or  shriek. 
The  apocryphal  Indian  children 
reared  by  the  wolves  had  wolf- 
sounds  for  voices,  because  that  was 
all  the  speech  they  knew.  The  vari- 
ations in  American  speech  between 
Boston  and  the  Middle  West  or  the 
South  are  not  due  to  inheritance,  but 
to  imitation.  But  any  one  who  has 
a  shrill  voice,  or  a  harsh  voice,  a  level 
voice  or  a  guttural  voice,  should  ex- 
change it  for  a  pleasanter  type  imme- 
diately. 

Ideas  of  beauty  in  voices  differ, 
36 


but  everyone  knows  and  likes  a 
pleasant  voice.  This  is  the  answer 
to  the  first  question:  "How  acquire 
a  soft,  gentle,  low  voice?":  Be 
pleasant.  Be  calm  and  kind.  Your 
vocal  organs  will  do  the  rest  by 
themselves. 

[T  Tnless  its  owner  is  an  accom- 
plished actor,  a  voice  will  betray 
the  emotional  state  of  a  speaker.  A 
student  secretly  depressed  attended 
dramatic  school  one  summer.  "A 
pleasant  voice,  but  too  sad,"  the  head 
of  the  school  criticized.  Back  in  col- 
lege, she  studied  speech.  "You  speak 
well,"  said  the  professor,  "but  why 
so  sad?"  In  graduate  school  in  an- 
other state,  the  head  of  the  speech 
department  made  the  same  com- 
plaint. Unanimous  in  their  criti- 
cisms, the  teacher  never  could  sug- 
gest any  remedy  but  cheering  up. 
Eventually  it  worked. 

Voices  also  give  intellectual  im- 
pressions. You  can  measure  the  im- 
portance a  speaker  attaches  to  his 
thought  by  the  time  he  takes  to  say 
it.  Once  in  a  while  some  pompous 
person  trains  himself  to  talk  as  if 
he  were  responsible  for  the  welfare 
of  nations,  and  takes  half  an  hour  to 
make  some  trite  remark  about  the 
weather,  but  most  of  us  are  better 
judges  of  what  we  say,  and  rattle 
on  at  a  great  rate.  For  anyone  who 
talks  too  fast,  the  advice  should  not 
be  to  slow  down,  but  to  think  more. 
No  one  wants  to  talk  so  fast  as  to 
appear  scatterbrained;  neither  does 
anyone  wish  to  be  so  weighted  down 
by  self-importance  that  he  extracts 
words  from  his  mind  as  if  they  were 
teeth. 


Then,  how  acquire  flexibility? 
This  would  not  be  a  serious  problem 
if  we  were  not  trained  from  child- 
hood to  conceal  our  emotions  as 
much  as  possible.  Vocal  flexibility 
comes  from  changes  in  tension  in 
the  muscles  involved,  and  these 
changes  come  from  changes  in  the 
whole  body,  which  are  the  expres- 
sion of  an  emotional  state.  Nor- 
mally, all  one  needs  to  do  is  to  think 
and  feel  deeply,  and  the  voice  will 
take  care  of  itself.  But  if  you  have 
taught  yourself  a  level  voice,  in- 
tended to  conceal  instead  of  to  re- 
veal meaning,  or  have  the  habit  of 
talking  in  a  monotone,  or  breathily 
as  if  you  are  frightened,  or  gutturally 
as  if  you  are  a  little  angry  or  gruff, 
you  must  first  make  up  your  mind  to 
express  beautiful  thoughts  and  feel- 
ings in  the  most  effective  way  pos- 
sible, and  then  go  ahead  and  do  it. 

There  will  always  be  times  for 
every  speaker  when  he  wants  to  ex- 
press gloom  or  sorrow  or  anger  or 
indignation,  but  his  voice  will  take 
care  of  those  when  they  come.  No 
need  to  practise  them!  Cultivate  in- 
stead an  appreciation  of  the  finer 
sensibilities,  and  do  not  be  afraid  to 
show  it  in  your  voice. 

Flexibility  is  simply  the  result  of 
changes  in  thought  and  feeling. 
There  are  vocal  exercises  by  which 
it  can  be  increased  artificially,  but 
they  are  not  half  so  valuable  as  rich 
experience.  The  old-fashioned  vir- 
tue of  a  kindly  disposition  and  an 
understanding  mind  will  do  more  to 
create  a  pleasant  voice  than  all  the 
exercises  in  all  the  speech  books  yet 
written. 


yyioJuL  (popidoUL  jtkcut.  evsJt! 


'Milk  White"  Eggs  are  being  used  at  all  M.  I.  A.  Cooking  Schools 

EAT  MORE  EGGS -THE  PERFECT  FOOD 

UTAH  POULTRY  PRODUCERS'  CO-OP  ASSOCIATION 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     JANUARY,     1940 


Homing 


THE  COOK'S  CORNER 

By  Barbara  Badger  Burnett 

Filled  Baked  Potatoes 

Bake  medium-sliced  potatoes.  Cut  slice 
from  top,  scoop  out  potato,  mash  and  sea- 
son with  salt,  Clover  Leaf  Butter,  and 
Clover  Leaf  Milk.  Fill  potato  shells  half 
full  of  Deviled  Crab.  Pile  potato  mixture 
on  top  and  brown  in  a  hot  oven. 

Deviled  Crab 

1  cup  Three  Diamonds  Brand  Crabmeat 
34  cup  mushrooms,  chopped  fine 

2  tablespoons  Clover  Leaf  Butter 
2  tablespoons  Globe  Al  Flour 

1  cup  Clover  Leaf  Milk 

2  Milk  White  egg  yolks 
salt  and  pepper 

1  teaspoon  finely  chopped  parsley 

Make  a  sauce  of  the  butter,  flour,  and 
milk.  Add  the  beaten  egg  yolks,  seasoning, 
crabmeat,  and  mushrooms.  Cook  three 
minutes  and  add  the  parsley.  Put  in  potato 
shells  or  ramkins,  and  bake  in  a  hot  oven 
for  ten  minutes. 

Noodle  Delight 

1  package  Globe  Al  Noodles 
1  pound  round  steak  ground 
x/2  pound  pork  steak  ground 
1  onion  chopped 

1  can  corn 

2  cups  tomato  sauce 
American  cheese 

Brown  the  onion  in  a  frying  pan,  add 
meat,  and  fry  until  brown.  Add  corn  and 
tomato  sauce  and  simmer  for  two  minutes. 
Cook  noodles  in  boiling  salted  water  until 
tender,  drain.  Put  alternate  layers  of 
noodles  and  meat  in  a  casserole,  sprinkle 
each  layer  with  cheese,  saving  some  for 
top.  Bake  in  a  moderate  oven  for  thirty 
minutes. 

Tomato  Jelly  Ring 

2  cups  tomato  juice 

1  small  bay  leaf 

3  or  4  cloves 

2  slices  onion 
salt  and  pepper 

1  teaspoon  lemon  juice 
1  package  Royal  Lemon  Gelatin 
1   cup  finely  cut  celery 
1   cup  shredded  cabbage 
salad  dressing 

Simmer  tomato  juice,  bay  leaf,  cloves, 
and  onion  for  fifteen  minutes.  Strain,  add 
seasoning  and  lemon  juice.  Measure  liquid 
and  add  enough  hot  tomato  juice  to  make 
1  cup.  Pour  over  gelatin  and  stir  until 
dissolved.  Chill  until  partially  set.  Add 
celery  and  turn  into  a  7-inch  ring  mold. 
Chill  until  firm.  Turn  onto  a  service  plate. 
Fill  the  center  with  shredded  cabbage  and 
garnish  with  lettuce  and  stuffed  olives. 
Serve  with  Nalley's  Tang  Dressing. 

Caramello 

1  package  Carmel  Kre-Mel 
Yi.  cup  cold  Clover  Leaf  Milk 
\l/i  cups  hot  Clover  Leaf  Milk 
Yt  cup  brown  sugar 
1  cup  Clover  Leaf  Whipping  Cream. 

Dissolve  the  Kre-Mel  in  cold  milk,  add 
hot  milk,  and  stir  until  it  comes  to  a  boil. 
Add  brown  sugar.  When  cold,  add  whipped 
cream  and  mix  well.  Pour  into  glasses 
and  chill.  Serve  with  whipped  cream  and 
chopped  nuts. 


UNUSUAL  CANDIES 


ASSURE   YOUR   DINNER  OR   PARTY 


Use  Miss  Saylor's  delicious  bars  for  fa- 
vors. Their  lovely  foil  wraps  will  enhance 
the  sheen  of  your  silver  and  napery. 

Fill  the  buffet  compotes  with  Miss 
Saylor's  Unusual  Chocolates  and  exotic 
pastels  because  many  guests  prefer  Miss 
Saylor's  candies  for  dessert. 

For  the  bridge  tables  place  small  dishes 
of  Miss  Saylor's  foil  wrapped  candies 
within  easy  reach.  They're  wonderful  after 
a  full  dinner  and  to  relieve  parry  strain. 


Miss  Saylor's  Unusual  candies,  fresh  and 
fragrant,  from  penny  mints  to  $5.00  boxes 

If  your  favorite  stores  do  not  have  them  writ* . . . 

MISS    SAYLOR'S    CHOCOLATES,    INC. 

ALAMEDA,    CALIFORNIA 


Cinnamon  Rolls 
cake   Fleischmann's  Yeast 
cup  luke  warm  water 
cup  Clover  Leaf  Butter 
cup  Utah  Beet  Sugar 
teaspoon  salt 
cup  hot  mashed  potatoes 
cup  potato  water 
cup  Clover  Leaf  Milk 
Milk  White   Eggs 

Globe  Al  Flour  to  make  a  stiff  dough 
Dissolve  the  yeast  in  lukewarm  water. 


Combine  the  butter,  sugar,  salt,  potatoes, 
potato  water,  and  milk.  When  cool,  add 
yeast  and  beaten  eggs.  Stir  in  enough 
flour  to  make  a  stiff  dough.  Knead  thor- 
oughly. Cover  and  place  in  refrigerator 
until  ready  to  use.  Let  dough  rise  for  1 
hour  before  using.  Roll  %  inch  thick. 
Brush  with  melted  butter.  Sprinkle  with 
sugar,  cinnamon  and  raisins.  Roll  up  and 
slice  in  inch  thick  slices.  Let  rise  until 
double  in  bulk  and  bake  in  a  moderate 
oven.     Frost  while  warm. 


It  Happened  In 
Mexico 

(Concluded  from  page  22) 

were  placed  in  that  tomb  after  Cor- 
tez  came?" 

"No.    Many,  many  years  before." 

"Perhaps  one   thousand   years?" 

"Possibly." 

"For  all  you  know  they  might  have 
been  there  two  thousand  years,  or 
even  longer?" 

"Yes.  No  one  seems  to  know  nor 
care.  You  are  the  first  man  that  ever 
doubted  the  first  statement  I  made. 
Why  do  you  ask?" 

That  question  will  not  be  an- 
swered here.  However,  a  study  of 
the  Book  of  Mormon  might  make 
the  story  of  these  things  read  like  an 
open  book. 


Evidences 

and  Reconciliations 

{ Concluded  from  page  33 ) 
It  should  be  noted  also  that  the 
Prophet  does  not  enter  into  any  ar- 
gument to  prove  the  necessity  of  the 
use  of  the  Urim  and  Thummim.  His 
simple  mention  of  them  argues 
strongly  for  his  veracity.  An  im- 
postor would  probably  have  attempt- 
ed an  explanation  of  the  "seer 
stones." 

The  Urim  and  Thummim  were 
aids  to  Joseph's  spiritual  senses. 
How  they  operated  is  not  known. 
For  that  matter,  the  methods  of 
operation  of  most  of  the  aids  of 
man's  physical  senses  are  not  under- 
stood. Joseph's  claim  to  the  need 
of  such  aids  becomes  an  evidence 
for  the  truth  of  his  life's  labor. 

— /.  A.  W. 

37 


CONDUCTED  BY  THE  MELCHIZEDEK  PRIESTHOOD   COMMITTEE    OF   THE    COUNCIL    OF    THE   TWELVE 

JOSEPH   FIELDING  SMITH,  CHAIRMAN;  JOHN  A.  WIDTSOE,  JOSEPH  F.  MERRILL,  AND  SYLVESTER  Q.  CANNON 


STAKE  CONFERENCE  CHANGES 

The  following  letter  by  President  Clawson  is  self-explanatory: 
To  Presidents  of  Stakes  November  20,  1939 

Dear  Brethren: 

Beginning  with  the  year  1940  the  auxiliary  conventions  will  not  be  held  in 
connection  with  quarterly  conferences.  All  of  the  quarterly  conferences  will 
major  the  Priesthood  work — two  being  devoted  largely  to  Melchizedek  Priest- 
hood, one  to  missionary  work,  and  one  to  the  Aaronic  Priesthood.  Schedules 
and  programs  will  hereafter  be  sent  to  you. 

It  has  been  decided  to  hold  the  annual  stake  conventions  of  the  auxiliary  asso- 
ciations as  nearly  as  may  be  on  union  meeting  dates  in  the  respective  stakes.  This 
action  is  taken  to  reduce  as  much  as  possible  the  meetings  and  travel  of  the  people 
in  the  stakes.  It  will  be  understood  that  the  auxiliary  association  holding  its 
annual  convention  in  the  stake  on  union  meeting  day  shall  be  accorded  preference 
over  other  organizations  on  that  day  so  that  it  may  enjoy  full  attendance  of  its 
workers  and  the  attention  of  stake  and  ward  authorities. 

Very  sincerely  yours, 
THE  COUNCIL  OF  TWELVE 
By  Rudger  Clawson,   President 
_ ■  ♦  . 

AN  APPEAL  FOR  REPORTS 


HPhe  above  letter  by  President  Claw- 
son  announcing  that  every  stake 
quarterly  conference  during  1940  will 
be  a  Priesthood  conference  emphasizes 
the  importance  of  promptly  making  and 
sending  in  Quarterly  Reports.  The 
data  asked  for  by  these  reports  are 
greatly  desired  at  President  Clawson's 
office  at  least  two  weeks  before  the 
date  of  the  conference. 


Will  all  stake  Melchizedek  Priest- 
hood committees  take  notice  and  plan 
that  these  reports  shall  be  sent  to  this 
office  within  ten  days  of  the  close  of  the 
quarter?  Prompt  action  by  quorum  and 
stake  officers  will  give  great  satisfaction 
both  to  themselves  and  to  the  General 
Authorities.  "A  word  to  the  wise  is 
sufficient."    Thanks,  brethren. 


ANTI-LIQUOR-TOBACCO 
COLUMN 


IS  IT  O.  K.? 

«Ts  it  O.  K.  .  .  .  ?"  "Certainly,"  was 
A  our  reply  to  the  question  whether 
or  not  it  would  be  O.  K.  for  stake  and 
local  campaign  committees  to  initiate 
things  to  do  in  furthering  the  campaign. 
"It  is  not  only  their  privilege  but  their 
duty  to  be  active  and  do  anything  and 
everything  that  will  help  the  work 
along,"  we  went  on  to  say.  Playlets, 
dramas,  songs,  pictures,  billboards,  spe- 
cial meetings,  urge  of  public  officials 
to  enforce  anti-narcotic  laws  relative 
to  minors,  early  closing  of  liquor  stores, 
cooperation  when  requested  with 
schools  and  civic  bodies  in  anti-nar- 
cotic and  character  education,  etc.,  etc., 
are  a  few  suggestions. 

Let  committees,  quorums,  boards, 
and  others  interested  be  on  their  toes 
to  do  what  they  can  to  help  in  the 
good  work.  But  where  you  propose 
important  special  activities  be  sure  you 
have  the  approval  of  your  stake  presi- 
dency before  going  ahead. 

The  General  Committee  will  con- 
tinue sending  material  and  suggestions 
to  the  field.  Make  it  a  practice  to 
scan  this  as  well  as  other  columns  of  the 
Era. 
38 


THE  SUNDAY  SCHOOL  PICTURE 

Tn  the  month  of  October  the  Deseret 
Sunday  School  Union  Superintend- 
ency  sent  to  the  Sunday  School  Super- 
intendent of  every  stake  a  record  and 
a  film  entitled  "Out  of  the  Game"  and 
"Dazzy  Shows  His  Album." 

This  is  a  contribution  to  the  campaign 
for  the  non-use  of  liquor  and  tobacco. 
Instructions  accompanied  the  record. 
The  plan  is  to  show  this  material  in 
every  Sunday  School  of  the  stake,  us- 
ing for  this  purpose  the  sound  and  pic- 
ture projecting  machine  owned  by  the 
stake. 


OTHER  MATERIAL 

A  nother  very  interesting  record  and 
film  entitled  "Five  Years  of  Re- 
peal," etc.,  is  also  being  sent  out  to 
every  stake  committee  chairman,  ac- 
companied by  instructions  as  to  its  use. 
Further,  there  will  be  sent  to  every 
stake  that  can  use  them  some  slides 
carrying  temperance  quotations  from 
authoritative  sources.  These  slides  are 
for  use  in  moving  picture  shows — in 
ward  recreation  halls,  commercial  show 
houses,  etc.  It  is  proposed  that  two  or 
more  slides  shall  be  projected  during 
the  program  on  the  screen  for  a  few 
seconds  between  scenes.  The  use  of 
these   slides,  where  feasible,  will   un- 


doubtedly greatly  enhance  interest  in 
the  campaign.  By  their  use  the  public 
will  be  most  widely  and  easily  reached. 
This  will  prove  to  be  a  popular  way  of 
keeping  people  interested  in  the  cam- 
paign. 

ALCOHOL  AND  ACCIDENTS 
<"<"\T7e  need  no  statistics  to  tell  us  that 
*^  drinking  drivers  and  pedestri- 
ans constitute  a  serious  present-day 
traffic  menace.  The  fact  that  drunk- 
driver  arrests  reach  their  peak  on  Sat- 
urday indicates  that  the  problem  of 
drinking  at  the  nineteenth  hole,  or  the 
football  game,  or  the  week-end  party, 
remains  a  grave  one;  the  fact  that  such 
arrests  climb  to  their  peak  between  mid- 
night and  two  a.  m.  means  that  many 
persons  still  drink  heavily  at  roadhouses 
and  night  clubs  and  then  try  to  drive 
home. 

"The  time  will  come  when  driving 
after  drinking  will  be  placed  in  the  same 
category  with  carrying  concealed 
weapons,  robbery,  incendiarism,  and 
other  misdemeanors  about  which  there 
is  absolutely  no  question  in  the  public 
or  official  mind.  It  will  come  through 
legislation,  improved  court  procedure, 
and  the  development  of  adequate  test 
methods." — Quoted  from  a  pamphlet 
entitled  Lest  We  Regret  by  The  Trav- 
elers Insurance  Co. 


WHAT  IS  YOUR  QUORUM 
DOING? 

Tn  the  1939  budget  assignments  sug- 
*  gested  by  the  central  committee  were 
the  following:  "Assignments  to  be 
given  to  every  stake  alike:  (a)  Re- 
habilitation of  quorum  members.  In 
addition  to  other  assignments,  it  is  fur- 
ther suggested  that  every  quorum  in 
the  region  undertake  to  assist  at  least 
one  unemployed  quorum  brother  ob- 
tain permanent  employment  in  private 
industry  or  to  establish  him  in  some 
form  of  agricultural  pursuit  or  business 
that  will  make  him  independent."  The 
following  reports  are  typical: 

The  Elders'  Quorum  of  the  Buhl 
Ward,  Twin  Falls  Stake,  reports  that 
through  the  efforts  of  the  quorum  one 
member  has  been  placed  in  a  perma- 
nent position. 

The  quorums  in  Providence  First 
Ward,  Logan  Stake,  report  that  three 
members  have  been  taken  off  relief, 
one  Adult  Aaronic  Priesthood  member, 
one  High  Priest,  and  one  Elder. 

( See  also  report  from  250th  Quorum 
of  Seventy  on  opposite  page.) 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,    JANUARY,     1940 


(TOP)   MEMBERS  OF  THE  250TH  QUORUM  OF  SEVENTY 

First  row,  kneeling:     Gerald  G.  Robertson,  president;  Lyle  Palmer,  secretary;  Owen  Gladwell. 

Second  row:  B.  Y.  Harbertson,  senior  president;  John  Van  Drimmelen,  president;  Frederick 
P,  Rice,  president;  Otha  Stephens,  William  E.  Buck,  Everett  C.  Harris,  president;  Robert  Wheeler, 
Gene  L.  Stoman,   H.  Guy  Child. 

Third  row:  Orson  Thornblad,  John  Pope,  Louis  Zaugg,  Neil  C.  Clegg,  Hollis  V.  Allen,  Rulon 
J.  Harper. 

Fourth  row:  Charley  Manley,  Alvin  B.  Stephens,  Joseph  W.  Carlson,  Vasco  Lauh,  Robert 
Lasater. 

Fifth  row:  Gabriel  C.  Dieu,  William  F.  Dame,  Clarence  R.  Saunders,  Roy  Zaugg,  John  Robert 
Buswell,  Ferrel  Carter. 

(BOTTOM)    BANQUET  HELD   BY   FIFTH    QUORUM    OF   ELDERS,    BURLEY  STAKE,    ATTENDED 

BY   EIGHTY   PER   CENT  OF    QUORUM    MEMBERS   AND   THEIR   WIVES.      STAKE   PREStDENT 

D.  R.  LANGLOIS  SUBMITTED  THE  PHOTOGRAPH. 

ACHIEVEMENT  STANDARDS  SET  BY  250TH  QUORUM 

OF  SEVENTY 

By  B.  Y.  HARBERTSON 
Senior  President  250th  Quorum  of  Seventy 

(Editor's  Note:  The  accompanying  report,  in  itself  a  good  example 
of  the  type  desired  from  quorums  of  Seventy,  was  requested  of  the  250th 
Quorum  of  Seventy,  made  up  of  members  residing  in  the  14th  Ward, 
Mount  Ogden  Stake,  at  the  time  it  was  selected  to  give  a  demonstration  of 
a  weekly  activity  meeting,  council  meeting,  and  monthly  quorum  meeting 
at  the  Priesthood  union  meeting  of  the  stake  held  in  September.  It  repre- 
sents splendid  achievement.) 


committees.  All  committees  are  fully  or- 
ganized and  are  doing  some  very  good 
work.  We  also  have  a  member  on  the 
stake  Anti-Liquor-Tobacco  Committee. 

The  quorum,  through  the  Personal  Wel- 
fare Committee,  has  been  helping  some  of 
the  more  unfortunate  members  with  work 
in  their  homes,  and  at  present  is  engaged 
in  helping  a  member  build  a  new  home. 

Through  the  Miscellaneous  Activity 
Committee  and  assisted  by  the  Elders  and 
High  Priests,  the  quorum  sponsored  a  benefit 
party  to  raise  funds  to  purchase  the  land 
on  which  to  build  a  new  home  for  a  member 
of  our  quorum.  This  committee  has  also 
been  active  in  our  monthly  socials. 

The  quorum  holds  regular  monthly  quo- 
rum meetings  and  socials.  We  feel  that  a 
closer  social  spirit  comes  from  this  type  of 
activity.  The  quorum  at  present  is  work- 
ing on  a  minstrel  show,  which  they  expect  to 
put  on  the  first  of  December  [1939],  for  the 
purpose  of  raising  funds  to  continue  with 
our  monthly  socials.  We  are  also  working 
on  a  Seventies'  chorus,  which  has  been  on 
a  vacation.  This  chorus  did  some  very 
commendable  work  during  the  last  year, 
going  to  different  wards  throughout  the 
county,  furnishing  the  entire  program, 
speakers  and  music,  for  sacrament  service. 

The  Class  Instruction  Committee  has  con- 
ducted regular  lessons  in  our  weekly  and 
monthly  meetings,  and  has  given  us  some 
very  fine  instructions. 

The  quorum,  through  the  Church  Service 
Committee,  has  conducted  a  very  successful 
temple  excursion  and  has  been  doing  some 
very  good  work  in  Ward  Teaching. 

We  have,  through  the  help  of  the  Per- 
sonal Welfare  Committee,  completed  an 
index  file,  and  have  some  valuable  informa- 
tion on  each  member  of  the  quorum. 

The  rehabilitation  work  has  been  carried 
out,  and  some  very  fine  results  have  been 
accomplished. 

At  present,  all  members  of  the  quorum 
have  employment  and  seem  to  be  in  good 
health.  We  feel  that  the  quorum,  as  a 
whole,  is  in  a  very  much  more  improved 
condition  than  it  has  been,  and  we  are 
bending  every  effort  possible  to  see  that 
even  more  will  be  accomplished  in  the 
future. 


The  250th  Quorum  of  Seventy  consists 
of  forty-five  members.  The  records  show 
forty-eight  enrolled,  by  which  figure  we 
have  to  abide  until  the  end  of  the  year.  We 
have  an  average  attendance  of  from  forty 
to  sixty-seven  per  cent  at  our  weekly  ac- 
tivity meetings,  and  were  awarded  a  prize 
of  $5.00  by  the  stake  for  having  the  best 
attendance  at  Priesthood  meeting.  Out  of 
the  forty-five  members,  we  have  a  standing 
excuse  for  seven  on  account  of  work. 

Of  the  forty-five  members  we  have  thirty- 
nine  who  are  actively  engaged  in  Church 
work.  At  present  there  are  two  members 
on  foreign  missions,  two  on  home  missions, 
and  we  also  have  the  wives  of  two  Sev- 
enties on  home  missions.  The  quorum  has 
helped  support  one  missionary  the  full  year 
to  the  extent  of  $10.00  a  month,  and  another 
missionary  part  of  the  year  in  the  same 
amount.  One  missionary  has  recently  re- 
turned home  and  the  other  missionary  has 
been  home  a  few  months. 

The  quorum  is  divided  into  five  com- 
mittees: namely,  the  Personal  Welfare, 
Class  Instruction,  Church  Service,  Miscel- 
laneous   Activity,    and    Missionary    Fund 


Melchizedek  Priesthood  Outline  of  Study,  February,  1940 

Text:    Priesthood  and  Church  Government. 
(See  supplementary  readings,  problems,  and  projects  below.) 


LESSON  IV 

The  Nature  and  Purpose  of  Priesthood 
(Read  Chapter  2,  pp.  32-36.) 

I.  The  Plan  of  Salvation  on  earth 

a.  Operates  through  free  agency  and 
self-effort   of  man 

b.  Man  delegated  by  God  to  carry 
out  provisions  of  plan 

II.  Priesthood  such  delegated  authority 
(See  Supplementary  Readings  1,  2,  3) 

a.  Held  by   intelligences   in   heaven, 
by  man  on  earth 

b.  Instrumentality  of  divine  law 

III.  Without  beginning  and  without  end 

a.  Priesthood  an  everlasting  principle 
(See  Supplementary  Readings  4) 

b.  Endures   term  of  faithfulness 

IV.  Priesthood  essential  for  many  things 
a.  For  carrying  out  plan  of  eternal 

progression 


1.  Individual  guidance   (See  Sup- 
plementary Readings  5) 

2.  Group  guidance 

b.  For  continuous  revelation 

c.  For  Church  government 

d.  For    ultimate    accomplishment    of 
divine  purposes 

Problems  and  Projects: 

1.  Illustrate  the  principle  of  delegated  au- 
thority by  examples  from  fields  of  common 
experience:    business,   government,    etc. 

2.  How  would  you  define  Priesthood  in 
the  light  of  what  you  have  learned  about 
its  source,  its  delegation,  its  purposes? 

3.  Distinguish  between  the  power  of  the 
Priesthood  and  other  delegations  of  power 
which  God  may  grant  to  faithful  men 
everywhere  (not  Priesthood-bearers)  for 
the  accomplishment  of  certain  righteous 
purposes. 

(Continued  on  page  40) 

39 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,    JANUARY,    1940 


(Continued  from  page  39) 
4.  What  does  it  mean  to  you  to  know 
that,  pending  your  faithfulness,  your  Priest- 
hood is  eternal? 

LESSON  V 

The  Powers  of  the  Priesthood 
(Read  Chapter  3,  pp.  37-43.) 
I.  Priesthood  implies  power 

a.  To  create  worlds 

b.  To  redeem  worlds 

II.  "And  these  signs  shall  follow  .  .  .": 
gifts  of  the  spirit  a  Priesthood  en- 
dowment 

a.  Revelation 

b.  Discernment 

c.  Healing 

d.  Translation 

e.  Power  over  evil  (See  Supple- 
mentary Readings  6) 

III.  Power  to  perform   ordinances    (See 
Supplementary  Readings  7) 

IV.  "Go  ye  into  all  the  world":  power  to 
preach  the  word 

V.  Binding  in  heaven  and  on  earth 

a.  Calling  of  Elijah 

b.  "Covenants,  contracts,  bonds,  ob- 
ligations, oaths,  vows,  perform- 
ances, connections,  associations, 
expectations" 

Problems  and  Projects: 

This  lesson  could  furnish  an  occasion  for 
brief  testimonies  from  as  many  members 
of  the  class  as  there  is  time  for,  each  relat- 
ing a  personally  experienced  manifestation 
of  some  phase  of  the  power  of  the  Priest- 
hood. 

LESSON  VI 

Priesthood  and  the  Church 

(Read  Chapter  4,  pp.  44-48.) 

I.  As  is  the  Priesthood,  so  is  the  Church 

a.  Church  established  by  Priesthood 

b.  Church  dependent  on  Priesthood 

c.  A  "kingdom  of  priests":  no  priestly 
caste  (See  Supplementary  Read- 
ings 8) 

II.  Church  organized  to  carry  out  God's 
purposes 

a.  As  agency  of  Priesthood 

b.  As  Kingdom  of  God  on  Earth 

III.  Authority  needed 

a.  Distinguishing  characteristics  of 
Church 

b.  Genuine  power  in  all  ages 

c.  Conviction  not  enough 

IV.  "For  the  perfection  of  the  Saints" 

a.  Revelation  through  proper  channel 
to  guide  Church 

b.  Concern  of  Church:  that  all  may 
understand 

V.  Government  of  Kingdom  of  God 

a.  Committed  to  Church 

b.  Responsibility  of  Priesthood 

Problems  and  Projects: 

1.  Explain:  the  organization  of  the 
Church  begins  with  the  Priesthood. 

2.  Can  you  trace  the  relationship  between 
Church  and  Priesthood  as  it  has  been  un- 
folded during  this  last  dispensation?  What 
events,  what  revelations  make  the  relation- 
ship particularly  clear? 

3.  Criticize  or  defend  the  absence  of  a 
priestly  caste  in  the  Church.  Would 
Church  government  be  more  efficient  if 
Priesthood  office  were  limited  to  a  trained 
few?  How  is  it  possible  to  qualify  a  body 
of  lay  members  to  act  as  a  "kingdom  of 
priests"? 

4.  Imagine  the  Church  without  the  Priest- 
hood. What  role  would  the  Church  then 
play  in  our  lives?  How  does  the  picture 
differ  from  that  of  a  Priesthood-motivated 
Church? 

40 


SUPPLEMENTARY   READINGS 

For  Priesthood  and  Church  Government 


1 .  The  Foundation  of  Authority.  The 
authority  of  the  Priesthood  is  often 
misunderstood.  It  is  frequently  the 
rock  upon  which  spiritual  shipwreck  is 
suffered.  The  power  or  right  to  com- 
mand or  act  is  authority.  In  the  be- 
ginning, man,  conscious  and  in  posses- 
sion of  a  will,  reached  out  for  truth 
and  gained  new  knowledge.  Gradually, 
as  his  intelligence  grew,  he  learned  to 
control  natural  forces  as  he  met  them 
on  his  way.  Knowledge,  properly  used, 
became  power;  and  intelligent  knowl- 
edge is  the  only  true  foundation  of 
authority.  The  more  intelligence  a  man 
possesses  the  more  authority  he  may 
exercise.  Hence,  "the  glory  of  God  is 
intelligence,"  and  "intelligence  is  the 
pathway  up  to  the  gods."  (Rational 
Theology,  p.  111.) 

2.  Absolute  Authority.  Such  high 
authority,  based  on  increasing  intelligent 
knowledge, may  be  called  absolute  au- 
thority. All  other  forms,  and  many 
forms  exist,  must  be  derived  from  ab- 
solute authority,  which  is  the  essence 
of  all  authority.  Absolute  authority 
which  cannot  be  fully  comprehended, 
does  not  mean  that  full  knowledge  or 
full  power  has  been  gained  over  any- 
thing in  the  universe.  The  universe 
will  forever  reveal  its  secrets.  By  ab- 
solute authority  is  meant  the  kind  of 
authority  that  results  directly  from  an 
intelligent  understanding  of  the  things 
over  which  authority  is  exercised.  Au- 
thority can,  therefore,  be  absolute  only 
so  far  as  knowledge  goes,  and  becomes 
more  absolute  as  more  knowledge  is 
obtained.  The  laws  of  God  are  never 
arbitrary;  they  are  always  founded  on 
truth.     ( Rational  Theology,  p.  111.) 

3.  Derived  Authority.  Anyone  pos- 
sessing the  absolute  authority  resting  on 
high  intelligence  may  often  find  it  nec- 
essary or  convenient  to  ask  others  to 
exercise  that  authority  for  him.  That 
leads  to  derived  authority.  It  does  not 
necessarily  follow  that  those  who  are 
so  asked,  understand  the  full  meaning 
of  the  authority  that  they  exercise.  The 
workman  in  a  factory  carries  out  the 
operations  as  directed  by  the  chief  tech- 
nician, and  obtains  the  desired  results, 
though  he  does  not  to  the  same  extent 
understand  the  principles  involved. 

Every  person  who  has  risen  to  the 
earth-estate  possesses  a  certain  degree 
of  absolute  authority,  for  he  has  knowl- 
edge of  nature  which  gives  him  control 
over  many  surrounding  forces.  Every 
person  possesses  or  should  possess  cer- 
tain derived  authority,  not  always 
wholly  understood,  which  is  exercised 
under  the  direction  of  a  superior  intelli- 
gence.    ( Rational  Theology,  p.  112.) 

4.  Joseph  Smith,  when  he  translated 
these  records  by  the  aid  of  the  Urim  and 
Thummim,  had  not  yet  received  any 
Priesthood,  so  far  as  his  temporal  ex- 
istence was  concerned.  He  did  hold 
the   Priesthood  before  he   came   here 


upon  the  earth.  You  will  find  this 
recorded  in  a  sermon  delivered  by  the 
Prophet  Joseph,  showing  that  not  only 
he,  but  also  all  of  the  faithful  that  have 
received  the  Priesthood  here  in  this  life, 
were  ordained  before  the  foundation  of 
the  world.  Consequently,  they  had  the 
ordination;  that  ordination  was  after 
the  order  of  Him  who  is  from  all  eter- 
nity to  all  eternity,  an  everlasting 
Priesthood.  {Orson  Pratt,  Journal  of 
Discourses,  22:28.) 

5.  The  Priesthood  conferred  on  man 
confers  power  which  every  man  may 
exercise  with  respect  to  himself  and  the 
Lord.  By  the  authority  of  the  Priest- 
hood he  has  a  right  to  commune  with 
God  in  prayer  or  in  other  ways,  and 
has,  as  it  were,  the  right  to  receive  com- 
munications in  return  from  the  in- 
telligent beings  about  him,  so  that  his 
ways  may  be  ways  of  strength  and 
pleasantness.  Man's  own  work  should 
be  inseparably  connected  with  the 
power  of  the  Priesthood  which  he  has 
received.   (Rational  Theology,  p.  114.) 

6.  An  individual  who  holds  a  share 
in  the  Priesthood,  and  continues  faithful 
to  his  calling,  who  delights  himself  con- 
tinually in  doing  the  things  God  requires 
at  his  hands,  and  continues  through  his 
life  in  the  performance  of  every  duty, 
will  secure  to  himself  not  only  the  priv- 
ilege of  receiving,  but  the  knowledge 
how  to  receive  the  things  of  God,  that 
he  may  know  the  mind  of  God  con- 
tinually; and  he  will  be  enabled  to  dis- 
cern between  right  and  wrong,  between 
the  things  of  God  and  the  things  that 
are  not  of  God.  And  the  Priesthood — 
the  Spirit  that  is  within  him,  will  con- 
tinue to  increase  until  it  becomes  like 
a  fountain  of  living  water;  until  it  is 
like  the  tree  of  life;  until  it  is  one 
continued  source  of  intelligence  and  in- 
struction to  that  individual.  (Brigham 
Young  Discourses,  p.  205. ) 

7.  No  wonder  Paul  had  to  arise  and 
be  baptized  and  wash  away  his  sins.  No 
wonder  the  angel  told  Cornelius  that 
he  must  send  for  Peter  to  learn  how  to 
be  saved:  Peter  could  baptize,  and 
angels  could  not,  so  long  as  there  were 
legal  officers  in  the  flesh  holding  the 
keys  of  the  kingdom,  or  the  authority 
of  the  Priesthood.  (Teachings  of 
Joseph  Smith,  p.  265. ) 

8.  The  Priesthood  of  the  Church  are 
the  army  of  the  Lord.  The  record  of 
their  ministrations,  throughout  a  cen- 
tury, at  home  and  in  foreign  lands,  in 
teaching  the  Gospel  to  the  nations,  and 
in  providing  comforts  for  their  loved 
ones  at  home,  is  one  of  the  most  en- 
thralling and  remarkable  stories  of  hu- 
man devotion  to,  and  sacrifice  for,  a 
cause.  It  is  by  the  possession  of  an 
authoritative  Priesthood  that  the 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day 
Saints  may  be  distinguished  from 
among  the  many  churches  of  the  day. 
(Studies  in  Priesthood,  p.  29.) 


CONDUCTED  UNDER  THE  SUPERVISION  OF   THE   PRESIDING    BISHOPRIC — EDITED    BY   JOHN    D.    GILES 


STANDARD  QUORUM  AWARDS 
TO  BE  SPECIAL  PROJECT  OF 
PRESIDING  BISHOPRIC 
DURING  1940 

An  effort  to  more  than  double  the 
**  Standard  Award  Quorums 
throughout  the  Church  during  1940  is 
to  be  made  by  the  Presiding  Bishopric. 
The  success  of  this  plan  for  encouraging 
quorum  members  to  reach  high  stand- 
ards in  the  conduct  of  quorum  work 
and  activities  has  influenced  the  de- 
cision to  make  this  one  of  the  major 
projects  for  Aaronic  Priesthood  during 
the  coming  year.  On  this  page  are 
printed  the  requirements  for  the  Stand- 
ard Quorum  Award,  which  unquestion- 
ably are  within  the  reach  of  every  quo- 
rum in  the  Church. 

Reports  from  quorums  which  have 
received  the  Standard  Award  are  so 
encouraging  and  the  results  so  stimu- 
lating that  an  effort  is  to  be  made  to 
interest  the  stake  and  ward  officers  in 
charge  of  Aaronic  Priesthood  through- 
out the  Church  to  undertake  the 
Standard  Quorum  Award  program  at 
the  beginning  of  the  year.  As  the  ac- 
tivities provided  for  in  the  Standard 
Quorum  Award  include  all  the  major 
activities  of  quorum  members,  the  moti- 
vation of  this  program  will  increase 
activity  in  every  department.  Standard 
Quorums  during  1939  show  a  substan- 
tial increase  over  1938,  but  in  view  of 
the  helpfulness  and  encouragement 
given  to  quorum  members  to  reach  the 
standards  set  by  the  Presiding  Bishopric 
the  benefits  of  this  plan  are  to  be  carried 
to  every  quorum  if  possible. 

Requests  have  been  made  by  the 
Presiding  Bishopric  that  at  the  end  of 
each  year  members  of  the  Stake 
Aaronic  Priesthood  Committee  visit 
each  ward,  check  the  records  of  each 
quorum,  and  then  certify  the  result  to 
the  Presiding  Bishopric  where  any 
quorum  has  complied  with  the  require- 
ments of  the  Standard  Quorum  Award. 
The  Award,  with  suitable  letters  of 
commendation,  will  be  sent  to  stake 
officers  for  presentation,  preferably  in 
the  Stake  Priesthood  meeting  or  in  con- 
nection with  the  Stake  Conference.  The 
awards  are  made  directly  to  presidents 
of  quorums  and  in  some  stakes  all 
members  of  quorums  are  called  to  the 
stand  when  the  presentation  is  made. 
Requirements  for  the  Standard  Quorum 
Award  are  printed  herewith: 

THE  STANDARD  QUORUM  AWARD 

A  standard  quorum  is  one  where  the 
following  standards  have  been  met: 

1.  Set  up  and  follow  a  yearly  quorum 
meeting  program  in  accordance  with  the 
recommendations  of  the  Presiding  Bishopric. 


2.  Set  up  and  follow  a  yearly  program 
of  social  and  fraternal  activities  in  accord- 
ance with  the  recommendations. 

3.  Have  an  average  attendance  record 
of  sixty  per  cent  or  more  during  the  year. 

4.  Have  seventy-five  per  cent  or  more 
members  fill  assignments  during   the  year. 

5.  Have  seventy-five  per  cent  or  more 
members  observing  the  Word  of  Wisdom  as 
shown  by  the  annual  report  of  the  bishop  of 
the  ward. 

6.  Have  seventy-five  per  cent  or  more  of 
the  members  who  earn  money  during  the 
year  pay  tithing,  as  shown  on  the  annual 
report  of  the  bishop  of  the  ward. 

7.  Have  fifty  per  cent  or  more  members 
participate  in  two  or  more  quorum  service 
projects. 

EMPHASIS  PLACED  ON  FOUR 
AARONIC  PRIESTHOOD 
PROJECTS  FOR  1940 

Ctake  and  Ward  Aaronic  Priesthood 
^  Quorum  Supervision,  the  Aaronic 
Priesthood  Extension  Plan,  Gathering 
of  Fast  Offering  by  Deacons,  and  the 
Adult  Aaronic  Priesthood  Program 
are  to  be  given  special  emphasis  during 
1940  by  the  Presiding  Bishopric.  Un- 
der plans  now  being  developed,  re- 
quests for  special  attention  to  these  four 
projects  will  be  carried  to  every  stake 
in  the  Church.  These  four  projects, 
including  as  they  do  practically  every 
phase  of  Aaronic  Priesthood  activity, 
are  to  be  given  special  stress  in  the 
hope  that  a  much  larger  percentage  of 
the  Aaronic  Priesthood  may  be  reached 
through  this  plan.  Through  special 
programs  in  connection  with  stake  con- 
ferences, the  columns  of  The  Improve^ 
ment  Era,  and  special  bulletins,  opera- 
tion of  the  four  plans,  where  not  un- 
derstood, will  be  explained,  and  every 
possible  effort  be  made  to  have  each 
of  these  programs  accepted  whole- 
heartedly in  every  ward  and  stake  in 
the  Church. 

With  the  indication  that  1939  reports 
will  show  one  of  the  most  favorable 
records  in  recent  years  in  Aaronic 
Priesthood  activity,  it  is  believed  that 
a  still  better  record  can  be  made  in 
1940.  The  special  emphasis  in  each 
of  the  programs  will  be  given  through 
activity  and  the  encouragement  of 
every  member  of  the  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood to  participate  to  the  fullest  extent 
in  every  program  with  which  he  is 
associated. 

TRAINING  FOR  THE 
PRIESTHOOD 

HThe  importance  of  proper  training  of 
A  boys  before  receiving  the  Priest- 
hood cannot  be  overestimated.  For 
some  months  previous  to  the  time  when 
a  person  is  selected  for  ordination  to 
an   office   in  the   Aaronic   Priesthood, 


the  bishopric  and  ward  supervisor  of 
deacons  should  have  such  person  in 
training.  The  boy  should  show  an  ap- 
preciation for  the  Gospel.  He  should 
manifest  faith  and  have  good  habits. 
He  should  show  a  willingness  to  do  the 
things  asked  of  him.  The  bishopric 
should  assure  themselves  that  he  has 
fulfilled  these  requirements.  No  one 
should  be  ordained  to  any  office  in  the 
Priesthood  who  does  not  understand 
the  duties  and  responsibilities  thereof 

The  Primary  Association  course  for 
boys  from  eleven  to  twelve  is  designed 
to  assist  in  this  preparation  for  the 
Priesthood.  Closer  cooperation  is 
urged  between  the  supervisor  of  Dea- 
cons and  the  leaders  of  the  Guide  class 
in  the  Primary  Association.  While 
the  Primary  Associations  assist  in  the 
preparation  of  boys  for  ordination,  the 
responsibility  still  rests  with  the  bish- 
opric and  supervisors. 

When  the  bishopric  is  satisfied  that 
the  candidate  is  prepared  to  receive  the 
Priesthood,  his  name  should  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  congregation  of  the  Saints 
for  approval. 

PREPARATION  REQUIREMENTS 
OF  THE  AARONIC  PRIESTHOOD 

1.  A  boy  must  be  twelve  years  of  age  or 
over. 

2.  He  must  have  been  baptized  and  coa- 
fiimed  c.  member  of  the  Church  of  Jesus 
Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints. 

3.  He  should  know  the  Articles  of  Faith 
and  be  able  to  explain  each  in  his  own 
words. 

4.  He  should  know  the  story  of  Aaron 
from  the  Bible,  and  the  story  of  the  restora- 
tion of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  in  these  days. 

5.  He  should  know  what  Priesthood 
means  and  show  respect  and  reverence  for 
those  who  hold  it 

6.  He  should  be  able  to  open  or  close  a 
meeting  with  prayer. 

7.  He  should  know  something  about  the 
Word  of  Wisdom  and  be  living  it. 

8.  He  should  know  the  names  of  the 
General  Authorities  of  the  Church,  and  the 
officers  of  his  own  stake  and  ward. 

9.  He  should  know  something  about  the 
law  of  tithing  and  be  a  tithepayer. 

DUTIES  OF  AARONIC 
PRIESTHOOD 

Asa  guide  to  bishoprics  and  quorum 
"**  supervisors,  this  list  of  duties  of  the 
three  offices  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood 
is  suggested: 

WHAT  PRIESTS  MAY  DO: 

Administer  the  Sacrament 

Baptize  under  the  direction  of  the  bishopric 

Ordain  other  Priests,  Teachers,  and  Deacons 

{Continued  on  page  42) 

41 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,    JANUARY,     1940 


Aaronic  Priesthood 

(Continued  /rom  page  41) 

Train  Teachers  and  Deacons  in  their  duties 

Officiate  in  Sacramental  meetings 

Speak  in  Church  meetings 

Act  as  a  ward  teacher 

Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  or  Sunday  School  officer 

or  teacher 
A  member  of  a  ward  choir 
Visit  the  homes  of  the  Saints  with  special 

messages 
Visit   and  encourage  quorum  members  to 

attend  meetings 
Bear  testimony  in  fast  meeting 
Prepare  for  a  mission 
Be  baptized  for  the  dead  in  the  temples 
Assist  the  Elder  when  occasion  requires 
Help  the  bishopric  with  careless   boys 
Assist  in  the  care  of  Church  buildings 

WHAT  TEACHERS  MAY  DO: 

Preside  over  the  Teachers'  quorum 

Prepare  the  Sacrament  table 

Assist  at  baptisms 

Act  as  ward  teacher 

Speak  in  Sacrament  meetings 

Officer  in  the  Sunday  School 

Be  baptized  for  the  dead  in  Temples 

Act  as  usher  at  ward  meetings 

Messenger  for  the  bishopric 

Visit  delinquent  quorum  members 

Assist  in  caring  for  meetinghouse 

WHAT  DEACONS  MAY  DO: 

Preside  over  the  Deacons'  quorum 
Assist  the  Ward  Teacher  when  occasion 

requires 
Pass  the  Sacrament  of  the  Lord's  Supper 
Visit  neglectful  quorum  members 
Assist  ushers 
Collect  fast  offerings 
Assist    in   preparing    and    caring    for    the 

meetinghouse. 

SOUTH  DAVIS  STAKE 
DEVELOPS  SPLENDID 
AARONIC  PRIESTHOOD 
CHORUS 

Tnder  the  direction  of  C.  H.  Blake, 
*-*•  an  Aaronic  Priesthood  chorus  of 
seventy-five  members  has  been  organ- 
ized in  South  Davis  Stake.  This 
group  recently  furnished  the  music  for 
the  stake  conference  and  won  wide  ac- 
claim by  their  excellent  work. 

DECLO  WARD  CONDUCTS 
SUCCESSFUL  POTATO 
PROJECT 

P\eclo  Ward  of  Burley  Stake  has 
*-^  just  completed  a  very  successful 
potato  project  in  connection  with  the 
Church  Welfare  plan.  Under  the  di- 
rection of  Earl  C.  Osterhout,  a  member 
of  the  adult  Aaronic  Priesthood,  four 
acres  were  planted  with  potatoes,  the 
crop  yielding  one  thousand  bags  of 
one  hundred  pounds  each.  The  seed 
was  donated  and  the  members  of  the 
Aaronic  Priesthood  did  all  of  the  irri- 
gating, cultivating,  and  harvesting  of 
the  crop.  A  number  of  members  of  the 
adult  Aaronic  Priesthood  participated 
in  the  project. 

On  October  7th,  the  call  was  made 


to  harvest  the  potatoes,  forty-eight  men  the  day  the  entire  crop  was  dug  and 

and    boys    responding.      Two   tractor  stored    in   a   potato    cellar.      Pictures 

potato  diggers,  one  horse-drawn  digger  on  this  page  indicate  the  extent  of  ac- 

and  two  trucks  were  donated.    During  tivity  in  this  very  successful  project. 


WORD  OF  WISDOM  REVIEW 


TAX  CLAIMS  OF  LIQUOR 
INTERESTS  MISLEADING 

"pVECLARiNG  that  the  high-pressured 
*~*  sales  program  of  the  liquor  traffic, 
now  diverting  billions  of  dollars  an- 
nually from  other  business,  was  seri- 
ously retarding  return  to  industrial 
prosperity,  Mr.  Henry  M.  Johnson,  of 
Louisville,  Kentucky,  President  of  the 
American  Business  Men's  Research 
Foundation,  today  announced  that  the 
organization  plans  for  the  coming  year 
a  series  of  far-reaching  surveys  of 
liquor's  increasing  menace  in  various 
fields  of  American  business  activity, 
including  insurance,  automobile,  prop- 
erty values  and  rentals,  residential  con- 
struction and  employment. 

Said  Mr.  Johnson: 

Business  men  are  becoming  aroused  over 
the  fact  that  much  of  the  fifteen  billion 
dollars  ($15,000,000,000)  have  been  divert- 
ed from  the  income  of  retail  merchants  in 
necessaries  and  wholesome  luxuries  during 
the  past  five  years  as  a  result  of  the  relegal- 
ized  liquor  traffic's  program  of  sales  solici- 
tation. 

Mr.  Johnson  stated  that  he  has  re- 
ceived wide  commendation  for  the 
Foundation's  recent  studies  on  the  part 
now  being  played  by  alcohol  in  the  in- 
surance field. 

Asserted  Mr.  Johnson: 

On  the  basis   of   purely  factual   records 


now  being  revealed,  the  relegalized  liquor 
traffic  in  the  United  States  is  becoming  an 
increasingly  damaging  factor  in  reducing 
the  purchasing  power  of  millions  of  homes 
and  thereby  diminishing  the  naturally  ex- 
pected expansion  of  the  retail  trade  which 
has  already  suffered  so  severely  during  the 
years  of  depression  and  recession. 

The  Foundation  agrees  with  the  views 
of  Roger  Babson  and  members  of  the  Ad- 
visory Council,  that  more  than  to  any  other 
single  factor,  the  liquor  traffic  is  a  great 
contributing    cause  of  unemployment. 

Thoughtful  business  men  throughout  the 
country  are  beginning  to  see  clearly  that 
even  $500,000,000  or  a  billion  dollars  re- 
ceived from  Federal,  State,  and  local  taxes 
do  not  by  any  means  amount  to  more  than  a 
fraction  of  what  the  traffic  is  costing  in- 
dustry and  the  people  as  a  whole  in  money 
diverted  from  legitimate  channels,  and  in 
public  demands  and  requirements  for  deal- 
ing with  relief  destitution,  disease  and  crime 
caused  largely  by  drink. 

The  brewers  take  out  of  the  people's 
pockets  more  than  $8.50  (eight  dollars 
and  fifty  cents )  for  every  dollar  of  tax 
they  pay  the  government.  (The  total 
beer  tax  paid  the  United  States  govern- 
ment in  1938  was  $273,192,458.29;  the 
gross  retail  receipts  of  the  brewing  in- 
dustry in  the  same  year  were  approxi- 
mately $2,156,574,960.) 


DECLO  WARD,  BURLEY  STAKE,  HARVESTING 
100,000  POUNDS  OF  POTATOES  IN  PRIESTHOOD 
WELFARE  PROJECT. 


42 


CONDUCTED  UNDER  THE  SUPERVISION   OF   THE  PRESIDING    BISHOPRIC — EDITED    BY   JOHN    D.    GILES 


LOYALTY 

f\NE  of  the  most  desirable  and  ennobling  traits  of  character  is  loyalty.  The 
^-*  person  in  whose  life  loyalty  has  been  made  a  cherished  virtue  is  for- 
tunate indeed. 

Loyalty,  too  frequently,  has  been  associated  only  with  respect  to  the 
nation  or  the  country  in  which  a  person  lives.  Considered  as  a  broad 
general  principle  it  includes  far  more  than  that. 

Loyalty  to  our  Father  in  Heaven  should  be  the  beginning  point.  Surely 
every  Latter-day  Saint  understands  that  our  first  obligation  is  to  our  Cre- 
ator and  that  loyalty  to  Him  is  expected  of  us  all. 

Loyalty  to  the  Church  and  its  teachings  should  be,  and  logically  is, 
closely  associated  with  loyalty  to  the  Lord.  One  follows  the  other  in 
natural  sequence. 

Loyalty  to  those  whom  the  Lord  has  appointed  to  preside  over  us  in  the 
Church,  in  the  stake  and  in  the  ward,  is  essential  to  our  own  progress  and 
the  progress  of  the  Church. 

Loyalty  to  our  own  ideals  and  standards  will,  of  course,  include  loyalty 
to  all  to  whom  loyalty  is  due,  and  should  form  the  basis  of  all  expressions 
of  this  soul-developing  characteristic. 

Loyalty  to  our  friends  and  associates,  to  our  families,  to  employers, 
and  to  others  whose  relationships  with  us  entitle  them  to  our  allegiance 
will  be  a  matter  of  course  if  we  have  thoroughly  established  in  our  lives 
the  priceless  practice  of  loyalty  to  our  own  ideals  and  standards. 

Loyalty  to  country,  the  most  frequently  associated  with  considera- 
tions and  discussions  of  this  indication  of  faithful  devotion,  will  follow 
only  if  and  when  we  have  established  loyalty  to  our  own  ideals  and  stand- 
ards as  a  definite  guide  in  our  lives. 

People  depart  from  the  paths  of  virtue  and  right  living,  only  when 
they  disregard  their  own  standards.  People  become  untrue  to  Church, 
country,  employers,  and  friends  only  when  they  lay  aside  their  own  con- 
victions of  right  and  wrong. 

As  long  as  any  Latter-day  Saint  remembers  his  own  ideals  and  stand- 
ards and  follows  them  religiously  the  question  of  loyalty  to  all  to  whom 
loyalty  is  due,  including  our  Father  in  Heaven,  to  whom  our  first  devotion 
should  be  given,  will  never  arise. 

Loyalty  is  a  glorious  virtue.  In  all  that  it  implies,  it  should  be  a  guid- 
ing principle  in  the  life  of  every  Latter-day  Saint. 


A  GUIDE  TO  WARD  TEACHING 

^The  teacher's  duty  is  to  watch 
over  the  Church  always,  and  be 
with  and  strengthen  them;  and  see  that 
there  is  no  iniquity  in  the  Church, 
neither  hardness  with  each  other, 
neither  lying,  backbiting,  nor  evil 
speaking;  And  see  that  the  Church 
meet  together  often,  and  also  see  that 
all  the  members  do  their  duty — And 
is  to  be  assisted  always,  in  all  his  du- 
ties in  the  Church  by  deacons,  if  occa- 
sion requires." 

As  a  result  of  that  marvelous  reve- 
lation, part  of  which  was  given  on  the 
day  the  Church  was  organized,  there 
has  grown  one  of  the  great  movements 
of  this  Church.  Approximately  22,000 
of  our  brethren  holding  the  Priesthood 
are  carrying  out  to  the  best  of  their 
ability,  the  instructions  of  the  Lord 
contained  in  the  quotation  just  made. 

One  writer  said  that  teaching  is  the 
greatest  art  in  the  world  and  upon 
proper  teaching  of  the  fundamentals 
of  life   rests   the  development  of  the 


people  of  the  world.  No  greater  good 
can  be  done  by  any  man  than  to  im- 
plant into  the  hearts  of  both  young 
and  old  a  love  of  the  Gospel  of  Jesus 
Christ.  It  is  a  special  privilege — the 
word  "privilege"  is  preferable  to 
"duty" — for  the  ordained  Priests  and 
Teachers  to  labor  as  the  Lord  has  di- 
rected, also  our  mature  brethren  who 
hold  the  higher  Priesthood  to  labor  in 
that  office  and  calling  also.  Many  of 
our  bishops  have  sent  returned  mis- 
sionaries, both  men  and  women,  to  la- 
bor with  those  who  have  lost  their 
first  love  for  the  Gospel. 

The  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  is  so 
organized  that  every  member,  both 
male  and  female,  has  the  privilege  of 
contributing  of  his  individual  service 
in  some  office  or  calling  to  the  success 
of  the  Church.  This  is  essentially  a 
Church  of  service. 

No  organization  can  replace  that  of 
the  Ward  Teachers.  No  organization 
can  do  more  good  in  the  family  and 
home  life  of  the  Latter-day  Saints  than 
the  Ward  Teachers. 


The  Teacher  is  not  appointed  by 
any  public  body.  He  goes  with  the  au- 
thority of  the  Holy  Priesthood  and 
the  blessing  of  his  brethren  who  called 
him  to  labor.  He  has  the  right  to  teach, 
preach,  expound,  exhort,  and  it  is  his 
special  duty.  He  has  been  specially 
commissioned  to  watch  over  the 
Church,  to  be  with  it,  strengthen  it, 
and  see  that  there  is  no  iniquity,  and 
particularly  to  see  that  the  members 
of  the  Church  meet  together  often  and 
do  their  duty.  Meeting  together  often 
means  to  attend  the  Sacramental  meet- 
ing. Because  such  a  great  responsibility 
has  been  placed  upon  the  teacher  he 
should  be  above  small  gossip.  He  should 
be  wholesome  and  clean  in  his  habits, 
free  from  the  sins  of  the  world,  and 
a  doer  of  the  word.  It  is  an  honor  to 
be  a  Ward  Teacher.  He  is  a  shepherd 
over  the  flock  of  Christ,  and  the  bish- 
op has  placed  upon  him  the  duty  of 
strengthening  the  members  of  the 
Church. 

Before  the  Teachers  go  out  to  visit 
the  homes  of  the  Saints,  they  should 
have  a  word  or  two  of  prayer  in  se- 
cret, asking  the  blessings  of  the  Lord 
upon  their  prospective  labors.  The 
Teacher  should  measure  his  success 
by  the  good  impression  that  is  left  in 
the  home.  This  can  be  done  by  tactful 
inquiry,  faith-promoting  talks,  and  per- 
sonal sympathy  for  those  who  may  be 
unfortunate.  The  message  given  to  him 
by  the  bishop  should  be  presented,  this 
to  be  followed  by  such  counsel  and 
advice  as  the  spirit  of  the  Lord  may 
dictate. 

Each  pair  of  Teachers  should  give 
particular  attention  to  the  indifferent 
boys  and  girls,  to  neglectful  families, 
and  by  kindness,  sincerity,  love,  and 
sympathy,  try  to  encourage  them. 

Every  Teacher  should  examine  him- 
self and  see  if  he  is  prepared  to  teach; 
inquire  of  himself  concerning  the 
strength  of  his  testimony,  his  love  for 
his  fellowmen,  his  willingness  to  be 
of  service,  whether  he  has  buried 
wrongs  he  has  suffered  rather  than 
talk  about  them.  Particularly  should 
the  Teacher  have  a  testimony  that  Jesus 
Christ  is  his  Redeemer  and  that  Joseph 
Smith  is  a  prophet  of  God.  Without 
these  testimonies  he  cannot  do  his  best. 
In  visiting  homes  the  length  of  the 
visit  and  the  time  of  the  visit  should 
be  carefully  considered  by  the  Teach- 
ers. Too  short  a  visit  may  not  result 
in  good;  too  long  a  visit  may  result  in 
harm.  If  one  good  thought  can  be  ex- 
pressed and  implanted  in  the  hearts  of 
the  members  of  the  family,  good  has 
been  done.  If  after  the  Teacher  has 
left,  the  family  continues  the  conversa- 
tion the  Teacher  may  count  his  visit  a 
success. 

(To  be  Continued) 

43 


OFFICERS  AND  DIRECTORS  OF  THE  GENEALOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  UTAH 


JOSEPH  FIELDING  SMITH. 

President  and  Treasurer. 

FOSEPH  CHRISTENSON, 
Vice  President. 

ARCHIBALD  F.  BENNETT. 

Secretary    and   Librarian. 


JOHN  A.  WIDTSOE. 
A.  WILLIAM  LUND. 
JAMES  M.  KIRKHAM. 
MARK  E.  PETERSEN. 
Directors. 


HAROLD   J.  KIRBY. 

Assistant  Secretary. 

L.  GARRETT  MYERS, 

Assistant  Treasurer  and 
Superintendent  of  Research  Bureau 

ELLEN  HILL, 

Assistant  Librarian. 


YOUR  OWN  RESEARCH 
PROBLEM 

A  ll  over  the  world  today  there  is  an 
**~  increased  interest  in  genealogical 
records.  Are  the  members  of  our 
Church  responding  to  that  same  urge 
to  seek  after  their  dead? 

The  importance  of  each  individual's 
having  a  complete  and  acceptable  rec- 
ord of  his  family  and  ancestors  has  been 
emphasized  by  all  the  leaders  of  our 
Church  since  the  time  of  the  Prophet 
Joseph  Smith.  Early  leaders  of  the 
Church  defined  our  responsibility  and 
made  earnest  appeals  for  all  members 
to  make  a  correct  and  complete  rec- 
ord of  their  genealogies.  They  also 
gave  us  a  very  definite  idea  of  the  eter- 
nal organization  of  families. 

To  guide  all  Church  members  in  their 
research  and  temple  work,  our  present 
leaders  have  similarly  given  instruc- 
tion governing  our  duties  in  these  mat- 
ters. 

A  Prayer  for  True  Research.  At  the 
dedication  of  the  Salt  Lake  Temple, 
April  6,  1893,  President  Wilford 
Woodruff  uttered  a  most  eloquent 
dedicatory  prayer,  from  which  the 
following  words  are  selected,  as  typi- 
cal of  what  should  be  the  constant 
prayer  in  the  heart  of  every  true  gen- 
ealogist in  the  Church: 

O  thou  God  of  our  fathers,  Abraham, 
Isaac,  and  Jacob,  we  thank  thee  with  all  the 
fervor  of  overflowing  gratitude  that  Thou 
hast  revealed  the  powers  by  which  the  hearts 
of  the  children  are  being  turned  to  their 
fathers  and  the  hearts  of  the  fathers  to  the 
children,  that  the  sons  of  men,  in  all  their 
generations,  can  be  made  partakers  of  the 
glories  and  joys  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven. 
Confirm  upon  us  the  spirit  of  Elijah,  we 
pray  Thee,  that  we  may  thus  redeem  our 
dead  and  also  connect  ourselves  with  our 
fathers  who  have  passed  behind  the  veil,  and 
furthermore  seal  up  our  dead  to  come  forth 
in  the  first  resurrection,  that  we  who  dwell 
on  earth  may  be  bound  to  those  who  dwell 
in  heaven.   .   .  . 

And  as  Thou  hast  inclined  our  hearts  to 
search  out  our  progenitors,  we  pray  Thee 
that  Thou  wilt  increase  this  desire  in  our 
bosoms,  that  we  may  in  this  way  aid  in  the 
accomplishment  of  Thy  work.  Bless  us, 
we  pray  Thee,  in  our  labors,  that  we  may 
not  fall  into  errors  in  preparing  our  gene- 
alogies; and  furthermore,  we  ask  Thee  to 
open  before  us  new  avenues  of  information, 
and  place  in  our  hands  the  records  of  the 
past,  that  our  work  may  not  only  be  correct 
but  complete  also.  ( The  House  of  the  Lord, 
pp.  164-165.) 
44 


The  Eternal  Organization  of  Fam- 
ilies. President  Brigham  Young  once 
gave  this  clear-cut  description  of  the 
organization  of  families  in  the  Celestial 
Kingdom : 

I  will  first  set  in  order  the  true  order  of 
the  Kingdom  of  God  and  how  the  families 
hereafter  will  be  organized.  In  all  the  King- 
doms of  the  World  you  will  find  that  there 
will  be  only  one  King,  and  all  will  be  gov- 
erned as  one  family.  Every  man  will  pre- 
side over  his  own  family. 

The  order  of  redeeming  our  relatives 
originated  in  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven. 

If  a  grandfather  is  permitted  to  rule  as 
King  and  Priest  over  his  posterity,  and  the 
posterity  are  raised  up  as  Kings  and  Priests 
to  rule  over  their  posterity,  our  grandfa- 
thers would  call  together  a  numerous  host. 
I  will  show  you  the  order  of  the  Kingdom 
as  regards  my  own  family;  one  of  my  sons 
is  placed  here,  another  there,  another  there, 
and  so  on.  Yet  I  shall  be  their  ruler,  savior, 
dictator,  and  governor.  They  will  have  an 
innumerable  posterity,  but  all  will  join  in 
harmony  with  my  counsel.  I  shall  console, 
comfort,  and  advise  them  all.  You  and  your 
children  will  rise  up  and  administer  unto 
your  children,  and  you  will  rule  over  your 
posterity,  and  they  may  get  up  into  tens, 
hundreds,  thousands,  and  millions.  Yet  all 
will  finally  join  with  Adam  who  will  be  the 
King  of  all  (under  Christ  and  he  under  God 
the  Eternal  Father) ;  Seth  comes  next;  Seth 
rules  under  his  father  and  over  all  (his  pos- 
terity) ;  so  this  process  will  never  end. 

This  is  the  order  of  the  Kingdom  of  Heav- 
en, that  men  should  rise  up  as  Kings  and 
Priests  of  God.  We  must  have  posterity 
to  rule  over.  ( Utah  Genealogical  and  His- 
torical Magazine,  11:106-113.) 

Our  Individual  Responsibility.  In 
order  for  each  person  to  reach  this  high 
exaltation  in  the  Celestial  Kingdom  and 
become  "perfect,"  he  must  be  connected 
by  the  sealing  powers  of  the  Priesthood 
with  all  his  progenitors  who  are  dead, 
and  likewise  be  connected  by  sealing 
with  all  his  posterity  to  the  last  gen- 
eration that  lives  upon  the  earth. 

Hence,  it  becomes  our  clear  duty  to 
trace  back  the  records  of  the  families 
of  each  of  our  forefathers,  and  to  com- 
pile a  complete  and  correct  record  of 
the  family  of  every  one  of  our  de- 
scendants. Every  child  in  every  fam- 
ily must  be  sought  out  and  identified, 
and  not  one  shall  be  missing  when  the 
record  is  complete. 

Complete  and  Correct  Records.  We 
are  taught  that  "as  are  the  records  upon 
earth  that  are  truly  made  out,  so  are 
the  records  in  Heaven."  The  organi- 
zation of  our  families  in  Heaven  is  di- 
rectly dependent  upon  the  records  of 
these  families  which  we  compile  here 
upon  earth,  and  the  temple  work  done 


and  entered  upon  these  records.  Hence 
it  becomes  the  sacred  duty  of  each 
record-maker  to  prepare  only  such  rec- 
ords as  are  absolutely  true — that  will 
stand  every  test  of  scrutiny  and  criti- 
cism. In  his  search  he  will  encounter 
many  printed  genealogies  that  are  er- 
roneous; children  in  a  family  are  omit- 
ted; other  children  are  assigned  to  the 
wrong  parents;  wives  are  given  to  hus- 
bands they  never  married  or  to  parents 
that  were  not  their  father  and  mother. 
Most  frequently  published  records  will 
be  found  woefully  incomplete,  omitting 
vital  and  essential  data,  lacking  in  rich 
historical  experiences  that  bring  the 
warm  glow  of  life  to  family  history. 
With  our  larger  understanding  of  the 
purpose  of  research,  and  through  a 
comprehension  of  the  imperative  need 
for  true  records,  we  must  be  satisfied 
with  nothing  short  of  the  full  truth. 

Official  Instructions  on  Research  and 
Temple  Work.  The  instructions  gov- 
erning research  and  the  preparing  of 
names  for  temple  work  under  which  we 
now  operate,  are  these: 

The  first  responsibility  in  research  of  each 
person  is  to  seek  out  and  do  the  temple  work 
for  the  members  of  the  family  groups  of  his 
direct  male  or  patriarchal  line.  This  line 
of  his  fathers  would  include  the  family  or 
families  of  his  father,  his  father's  father,  the 
father  of  his  father's  father,  and  so  on  back. 

A  person  in  addition  should  do  research 
and  temple  work  for  the  family  groups  of 
any  of  his  other  progenitors  (such  as  those 
of  his  mother,  his  mother's  mother,  etc.) 
whose  names  appear  on  his  pedigree  chart. 
If  any  one  of  these  progenitors,  male  or  fe- 
male, married  more  than  once,  a  separate 
family  group  record  should  be  made  for  ev- 
ery marriage  of  every  progenitor  in  the 
pedigree. 

Individuals  are  still  further  privileged,  if 
they  choose  to  do  so,  to  seek  out  and  record 
the  family  groups  of  the  descendants  of  any 
one  of  their  direct  ancestors.  Thus,  since 
your  uncle  is  a  son  of  your  grandfather  or 
grandmother,  you  may  do  temple  work  for 
his  family,  and  for  any  groups  descended 
from  him.  While  this  is  not  your  direct 
responsibility,  and  is  outside  the  ancestral 
chain,  yet  it  is  permitted  because  of  the  fam- 
ily relationship;  and  because  it  is  vital  to 
your  grandfather's  future  that  work  be  done 
for  all  his  descendants.  You  are  in  reality 
working  in  his  behalf.  However,  if  direct 
descendants  of  this  uncle  are  in  the  Church, 
they  have  the  first  right  to  do  the  temple 
work  because  it  is  their  direct  line.  The 
others  may  assist  them  if  their  help  is  de- 
sired, but  they  must  cooperate  closely  with 
and  work  under  the  direction  of  those  who 
are  of  lineal  descent.  ( October,  1 932,  Utah 
Genealogical  and  Historical  Magazine,  pp. 
160-161.) 


to^gg 


iff 


TRACY  Y.   CANNON, 
Chairman 

GEORGE   D.   PYPER. 

First  Vice  Chairman  and  Treasurer 

LE  ROY  J.  ROBERTSON. 

Second    Vice    Chairman 

N.  LORENZO  MITCHELL. 
Secretary 


GENERAL  CHURCH  MUSIC  COMMITTEE 

General  Offices  General  Church 
Music  Committee 

50  NORTH   MAIN   STREET, 
SALT  LAKE  CITY,   UTAH 


li 


W    "5T 


MARVIN  O.   ASHTON 
FRANK  W.   ASPER 
MATILDA  W.  CAHOON 
J.  SPENCER  CORNWALL 
ALFRED  M.  DURHAM 
LESTER  HINCHCLIFF 
GERRIT  DE  JONG,  JR. 
JANET  M.  THOMPSON 
D.  STERLING  WHEELWRIGHT 
ALEXANDER  SCHREINER 
FREDA  JENSEN 


CONFIDENCE  IN  CHOIR 

CONDUCTING 

By  Dr.  Frank  W.  Asper 

/^\NCE  the  ward  choir  director  has  his 
^*-'  chorus  organized,  singers  enthusi- 
astic, accompanist  willing  and  helpful, 
and  bishopric  supporting  in  every  way, 
the  quickest  way  to  spoil  the  group  and 
make  them  disinterested  is  for  him  to 
display  a  lack  of  confidence  in  himself. 
How  many  times  have  we  attended 
meetings  where  Utopian  ideas,  prom- 
ises utterly  impossible  of  fulfillment, 
have  been  set  forth  and  accorded  the 
enthusiastic  endorsement  of  everyone 
present,  the  speakers  offering  them 
being  loudly  applauded.  This  enthu- 
siasm comes  about  because  the  speaker 
lias  confidence  in  himself,  a  confidence 
which  convinces  others  who  ordinarily 
would  not  even  think  of  accepting  his 
ideas.  We  have  no  record  of  any 
great  leader  in  history  who  has  ever 
accomplished  anything  worth  while 
without  confidence.  The  Quakers  say, 
"Whatever  one  puts  his  mind  on  doing 
well  and  sets  his  heart  to,  that  will  he 
•do  well." 

It  is  always  necessary  that  the  con- 
ductor know  harmony,  be  a  good  mu- 
sician, prompt,  regular,  and  genuinely 
capable  and  sincere.  But  this  will  not 
make  him  successful  if  he  lacks  confi- 
dence, and  all  the  musicianship  in  the 
world  will  not  make  him  a  leader.  Not 
•only  must  he  know  what  he  expects, 
but  he  must  also  have  confidence  and 
reasons  for  knowing  that  his  way  is  the 
right  way.  Knowledge  very  often  de- 
velops some  confidence  by  itself,  but 
there  is  nothing  as  pitiful  as  a  director 
in  his  position  demanding  something 
that  is  unreasonable,  or  demanding 
nothing  at  all.  One  often  hears  leaders 
say,  "Now  let's  sing  that  again,"  giving 
no  reason  or  hint  whereby  it  may  be 
improved  on  the  second  rendition.  But 
if  he  has  confidence  in  his  knowledge 
he  will  suggest  many  ways  in  which  it 
can  be  improved.  Our  choir  members 
want  to  know  why  they  are  working, 
for  they  wish  to  progress,  and  the  wise 
leader  will  point  out  to  them  ways  in 
which  this  may  be  done.  This  turns 
us  back  again  to  the  necessity  of  prep- 
aration. 

Never  expect  a  group  to  be  eager 
to  come  to  any  sort  of  rehearsal  that 
has  not  been  carefully  planned.  Choir 
members  resent  coming  together  and 
singing  for  no  purpose  whatever.  First, 
the  leader  must  study  the  music  care- 


fully, going  over  every  part  separately 
and  knowing  every  place  that  might 
present  difficulty.  The  parts  of  a  num- 
ber are  not  all  equally  hard.  Those 
which  are  should  be  noted,  together 
with  all  awkward  intervals,  difficult  en- 
trances, hard  vowels  in  extreme  ranges, 
clumsy  diction,  changes  to  other  keys, 
etc.  Then  the  number  should  be  gone 
over  with  the  organist  at  the  prelim- 
inary meeting  and  accompaniment  not- 
ed where  the  motion  of  either  instru- 
ment or  voices  stops,  where  it  might 
be  necessary  to  bolster  the  choir  with 
a  louder  accompaniment  to  prevent 
sagging  pitch,  in  what  way  the  accom- 
paniment might  be  different  from  the 
voice  parts,  just  how  much  the  organ 
helps  in  difficult  modulations,  and 
where  changes  occur  in  tempo. 

With  all  this  study  and  with  the 
advice  he  can  get  on  management,  the 
director  still  cannot  succeed  unless  he 
has  boundless  enthusiasm  and  a  sound 
belief  that  he  is  doing  the  right  thing. 
This  does  not  imply  that  he  must  be 
falsely  proud  or  arrogant.  Rather,  all 
this  knowledge  and  experience  should 
properly  give  him  reasons  for  every 
correction  and  suggestion.  No  one  can 
justly  be  called  a  leader  unless  he  has 
faith  in  himself  and  knows  the  right 
thing  to  do  at  the  right  time.  This 
need  not  preclude  humility,  for  one 
cannot  progress  without  an  open  mind, 
and  one  cannot  be  humble  without 
constantly  trying  to  expand  his  store 
of  knowledge.  Some  of  our  greatest 
leaders,  to  whom  it  has  often  been  said 
"It  cannot  be  done,"  have  succeeded 
because  of  this  confidence.  One  has 
only  to  look  at  our  Church  leaders  to 
see  this  borne  out.  They  are  confident, 
but  they  also  realize  that  there  is  al- 
ways something  to  be  learned. 

CHURCH  MUSIC  STEPS  UP 
By   Tracy    Y,   Cannon 

(iir\o  you  know  that  a  great  and  val- 
uable  service  has  been  rendered 
our  stake?"  wrote  President  John  C. 
Todd,  commenting  on  the  music  courses 
for  choristers  and  organists  which  had 
recently  been  conducted  in  Gridley 
Stake.  "Our  music  in  the  wards  that 
have  participated  has  improved  one 
hundred  per  cent,"  continued  President 
Todd.  "We  now  have  good  sacred 
music,  well  directed  and  played." 

President  Todd's  comment  is  typical 
of  many  others  which  have  been  re- 


ceived from  presidents  of  stakes,  bish- 
ops, and  students  by  the  General  Music 
Committee  of  the  Church. 

It  has  long  been  recognized  by  promi- 
nent Church  musicians  that  music  in 
our  Church  services  should  be  im- 
proved in  its  appropriateness,  quality, 
and  performance.  As  a  first  step  in 
accomplishing  such  objectives,  training 
of  choral  leaders  and  organists  was 
begun  in  the  fall  of  1935.  An  appro- 
priation by  the  First  Presidency  was 
generously  made  and  the  McCune 
School  of  Music  and  Art  was  commis- 
sioned to  carry  forward  the  teaching. 
Teachers  of  high  attainment  were  en- 
gaged and  teaching  centers  were  estab- 
lished in  various  sections  of  the  Church. 
Stake  presidents  and  bishops  gave 
excellent  support  and  an  exceedingly 
rapid  expansion  of  the  work  resulted. 
For  the  twelve-month  period  ending 
September  1,  1939,  1,745  students  en- 
rolled; 662  were  organists  and  1,083 
choristers.  During  the  past  four  years 
there  have  been  more  than  5,000  regis- 
trations. The  indications  are  that  the 
coming  year's  enrollment  will  exceed 
that  of  any  previous  year. 

Two  courses  are  given  for  both 
choristers  and  organists,  a  first-year 
course  consisting  of  twenty-four  hours 
instruction  with  weekly  class  sessions, 
and  a  second-year  course  of  like  dura- 
tion. The  organists  are  taught  in 
groups  of  ten  and  the  choristers  in 
groups  of  twenty.  Fundamental  prin- 
ciples of  the  technique  of  time  beating 
and  organ  touch  are  stressed  in  the 
first  course  and  interpretation  is  empha- 
sized in  the  second.  At  the  conclusion 
of  the  second  course,  certificates  of  at- 
tendance are  awarded. 

Although  the  training  courses  are 
only  four  years  old,  definite  results  are 
apparent.  Stake  and  ward  officials  are 
becoming  conscious  of  the  spiritualizing 
power  of  good  music.  Students  are 
developing  an  enlarged  consciousness 
of  the  vastness  of  the  field  of  musical 
expression  as  well  as  gaining  dexterity 
in  its  fundamental  techniques.  An  in- 
creased interest  in  Church  music  is 
everywhere  apparent;  new  choirs  are 
being  organized;  pipe  organs  are  being 
installed.  A  new  musical  era  is  dawn- 
ing in  the  Church.  The  first  step,  that 
of  training  leadership,  has  been  taken. 
Other  developments  will  follow  in 
rapid  succession,  for  music  is  destined 
to  contribute  more  and  more  to  the  ad- 
vancement of  the  Kingdom  of  God. 

45 


General  Superintendency 
Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 

GEORGE  Q.  MORRIS 

TOSEPH  J.  CANNON 

BURTON  K.   FARNSWORTH 

OSCAR    A.    KIRKHAM, 

Executive  Secretary 


Send 


General  Offices  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 

50  NORTH  MAIN  STREET 

SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 

General  Offices  Y.  W.  M.  I.  A. 

33  BISHOP'S  BUILDING 
SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 
M  Correspondence  to  Committees  Direct  to  General  Offices 


General  Presidency 
Y.  W.  M.  I.  A. 

LUCY  GRANT  CANNON 

HELEN  S.   WILLIAMS 

VERNA  W.  GODDARD 

CLARISSA  A.  BEESLEY, 

Executive  Secretary 


S% 


(UfU&U 


BOISE  STAKE  M  MEN-GLEANER 
GIRL  YOUTH  CONFERENCE 

Reported  by  Florence  Flicker 
Stake  Gleaner  Girl  Historian 

HpHE  Boise  Stake  M  Men  and  Gleaner 
*  Girls  conducted  their  third  successful 
annual  Youth  Conference  November  4  and 
5  at  Boise,  Idaho.  The  theme  of  the  con- 
ference was  "A  Friend's  Need  Is  Our  Op- 
portunity." This  conference  was  under  the 
direction  of  Miss  Grace  Minson,  stake 
Gleaner  president  and  Russell  Thompson, 
acting  president  of  the  M  Men  organization, 
assisted  by  the  other  stake  officers  and  the 
Boise  stake  wards.  They  were  supervised 
by  Mrs.  Saramae  Landers,  stake  Gleaner 
adviser,  and  Amos  Belnap,  stake  M  Men 
supervisor. 

Saturday  night  in  the  stake  tabernacle, 
the  six  Boise  wards  met  for  an  M  Men- 
Gleaner  Girl  dance,  the  first  event  of  the 
conference.  At  the  intermission  a  lovely 
floor  show,  featuring  a  juvenile  act,  "Bicycle 
Built  for  Two,"  novelty  songs  by  a  Gleaner 
Girl,  and  a  Waltz  Caprice,  interpretative 
dance  by  a  Gleaner  Girl,  was  enjoyed  by 
a  large  group.  A  game  room  was  equipped 
for  those  who  did  not  care  to  dance.  The 
people  from  out-of-town  wards  were  guests 
in  homes  of  Boise  M  Men  and  Gleaners. 

At  noon  Sunday  the  stake  officers  with 
their  advisers  and  the  president  and  super- 
intendent of  the  stake  M.  I.  A.  met  for  a 
luncheon  at  the  Hotel  Boise,  honoring  Lucy 
G.  Cannon,  President  of  the  Y.  W.  M.  I.  A. 
of  the  entire  Church,  who  had  come  from 
Salt  Lake  to  attend  the  conference. 

At  two-thirty  that  afternoon  in  the  First 
Ward  chapel,  a  stake  testimonial  was  held 
for  M  Men  and  Gleaners.  Beautiful  organ 
music,  chorus  numbers,  and  a  soprano  solo 
were  followed  by  two  Friendship  talks 
by  a  representative  M  Man  and  Gleaner 
Girl.  The  remainder  of  the  time  was  open  to 
testimonies  of  the  young  people.  Sister 
Cannon  thrilled  the  entire  group  with  a 
beautiful  testimony. 

Following  the  testimonial  a  reception 
made  possible  the  renewing  of  friendships 
and  the  introduction  of  new  friends. 

The  concluding  session,  attended  by  four 
hundred  and  seven  people,  was  held  on  Sun- 
day evening  at  seven-thirty.  An  effective 
tableau  depicted  the  ideals  of  the  M  Men 
and  Gleaner  programs.  Sister  Cannon  was 
the  guest  speaker  of  the  evening. 

A  fireside  at  the  home  of  Brother  Belnap, 
stake  M  Men  leader,  followed  the  evening 
service  and  was  attended  by  the  stake  Mu- 
tual board  in  compliment  to  Sister  Cannon. 

46 


Marba  C.  Josephson,   chairman;  Lucile  T.  Buehner, 
Emily    H.    Bennett,   Angelyn   Warnick. 

'T'he  Junior  Committee  members  sin- 
cerely  wish  all  Junior  leaders  every- 
where a  Happy  New  Year!  We  hope 
also  that  you  have  found  genuine  joy 
in  your  association  with  the  Junior 
Girls  and  in  teaching  this  year's  work. 
For  your  January  2,  1940,  lesson  on 
My  Story,  Lest  I  Forget,  we  recommend 
that  leaders  read  at  least  part  of  the 
delightfully  edited  copy  of  a  young 
girl's  journal,  Maud.  And  after  you 
have  read  that  book,  you  will  know  that 
girls  do  like  to  write — and  that  they 
write  most  delightfully.  You  will  also 
know  that  some  of  the  things  which 
they  write  must  be  safely  guarded  from 
prying  eyes.  You  leaders  will  then 
suggest  that  some  of  the  sheets  which 
are  very  personal  may  be  closed  to  the 
general  public  by  the  use  of  transparent 
mending  tape. 

On  January  9,  following  the  cultural 
work  in  the  drama,  is  listed  another 
cultural  lesson,  "Dial  for  Music."  We 
feel  that  all  Juniors  should  be  allowed 
to  sing  frequently  in  their  class  sessions. 
We  also  know  that  they  should  be 
educated  in  good  music.  This  lesson 
is  merely  an  introduction  to  music  ap- 
preciation which  we  hope  both  leaders 
and  Juniors  will  continue  to  stress  dur- 
ing the  rest  of  the  year. 

On  January  16,  "A  Book  Is  a  Frig- 
ate" is  the  lesson  to  be  considered.  We 
need  as  never  before  to  direct  young 
persons  in  their  selection  of  reading. 
When  books  are  published  at  the  rate 
of  over  thirty  a  day  in  the  United  States 
alone,  we  as  leaders  must  set  standards 
which  will  help  them  choose  wisely. 
One  can  find  poison  as  well  as  healing 
in  books.  The  Junior  leaders  can  and 
should  cooperate  with  other  agencies 
in  their  regions  who  are  influencing  the 
reading  of  Junior  Girls.  School  teach- 
ers and  librarians  will  welcome  the  op- 
portunity to  discuss  this  situation  and 
will  undoubtedly  offer  valuable  sugges- 
tions for  elevating  the  general  reading 
level. 

We  hope  also  that  the  Question  Box 
is  being  used  consistently  in  the  de- 
partments. This  is  the  opportunity  for 
the  girls  to  ask  those  questions  in  which 
they  are  vitally  concerned — and  which 
they  are  sometimes  embarrassed  to  ask 
when  everyone  knows  who  has  asked 
them. 


May  you  find  even  greater  joy  lead- 
ing these  high-spirited  Junior  Girls  dur- 
ing 1940! 

From  the  field  we  have  received  the 
following  reports  of  successful  activi- 
ties: 

HOLLADAY  WARD, 
COTTONWOOD  STAKE 

The  Junior  Girls  of  the  Holladay  Ward, 
Cottonwood  Stake,  had  a  successful,  four- 
course  progressive  party.  Games  and 
other  amusements  were  furnished  with  each 
course.  A  very  clever  scavenger  hunt 
concluded  the  party  before  the  last  course 
was  eaten. 

All  the  girls  had  a  wonderful  time  and 
are  eager  to  make  this  M.  I.  A.  year  their 
biggest  and  best. 

BAKER  WARD,  UNION  STAKE 

I  would  like  to  report  the  progress  ouir 
Juniors  are  making  in  Baker  Ward.  For 
our  question  box  this  year  we  asked  ara 
Explorer  to  build  a  model  airplane  with  a 
compartment  into  which  the  guestions  are 
dropped.  In  order  to  have  supplies,  ques- 
tion box,  where  they  will  be  handy,  we  had 
a  small  chest  built  sufficiently  large  enough 
to  hold  the  plane  and  supplies.  The  chest 
is  left  in  the  Juniors'  room  and  can  be 
locked. 

We  have  made  a  sort  of  rule  among* 
the  girls  that  if  they  pay  their  Mutual  dues, 
and  start  their  "My  Story"  books  they 
are  entitled  to  a  pin  which  will  be  paid  for 
from  money  they  made  from  a  candy  sale. 
Otherwise  that  money  which  would  buy 
their  pins  will  go  to  pay  their  dues.  This, 
seems  to  be  working  out  successfully,  and 
we  hope  that  soon  every  girl  will  have 
paid  her  dues  and  be  wearing  a  Junior  pin. 

The  girls  are  making  their  books  some- 
what differently  this  year.  For  the  covers- 
they  are  using  any  notebook  (loose-leaf) 
they  may  have,  and  are  covering  it  with 
monk's  cloth.  Upon  the  front  cover  they 
embroider  a  design  (expressing  love,  friend- 
ship or  some  other  virtue  as  each  girl 
desires),  the  words  "My  Story,"  and  a> 
rose  (their  symbol),  each  in  cross-stitch. 
They  work  on  them  both  at  home  in  spare 
moments  and  during  their  class,  and  I  be- 
lieve they  are  going  to  enjoy  their  books 
even  more  when  they  see  their  accom- 
plishment. The  contents  of  the  books  are 
the  same  as  before,  with  the  division  sheets 
separating  each  topic,  and  the  pedigree  and1 
picture  pedigree  charts. 

We  are  now  beginning  to  work  on   the 
play  the  Juniors  are  to  present  next  month. 


wflfck 


Ileen  Ann  Waspe,  chairman;  Ethel  S.  Anderson, 
Margaret  N.  Wells,  Bertha  K.  Tingey,  Lucy  T. 
Andersen,    Ann   C.   Larsen,   Minnie   E.   Anderson. 

/^\ur  Jubilee  year  continues  its  joyous. 
^  progress  with  the  Sunday  evening- 
service  to  be  held  the  first  Sunday  or 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     JANUARY,     19  40 


March.  Details  for  this  event  will  be 
found  in  the  Manual  for  Executives, 
page  82.  Contact  your  M.  I.  A.  presi- 
dency now  to  be  sure  that  evening  is 
left  open  for  our  Bee-Hive  program. 
Work  with  them  in  planning  an  out- 
standing evening  service.  Begin  prep- 
aration early;  assign  the  various  parts 
to  the  best  talent  and  personalities 
available;  rehearse  all  speeches,  the 
procession,  songs,  and  choral  reading 
to  such  an  extent  that  the  service  will 
run  smoothly  and  portray  our  mes- 
sage in  an  effective  manner.  You  will 
note  that  each  department  is  to  con- 
tribute some  message  honoring  our 
Bee-Hive  organization.  Use  every 
possible  means  to  be  sure  that  all  the 
members  of  your  ward  are  specially  in- 
vited to  this  service  so  that  you  will 
have  a  splendid  attendance.  A  gen- 
eral announcement  will  not  be  enough; 
personal  contact  by  Bee-Hive  Girls  and 
Bee-Keepers  themselves  will  be  neces- 
sary. 

We  know  you  are  conducting  many 
unusual  activities  in  our  Silver  Jubilee 
celebration,  and  it  would  be  a  mistake 
to  let  them  slip  by  without  publicity. 
Have  you  or  your  girls  contributed  any 
items  to  our  Jubilee  Jottings?  The  Des~ 
eret  News  has  given  us  half  a  page  in 
each  Saturday  issue.  We  should  like 
pictures,  poems,  and  newsy  writeups 
of  Bee-Hive  activities  in  your  ward  or 
stake.  When  submitting  pictures  be 
sure  the  prints  are  clear,  that  names  of 
those  participating  with  ward  and  stake 
are  printed  on  the  back,  and  that  they 
portray  girls  actually  participating  in 
activities,  rather  than  just  taking  them 
in  rows  or  in  too  formal  positions.  We 
should  also  like  you  to  send  an  account 
of  the  event  with  the  pictures.  We 
should  be  happy  to  have  you  submit 
poems  on  our  Jubilee  year  written  by 
the  girls  or  Bee-Keepers.  However, 
before  sending  them  or  any  other  ma- 
terial in,  please  go  over  the  script 
carefully  to  see  that  it  is  up  to  a  stand- 
ard worthy  of  publication  and  of  our 
Bee-Hive  work.  In  many  cases  you 
might  encourage  the  girls  to  spend  more 
time  on  them,  improving  them  until 
they  represent  their  very  best  efforts. 
The  writeups  for  the  newspaper  should 
not  give  us  just  an  outline  of  the  pro- 
gram and  participants,  but  should  give 
sufficient  details  to  be  stimulating,  in- 
teresting, colorful,  and  alive  with  action 
— so  that  the  reader  can  see  and  feel 
the  real  spirit  of  the  occasion.  The 
responsibility  of  making  Jubilee  Jottings 
a  success  depends  on  each  individual 
Bee-Keeper  throughout  the  Church. 
Let  us  share  the  thrills  of  our  successful 
events  through  the  newspaper  columns. 
Your  items  for  publication  should  be 
sent  to  the  General  Bee-Hive  Commit- 
tee, 33  Bishop's  Building,  Salt  Lake 
City,  Utah. 

In  addition  to  our  column  in  the 
Deseret  News,  you  will  want  to  contact 
your  local  newspapers  and  get  all  the 
publicity  you  can  in  your  own  vicinity. 
You  may  appoint  special  news  report- 
ers for  this  purpose.    The  accomplish- 


ments and  adventures  of  our  Jubilee 
year  are  worthy  of  being  spread  far 
and  wide  through  the  medium  of  well- 
planned  publicity.  Let's  not  fail  to 
take  advantage  of  every  opportunity. 

We  have  left  to  the  last,  one  of  the 
most  important  announcements  of  our 
Jubilee  celebration.  We  have  a  new 
Jubilee  Song!  Sparkling  with  happi- 
ness, silvery  words,  and  catchy  music, 
it  will  lend  itself  to  all  your  programs 
and  bring  added  life  and  gaiety  to 
them.  Send  for  your  copy  at  once.  It 
is  to  be  used  for  the  first  time  at  the 
Sunday  evening  service  in  March. 

LATTER-DAY  SAINT 
GIRLS  WINNERS 

By  Marian  Nicholson 

"pOR  the  past  thirty-five  years  the 
Chamber  of  Commerce  of  Hunting- 
ton Beach,  California,  has  put  on  a 
Fourth  of  July  Celebration.  This  event 
is  now  looked  upon  as  one  of  the 
largest  and  best  celebrations  in  South- 
ern California.  Each  year  a  queen  is 
chosen  by  popular  vote  to  reign  over 
the  four-day  celebration.     The  judges 


TOP:     SOUTH    INDIANA   DISTRICT  CON- 
FERENCE. 

LEFT:       MARIE    RAMPTON,    QUEEN    OF 
HUNTINGTON    BEACH,   CALIF. 

RIGHT:      BARBARA    MATHEWS,    HUNT- 
NGTON     BEACH,    SWIMMING    CHAMPION. 


of  the  beauty  contest  are  prominent 
people  well  qualified  for  such  judging. 
The  girls  who  are  chosen  as  queen  and 
winner  of  the  bathing-beauty  contest 
are  highly  honored,  and  the  field  of  con- 
testants is  large. 

This  year  both  of  the  winners  were 
Latter-day  Saint  girls.  Miss  Marie 
Rampton,  eighteen,  was  chosen  queen 
of  the  celebration  by  almost  twice  as 
many  votes  as  her  nearest  competitor. 
Marie  is  a  lovely  girl  who  gives  of  her 
services  freely.  She  was  secretary  of 
our  Sunday  School  for  nine  months,  and 
was  released  to  take  the  position  of 
organist.  She  is  a  high  school  gradu- 
ate and  plans  to  enter  junior  college 
this  fall.  While  in  high  school  she  was 
active  in  all  school  activities,  and  took 
the  lead  in  the  Senior  play,  and  others 
throughout  her  school  work. 

Barbara  Mathews,  sixteen,  winner  of 
the  bathing-beauty  contest,  is  a  senior 
in  our  high  school.  She  has  been  an 
active  Mutual  worker,  taking  part  in 
the  Christmas  play  and  other  affairs  of 
her  group.  Barbara  loves  all  kinds  of 
wholesome  sport.  Barbara  spends  her 
spare  time  helping  her  widowed  mother 
run  the  Huntington  Inn. 

The  people  of  our  community  are 
proud  of  these  girls. 

47 


Bee-hive 


(L  OJsfdduoidsL  fi/wq/ucufL 


Wherever  there  may  be  girls 
from  the  ages  of  twelve  to 
fourteen,  the  Bee-Hive  pro- 
gram has  its  place.  In  every  country 
where  stakes  and  missions  of  the 
Church  have  been  established,  the 
Bee-Hive  program  has  answered  a 
definite  need  for  the  girls'  activity. 
Foremost  in  the  ranks  of  those 
who  have  espoused  the  Bee-Hive 
cause  is  Ruth  May  Fox,  former  gen- 
eral president  of  the  Young  Wom- 
en's Mutual  Improvement  Associa- 
tion. So  forceful  was  her  example 
that  her  daughters  and  grand- 
daughters have  become  active  in  this 
stimulating  program.    She  says: 

As  a  member  of  the  General  Board  of 
the  Y.  W.  M.  I.  A.  it  was  imperative  that 
I  understand  Bee-Hive  work.  To  this  end 
I  read  articles  in  the  Bee-Keeper's  book, 
filled  cells,  and  earned  the  awards  as  did 
the  girls. 

My  daughter  Florence  [Florence  Fox 
McKay]  was  a  Bee-Hive  student  from  its 
inception,  but  soon  afterwards  she  was 
called  into  stake  work  to  supervise  this  part 
of  the  program.  In  order  to  keep  up  with 
the  work  she  filled  cells  and  earned  awards. 
Although  that  was  many  years  ago,  she  is 
still  enthusiastic  about  Bee-Hive  work. 

My  granddauqhter,  Kathryn  [McKay], 
is  a  Gatherer  of  Honey.  When  asked  what 
particular  part  of  Bee-Hive  work  she  most 
preferred,  she  answered,  "I  like  it  all,"  but 
after  consideration  she  said  that  perhaps 
she  was  partial  to  the  fields  of  health  and 
outdoors,  and  although  she  is  but  thirteen 
years  of  age  she  enjoys  the  scripture  assign- 
ments very  much. 

Kathryn  is  one  of  eighteen  granddaugh- 
ters and  two  great  granddaughters  that 
have  been  or  are  Bee-Hive  Girls. 

From  Norway 

"pROM   such   far-flung   missions   as 
the  Norwegian  and  the  Japanese 
48 


come  glowing  tributes  to  the  good 
that  Bee-Hive  work  has  accom- 
plished. From  the  Norwegian  Mis- 
sion, the  Bee-Keeper,  Helen  Sae- 
trum,  sends  this  greeting: 

Oslo  Bee-Hive  Girls  have  had  a  very 
busy  year.  All  of  the  girls  are  working 
hard  and  they  have  an  unbeatable  enthusi- 
asm. They  are  not  many  but  their  attend- 
ance has  been  one  hundred  percent. 

In  the  past  year  our  work  has  been  in 
first  aid  and  instruction  from  a  sister  in  the 
Oslo  Sanitary  department,  and  now  we 
have  a  complete  set  of  first  aid  necessities 
and  materials.  We  have  also  had  instruc- 
tion in  child  care  so  that  every  girl  can  be 
able  to  take  good  care  of  a  new-born  baby, 
and  to  this  we  have  collected  all  that  is 
needed  for  an  infant  and  have  received  an 
infant  in  the  form  of  a  baby  doll  that  was 
a  donation  of  one  of  the  girls. 

A  very  successful ,  evening  of  entertain- 
ment was  held  and  the  proceeds  went  to  the 
fund  for  uniforms  for  the  girls.  Besides 
this  there  has  been  done  a  great  deal  of 
work  from  the  Bee-Hive  book. 

"Love  one  another,"  were  the  words  of 
Christ  when  He  lived  on  the  earth. 

How  often  do  we  hear  these  words  spoken 
to  us  now  in  these  times,  and  when  we  look 
around  us  we  see  how  little  it  is  put  into 
practice.  We  as  Latter-day  Saints  have 
many  advantages  over  our  fellowmen.  We 
who   have   accepted    the   Gospel   of   Christ 


THREE    GENERATIONS   OF    BEE-KEEPERS 
Ruth  May  Fox,  former  president  of  Y.  W.  M.  I.  A.; 
with  her  daughter,  Florence  Fox  McKay;  and  grand- 
daughter,   Kathryn   McKay. 

have  been  given  wonderful  promises,  and 
if  we  are  able  to  live  it  as  it  should  be 
lived,  love  our  brothers  and  sisters,  and  try 
to  live  the  laws  and  ordinances  to  the  best 
of  our  ability,  the  Lord  will  spare  us  many 
of  the  difficulties,  sorrows,  and  tribulations 
that  will  come  when  the  missionaries  are 
called  home,  and  we  are  left  standing  alone. 
We  must  remember  that  it  is  mankind  him- 
self who  has  created  all  of  the  confusion 
and  the  suffering  in  the  world  today,  for 
God  is  love  and  if  we  desire  His  love  and 
protection  we  must  pay  the  price  of  obe- 
dience. 

From  the  Japanese  Mission 
'T'he  Japanese  voice  their  enthusi- 
asm for  the  Bee-Hive  program 
through  the  following  testimonies: 

The  Hilo  District  Bee-Hive  Girls  of  the 
Japanese  Mission  has  been  organized  since 
May  of  1939.  We  have  two  separate  Bee- 
Hive  organizations  with  an  enrollment  of 
twenty-one  girls  in  both  classes;  all  are 
non-members  of  the  Church. 

In  the  class  work  we  teach  the  girls  the 
love  of  God  and  a  love  for  their  fellow  men 
and  also  have  followed  the  Bee-Hive 
manual.  We  feel  that  the  girls  receive 
much  development   through   the  Bee-Hive 

NORWEGIAN  MISSION  BEE-HIVE  GROUP 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA,  JANUARY,  1940 


plan,  for  it  gives  them  an  opportunity  to 
express  themselves. 

During  the  summer  for  one  of  their  ac- 
tivities both  classes  of  the  Bee-Hive  organ- 
izations in  Hilo  spent  five  days  camping  at 
the  Kilauea  volcano.  These  field  trips  we 
feel  bring  the  girls  closer  together  with  their 
advisors  and  much  is  accomplished. 

We  wish  to  thank  the  Bee-Hive  organi- 
zation for  the  fine  outline  they  have  given 
for  the  girls. 

May  the  Lord  bless  the  Bee-Hive 
workers.     (By  Chiye  Terazawa.) 

The  privilege  of  striving  for  better  wom- 
anhood, to  learn  of  God's  teachings,  as  in 
our  theme  this  year,  has  aided  me  through 
my  two  years  as  a  Bee-Hive  member.  Since 
my  enrollment,  the  Bee-Hive  Promise  and 
the  Purpose  have  given  me  satisfactory 
tasks  in  my  life.  This  organization  has 
bestowed  upon  me  many  friends  and  has 
given  me  an  opportunity  in  leadership. 

We  learn  to  participate  in  countless  num- 
bers of  activities  and  also  learn  of  God's 
existence.       (By  Mary  Takafuji.) 

I  think  the  M.  I.  A.  is  one  of  the  best 
activities  that  I  know  of.  I  am  in  the  Bee- 
Hive  class.  I  learn  many  new  and  inter- 
esting things.  I  have  learned  how  the  bees 
cooperate  and  how  they  build  their  hives. 
It  shows  that  human  beings  can  actually 
have  the  same  results  by  cooperating.  It 
shows  that  we  must  cooperate  in  order  to 
have  the  things  that  we  cannot  otherwise 
have  as  individuals. 

I  thank  our  Heavenly  Father  for  leading 
me  to  the  M.  I.  A.     (By  Betsy  Higa.) 

I  am  very  happy  to  have  the  opportunity 
to  receive  Bee-Hive  training  from  such  a 
wonderful  organization.  Through  this  or- 
ganization I  have  met  very  fine  people 
whom  I  am  very  proud  of. 

This  is  my  first  year  in  Bee-Hive  work, 
but  I  know  I  am  going  to  enjoy  my  duties 
with  the  rest  of  the  girls  in  the  class. 

I  will  try  my  best  to  learn  all  the  things 
taught  me,  keep  busy  as  a  bee,  and  do 
whatever  I  am  told  by  my  Bee-Keeper.  By 
doing  all  these  things,  I  hope  I  can  reach 
my  goal  soon.  I  am  very  happy  to  say 
that  "I  am  now  a  full-fledged  Bee-Hive 
member."  I  will  strive  to  do  my  best  until 
my  goal  is  reached. 

I  ask  the  Lord  to  dwell  within  me,  that  I 
may  be  able  to  do  all  these  things  to  reach 
my  goal.  I  ask  the  Lord  also  to  bless  all 
the  members  of  the  Bee-Hive  classes  of  every 
ward  and  stake.  (By  Taeko  April  Hama- 
guichi.) 


SISTER  LaRUE  VALGARDSON  AND  HER  BEE- 
HIVE GROUP,  JAPANESE  MISSION,  HONOLULU 
DISTRICT. 


From  Texas 

\\7ithin  the  boundaries  of  the 
United  States  many  tributes 
have  come  to  the  effectiveness  of  the 
work.  From  the  Texas  Mission, 
come  the  following  testimonials: 

The  Bee-Hive  Girls  of  the  San  Antonio 
Branch  have  had  a  very  profitable  and 
interesting  year's  work. 

A  party  was  held  at  the  famous  Bracken- 
ridge  Park.  The  girls  toured  the  Park. 
finding  many  interesting  things  in  the  zoo. 

Another  lovely  party  was  held  a  few 
miles  from  San  Antonio  at  the  home  of  one 
of  the  girls.  The  favors  were  made  by  the 
class  in  Mutual — thus  enabling  them  to  fill 
a  cell  and  also  enjoy  doing  it  together. 


BEE-HIVE  GIRLS  OF  JAPANESE  MISSION, 
HILO    DISTRICT 


BEE-HIVE    PARTY  AT   BRACKENRIDGE 
PARK,  TEXAS   MISSION 


A  Sunday  night  program  was  sponsored 
by  the  Bee-Hive  class.  The  slogan,  poems, 
talks,  and  musical  numbers  were  all  given 
by  the  Bee-Hive  Girls. 


Our  Mutual  here  in  Williamson  has  had 
Bee-Hive  work  for  the  past  four  years.  The 
last  two  years  the  groups  have  been  divided 
into  the  regular  Bee-Hive  classes  and  the 
work  is  progressing  very  nicely.  Many 
of  the  girls  won  honor  badges  this  summer 
in  the  field  of  out-of-doors  and  business. 
The  girls  have  all  engaged  themselves  in 
various  sports  and  social  activities.  The 
most  interesting  activity  was  to  visit  a 
manufacturing  plant.  Each  of  the  girls  has 
participated  in  M.  I.  A.  conjoint  meetings 
and  assembly  programs  and  is  very  eagerly 
engaged  in  her  work. 

There  are  eight  girls  enrolled  in  the  Bee- 
Hive  class  in  Alexandria,  Louisiana.  Each 
girl  has  finished  her  Builder's  work  and  is 
engaged  in  her  Gatherer's  work.  During 
the  past  year  they  have  sponsored  a  "Penny 
Carnival"  for  the  purpose  of  raising  funds 


EVANSVILLE,  INDIANA,  BEE-HIVE  GIRL  GROUP, 
(NORTHERN    STATES    MISSION) 


with  which  to  purchase  their  Bee-Hive 
books.  They  are  now  making  vases  and 
pillows  and  other  things  to  sell  at  the  Relief 
Society  Bazaar.  They  are  going  to  use  the 
proceeds  to  buy  their  seals  and  pins.  They 
have  had  various  social  activities  in  which 
they  have  all  taken  an  active  part,  and 
their  next  year's  project  is  the  reading  of 
the  Book  of  Mormon.  Through  this  Bee- 
Hive  organization,  one  member  has  been 
brought  into  the  Church.  (Signed,  Alice 
Snow,  Mission  Stenographer.) 

From  California 

rpHE  California  Mission,  not  to  be 
outdone,  adds  its  voice  to  the 
success  of  Bee-Hive  activity: 

Under  the  direction  of  District  Bee-Keep- 
ers, Edna  Wishart  and  Marinette  Meibos, 
a  delightful  program  was  presented  by  the 
San  Diego  District  Bee-Hive  Girls  on  their 
first  Swarm  Day.  The  entire  program, 
consisting  of  talks,  two  plays,  dance  selec- 
tions, and  piano  solos  was  original  numbers 
composed  by  the  girls  and  the  Bee-Keepers. 
The  talks  were  entitled,  "The  Purpose  of 
the  Day  of  the  Swarm,'"  "What  Bee-Hive 
Work  Has  Done  for  Me,"  "My  Advance- 
ment in  Bee-Hive  Work,"  "How  I  Hope  to 
Make^  Future  Use  of  My  Bee-Hive  Knowl- 
edge." The  original  one-act  play  entitled 
"The  Right  Way  to  Beauty"  was  composed 
by  the  East  San  Diego  Bee-Keepers  and 
presented  by  the  Bee-Hive  Girls  of  the 
branch.  The  Logan  Heights  Bee-Hive  Girls 
presented  in  full  costume  the  two-act  play, 
"The  Will  O'  the  Wisp;"  this  group  also 
contributed  military  and  tap  dance  numbers 
as  well  as  musical  selections,  including  sev- 
eral original  piano  selections  composed  and 
rendered  by  a  Builder,  Frances  Richardson. 
A  successful  Sports  Buzz  was  held  in 
October,  at  which  time  the  Bee-Hive  Girls 
participated  in  a  program  of  singing,  danc- 
ing, games,  and  song-dance  numbers.  A 
Guard  Ball  game  completed  the  festivity. 

The  Nevada  District  Bee-Hive  Girls  are 
proud  of  their  one  hundred  per  cent  at- 
tendance record  and  their  one  hundred  per 
cent  M.  I.  A.  dues  for  this  year.  These 
girls  have  completed  all  lesson  work  and 
are  making  plans  to  attend  the  Silver  Jubilee 
at  Salt  Lake  City  in  June.  The  Reno 
Branch  Bee-Hive  Girls  have  passed  the 
required  Trial  Flights  and  have  all  become 
Builders  of  the  Hive.  The  assembly  pro- 
gram for  November  21  was  presented  by 
the  girls,  at  which  time  they  received  seals 
for  outstanding  work  accomplished.  Also 
worthy  of  comment  was  the  achievement 
by  the  Sparks  Branch  Bee-Hive  Girls  who 
(Continued  on  page  50) 

49 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     JANUARY,     1940 


JAN 


JUBILEE 

.ANNOUNCE- 
MENT 


^f-S*-  , 


*»tS    ^V 


mm 


FUN 
s£  FEST 


FEB 


SUNDAY 
EVENING 
SERVICE 


w 


?7    CAMP 

&  ^y  fund 


APR 


<& 


DRIVE 


<? 


?v 


\Y) 


BEEHIVE 
BREAKFAST 


PLANT   "" 
J  A  TREE 


vySUMMER 
UL'ICAMP 


STORY/ 
FESTIVAL 


Jubilee  Year 

(Concluded  from  page  16) 

November  Honor  Service 
TThis  very  special  award  is  to  be 
presented  at  a  very  special  Honor 
Service  which  will  be  held  in  No- 
vember. On  this  occasion  there  will 
be  a  living-over  of  the  adventures 
of  the  past  months,  and  in  the  true 
spirit  of  November,  there  will  be  the 
giving  of  thanks  for  the  blessing  it 
has  been  to  participate  in  the  joys 
of  this  jubilee  year. 

Thus  once  again  Bee-Hive  will 
have  made  its  contribution  to  the 
building  of  the  girlhood  of  today  and 
the  womanhood  of  tomorrow.  Once 
again  it  will  have  helped  the  girl  of 
today  to  understand  those  words 
which  stand  as  the  final  admonition 
of  that  marvelous  creed,  "The  Spirit 
of  the  Hive."  "Feel  Joy"  will  now 
be  more  than  words,  for  she  will  have 
learned  that: 
To  know  that  you  have  done  your  best 

today — that  is  Joy. 
To  be  waiting   for  tomorrow  to  do  the 

many  things  you  still  want  to  do — 

that  too  is  Joy. 


Often  to  feel  the  influence  of  the  spirit 
of  your  Father  in  Heaven — that  is 
the  Supreme  Joy. 

»   ^>    I 

Bee-Hive- 

A  Worldwide  Program 

(Continued  from  page  49) 
were  the  first  department  in  the  district  to 
pay  their  M.  I.  A.  dues  for  the  year.  A  suc- 
cessful "Indian  Party"  and  other  activities 
were  conducted  by  these  Bee-Hive  Girls. 

From  the  Northern  States 
pROM  the  Northern  States  Mission, 
the  lady  missionaries  write: 
We  have  a  firm  testimony  that  Bee-Hive 
work  is  exceptionally  valuable  as  a  mission- 
ary force.  The  mother  of  one  of  our  Bee- 
Hive  Girls  {non-member  of  our  Church) 
attends  M.  I.  A.  regularly.  We  recently 
lent  a  Book  of  Mormon  to  the  mother  of 
one  of  the  girls.  Bee-Hive  work  gives  a 
splendid  opportunity  for  instilling  in  these 
young  people  some  of  the  truths  so  vital  to 
all  Latter-day  Saints.  (Madge  Purse  and 
Kathryn  Baird,  Fort  Wayne,  Indiana.) 


Our  group  is  very  enthusiastic  and  happy. 
The  girls  have  sponsored  two  ice  cream 
and  cake  sales.  The  proceeds  were  used 
to  help  buy  their  pins,  bands,  and  dresses. 
There  are  fifteen  girls  enrolled.  Ten  of 
them  are  non-members.  .  .  . 

(Concluded  on  page  54) 


SEP. 


DOUBI 
PARTY 


v* 


hf=s\A5SEA\3\y 
[(0CT)]^OGRAAA 

HONORy^'X 


A 


50 


(TOP)    JAPANESE    MISSION    WORKERS  AND    FRIENDS 
Front  row,   left  to  right:     Elders   Melvyn  A.   Weenig    (Honolulu  district  president,    released), 
Glen  Hoffman,  Preston  D.  Evans  (released),  Abel  John  Ekins,  Theris  P.  Astle,  Russell  Margetts  (new 
Honolulu  district   president),   Roy  W.  Spear  (released),  George  T.   Willis,  Elmer  Albert   Kingsford, 
Douglas  LeRoy  Pay. 

Back  row:  Brother  Kichikaro  Ikegami;  Sisters  Chiye  Terezawa  (released),  LaRue  Valgardson, 
Dayle  Alldridge;  President  Hilton  A.  Robertson;  Elders  Arnold  H.  Wheeler,  Hyrum  Thomas  Newman, 
Elmer  LeGrande  Kearns;  Sisters  Edith  Marress  Olsen  and  Hazel  Robertson.  Miss  Valgardson  is 
mission  M.  I.  A.  Supervisor;  Miss  Alldridge  is  mission  Primary  supervisor;  Elder  Kingsford  is 
mission  Sunday  School  supervisor,  and  Elder  Astle  is  mission  recorder. 

(BOTTOM)    HAWAIIAN    MISSION    WORKERS   AND    FRIENDS 
Kneeling,   left   to  right:      Elders   Don  Wallace   Conover,   George  Vernon   Peterson,    Richard   N. 
Westover,  William  J.  Chambers,  Arthur  J.  Sperry,  Jr.,  Glen  Walton,  Fred  Gerald  Beebe,  Frank  Harold 
Beebe;  Gerrit  Timmerman,  Jr.,  artist  for  mission  paper;  Stewart  M.  Winegar,  mission  Sunday  School 
supervisor. 

Standing:  Sailang  Aki,  co-leader  of  active  Chinese  group  of  Church  members  in  Honolulu; 
Eldred  C.  Waldron,  mission  secretary;  Eliza  N.  Salm,  president  of  Oahu  Stake  Relief  Society;  LaVaun 
Cox;  Elders  Norman  W.  Torgerson,  Mar  Dale  Hutchins,  Ralph  Giles  Chalker,  Robert  Sherman  Taylor; 
Armada  B.  Cox,  mission  Relief  Society  president;  Elder  George  Wm.  Poulsen,  Jr.;  Audrey  Baitey, 
Cox  (in  front);  President  Roscoe  C.  Cox;  Elders  Calvin  Cook  Woolley,  Raymond  Harrison  Shaw,' 
Charles  Theodore  Garff,  Tom  Hayes  Doxey;  Elder  Kenneth  W.  Cluff,  mission  recorder;  Elder  Joseph 
Lucas  Sellars;  Elder  J.  Richard  Anderson,  mission  M.  I.  A.  supervisor  and  editor  of  mission  paper, 
"Ka  Elele";  Elder  Evan  J.  Overs  on,  president  Oahu  district;  Luka  Kinolau,  president  Waikiki  Ward 
Relief  Society;  and  Nohea  Kopa,  first  counselor  in  Oahu  Stake  Relief  Society. 
Newly  arrived  Elders  are  wearing  fresh  flower  leis. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     JANUARY,     19  40 


HAWAII  SAYS  ALOHA 


Incoming  and  Outgoing  Missionaries 
Receive  Ovations 

By  ROSCOE  C.  COX 

President  of  the  Hawaiian  Mission 

and 

HILTON  A.  ROBERTSON 

President  o/  the  Japanese  Mission 

Two  days  long  to  be  remembered  in 
Hawaii  are  October  25  and  27, 
1939:  the  first  for  the  arrival  and 
joyful  welcoming  of  a  record  group  of 
missionaries  to  serve  in  the  Hawaiian 
and  Japanese  Missions,  and  the  second 
for  the  outstanding  farewell  accorded 
four  departing  missionaries,  pioneers 
in  the  Japanese  Mission. 


Of  the  seventeen  new  Elders  to  ar- 
rive (see  accompanying  photographs 
for  names ) ,  three  were  assigned  to  the 
Japanese  Mission  operating  in  the  Is- 
lands under  President  Hilton  A.  Rob- 
ertson, and  fourteen  to  the  Hawaiian 
Mission  under  President  Roscoe  C. 
Cox,  ending  a  long  shortage  of  mis- 
sionaries and  bringing  the  force  of  the 
Hawaiian  Mission  to  forty-six,  includ- 
ing one  native  Elder.  The  coming  of 
such  a  large  group  was  given  publicity 
by  chief  Honolulu  papers,  the  Adver- 
tiser and  the  Star  Bulletin,  and  a  special 
meeting  commemorating  the  occasion 
was  held  in  the  Kalihi  Ward  chapel, 


the  first  such  welcome  meeting  held  for 
incoming  missionaries  in  many  years. 

Unprecedented  also  was  the  scene  at 
parting  of  the  four  missionaries  who 
were  among  the  first  to  labor  in  the 
Japanese  Mission.  Decorated  with 
more  flower  leis  than  they  could  wear 
and  presented  with  numerous  gifts 
were  Melvin  A.  Weenig,  Ogden;  Pres- 
ton D.  Evans  and  Roy  W.  Spear,  Salt 
Lake;  and  Sister  Chiye  Terezawa  of 
Pasadena  Ward,  Pasadena  Stake. 

The  farewell  of  the  released  mis- 
sionaries indicated  the  good  already  ac- 
complished, the  genuine  impression 
made  by  Gospel  truths  on  people  of  all 
nations,  the  friends  already  won.  The 
arrival  of  the  new  Elders  points  to  the 
possibility,  the  power  to  continue  these 
good  works.    (See  photograph,  page  50.) 


THE  COMMON  SOURCE  OF  RELIGIOUS  TRUTH 


(Continued  from  page  27) 
was  to  be  achieved  at  least  in  part 
through  the  rite  of  baptism. 

"pROM  the  teachings  of  the  pagan 
rival  of  Christianity  known  as 
Hermeticism,  in  which  the  rebirth 
idea  was  paramount,  the  following 
is  quoted: 

"No  one  can  be  saved  without  regener- 
ation" .  .  .  The  author  of  the  new  birth  is 
"the  Son  of  God,"  "the  One  Man"  .  .  . 
Spiritual  rebirth  is  an  escape  from  the  de- 
lusions of  the  body  in  order  by  "the  essen- 
tial birth"  to  become  "divine  and  Son  of 
the  One."  By  the  will  of  God  the  new  birth 
is  accomplished  by  which  the  "begotten" 
of  God  becomes  "divine"  and  "Son."16 

When  one  considers  the  preva- 
lence of  the  practice  of  baptism 
throughout  the  Mediterranean  world 
for  several  hundred  years  B.  C.  and 
on  throughout  the  Christian  period, 
he  is  surprised  not  to  find  the  men- 
tion of  this  ordinance  in  the  Old  Tes- 
tament. Was  the  Hebrew  religion 
the  one  exception  of  a  prominent 
religion  that  did  not  practice  this 
rite?  Or  has  the  record  of  that  par- 
ticular Gospel  doctrine  failed  to  be 
preserved  in  Jewish  literature  for 
our  generation? 

Dr.  Case  and  other  students  of 
religion  maintain  that  at  the  time  of 
the  birth  of  our  Lord  in  Bethlehem 
"baptism  was  already  practised  by 
Jews.""  In  the  words  of  Dr.  Mc- 
Giffert: 

Baptism  was  entirely  in  line  with  the 
common  Jewish  rites  of  purification,  and 
as  a  symbolical  representation  of  cleansing 
from  the  sins  or  crimes  of  which  they  re- 
pented, it  must  seem  the  most  natural  thing 
in  the  world  to  them  .  .  .  and  was  never 
thought  of  as  involving  any  disloyalty  to 
Judaism,  or  any  departure  from  its  tradi- 
tional principles." 

leCorpus  Hermeticum,  cited  in  Angus,  op.  cit., 
95-100. 

17Shirley  J.  Case.  The  Evolution  of  Early  Chris- 
tianity,    340. 

"Arthur   C.    McGiffert.    The    Apostolic   Age,    59. 


Edersheim  states  that  the  Jewish 
Law  required: 

That  those  who  had  contracted  Levitical 
defilement  were  to  immerse  before  offering 
sacrifice.  Again,  it  was  prescribed  that 
such  Gentiles  as  became  "proselytes  of 
righteousness,"  or  "proselytes  of  the  Cove- 
nant," were  to  be  admitted  to  the  full  par- 
ticipation in  the  privilege  of  Israel  by  the 
three-fold  rites  of  circumcision,  baptism, 
and  sacrifice — the  immersion  being,  as  it 
were,  the  acknowledgment  and  symbolic 
removal  of  moral  defilement,  corresponding 
to  that  of  Levitical  uncleanness.18 

These  students  of  Jewish  religion 
who  maintain  that  the  Hebrews 
baptized  corroborate  evidence  given 
in  the  Book  of  Mormon.  Jacob,  the 
son  of  Lehi,  shortly  after  their  ar- 
rival in  America  from  Jerusalem, 
gave  to  the  small  colony  of  Israelite 
exiles  the  following  definite  instruc- 
tions relative  to  this  ordinance: 

And  he  [Christ]  commandeth  all  men 
that  they  must  repent  and  be  baptized  in 
his  name,  having  perfect  faith  in  the  Holy 
One  of  Israel,  or  they  cannot  be  saved  in 
the  kingdom  of  God.  And  if  they  will  not 
repent  and  believe  in  his  name,  and  be 
baptized  in  his  name,  and  endure  to  the 
end,  they  must  be  damned;  for  the  Lord 
God,  the  Holy  One  of  Israel,  has 
spoken  it.20 

Jacob's  discussion  and  the  writ- 
ings of  the  other  Nephite  historians 
are  so  definite  and  explicit  that  we 
are  sure  that  Lehi  and  his  family 
were  familiar  with  the  details  of  the 
ordinance  of  baptism  very  shortly 
after  leaving  Jerusalem — probably 
before  leaving  in  600  B.  C.  Wheth- 
er they  received  their  information 
entirely  through  special  revelation 
or  from  the  Brass  Plates— the  He- 
brew  scripture  similar  to   our   Old 

"Alfred  Edersheim,  The  Life  and  Times  of  Jesus 
the  Messiah,  I.  273-274;  Edersheim  states  that,  "In 
Kerith.,  92,  'the  baptism'  of  Israel  is  proved  from 
Exodus  24:5-8,  since  every  sprinkling  of  blood  was 
supposed   to   be   preceded   by   immersion." 

20Book  of  Mormon.  2  Nephi  9:23-34;  Mark 
16:15-16;    Matthew   28:19-20. 


Testament  which  they  had  brought 
with  them  from  Jerusalem — is  not 
discussed  by  Jacob  or  by  any  other 
Nephite  writer.  But  the  record  does 
state  that  Nephi  was  privileged  to 
see  the  coming  of  Christ  and  His 
subsequent  baptism. 

HPhe  plainness  and  positiveness 
with  which  Nephi  and  Jacob 
instructed  their  associates  relative 
to  baptism — without  once  suggest- 
ing that  their  information  came  en- 
tirely as  a  new  revelation — seems 
to  sustain  the  viewpoint  that  baptism 
was  practiced  by  the  Jews  prior  to 
the  time  of  Lehi  s  departure  from 
Jerusalem,  and  the  Nephites  were 
but  continuing  a  religious  practice 
well  understood  by  the  people.  A 
point  of  significance  is  that  through- 
out the  entire  Book  of  Mormon 
whenever  the  requirements  for 
church  entrance  are  discussed,  bap- 
tism, as  taught  by  the  Lord  to  Adam, 
as  taught  by  the  early  Christians, 
and  as  taught  by  the  Church  of 
Jesus  Christ  today,  is  shown  to  be 
thoroughly  understood  and  prac- 
ticed by  the  Nephites.21 

So  when  John  the  Baptist  came 
preaching  repentance  and  baptism, 
and  Jesus  not  only  accepted  John's 
symbol  but  attached  a  deeper  mean- 
ing to  it  in  His  reply  to  John,  "Suffer 
it  to  be  so  now  for  thus  it  becometh 
us  to  fulfill  all  righteousness,"  they 
were  both  proclaiming  the  same  Gos- 
pel principle  which  had  been  prac- 
ticed from  the  beginning  and  which 
had  been  instituted  for  the  salvation 
of  man  before  the  world  was  created. 

The  mode  of  baptism  as  establish- 
ed by  God,  as  practiced  by  Adam, 
by  the  Nephites,  by  Jesus  and  His 
followers  during  the  early  Christian 
(Concluded  on  page  52) 


^ooi  of  Mormon,  2  Nephi  34:4-21. 


51 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    JANUARY,    1940 


THE  COMMON  SOURCE  OF  RELIGIOUS  TRUTH 


(Concluded  from  page  51) 
period  was  that  of  immersion.2*  The 
aggregate  evidence  presented  by  the 
early  Christian  writers  following 
the  Apostolic  age,  plus  the  meaning 
of  the  Greek  word  "Baptisate" 
("baptism  by  immersion"),  gives 
conclusive  proof  that  there  was  but 
one  officially  recognized  mode  of 
baptism  during  the  early  Christian 
centuries.83  Justin  Martyr,  a  Chris- 
tian who  wrote  in  defense  of  his 
church  about  135  A.  D.,  said: 

After  that  [repentance] ,  they  are  led  by 
us  to  where  there  is  water,  and  are  born 
again.  For  upon  the  name  of  God,  the 
Father  .  .  .  and  of  Jesus  Christ,  our  Sa- 
vior, and  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  the  immersion 
in  water  is  performed  because  Christ  hath 
also  said,  except  a  man  is  born  again,  he 
cannot  enter  the  kingdom  of  God.2* 

^Romans  6:3-5.  T 

*For  a  fuller  discussion  of  this  subject  see,  James 
L.  Barker,  "The  Protestors  of  Christendom.  /m- 
provement  Era,  XLI    (Salt  Lake   City.  April.   1938), 

218       ff»  -_  AQ 

"Smith,  The  Message  of  the  New  Testament.  48: 
Justin  Martyr,   Dialogue   with  Ttypho,  XIV,   1. 


But  as  time  passed  during  the 
early  Christian  centuries,  many 
strange  and  foreign  practices  crept 
into  the  Christian  baptism,  trans- 
forming the  holy  ordinance  into  a 
rite  which  contained  more  differ- 
ences from  the  original  Gospel  rev- 
elation than  likenesses. 

The  first  point  to  be  presented 
relative  to  this  apostasy  was  the 
changing  of  the  mode  of  baptism 
from  immersion  to  sprinkling.  This 
transformation  took  place  gradually. 

"The  first  instance  of  record  [of 
Christian  sprinkling]  is  that  of  No- 
vatus,  a  heretic  who  requested  bap- 
tism when  he  thought  death  was 
near."25  Tertullian  (160-220  A.D.) 
speaks  of  Christian  baptism  as  by 
immersion,26  but  Cyprian  (200-258 
A.  D.),     "the    learned    bishop     of 

ssjames  E.  Talmage,  The  Great  Apostasy,  118-119; 
Eusebius,   Ecclesiastical  History.  V1417. 
^Barker,  op.  cit.,  218-219. 


Carthage,  advocated  the  propriety 
of  sprinkling  in  lieu  of  immersion  in 
cases  of  physical  weakness;  and  the 
practice,  thus  started,  later  became 
general."27  But  at  the  time  of  Thom- 
as Aquinas  (1225-1274  A.D.), 
"Immersion  was  still  the  more  preva- 
lent form,  and  had  his  approval."2* 
According  to  Dr.  Walker,  "Immer- 
sion continued  the  prevailing  prac- 
tice till  the  late  Middle  Ages  in  the 
West;  in  the  East  it  so  remains."29 

It  should  be  observed  that  chang- 
ing the  mode  of  baptism  from  the 
true  pattern  established  by  God  to 
sprinkling  robbed  this  holy  ordi- 
nance of  its  symbolism  of  death  and 
rebirth — a  concept  both  prominent 
and  vital  in  baptism  from  the  very 
beginning. 

(  To  be  continued ) 

^Talmage,  op.  cit.,  118. 
zsWalker,   op.  cit.,  373. 

*>Ibid.,  96;  James  C.  Gibbions,   The  Faith  of  Our 
Fathers.  277-279. 


PERSONAL  PROGRESS  THROUGH  WISE  MONEY  MANAGEMENT 


{Continued  from  page  25) 
Betterments  and  Personal 
Development 

Expenditure  of  funds  for  better- 
ments and  personal  development 
should  never  be  regretted,  for  you 
are  building  for  eternity.  Within 
this  classification  come  expenditures 
to  maintain  health,  attain  education- 
al objectives,  recreation,  and  Church 
offerings,  including  money  spent  to 
sustain  missionaries  in  the  field. 

The  ward  budget  helps  to  main- 
tain the  local  meetinghouse  in  a 
physical  condition  that  makes  it  at- 
tractive and  comfortable  for  you  and 
your  family,  and  it  also  helps  to 
provide  wholesome  recreation.  Your 
funds  for  this  expenditure  are  for  the 
spiritual  and  character  development 
of  your  children.  Is  there  any  better 
investment? 

Be  sure  that  funds  spent  for  rec- 
reation lead  to  personal  develop- 
ment and  family  unity.  When  in- 
come is  small,  children  will  not  com- 
plain too  much  in  missing  shows  and 
other  passive  commercial  offerings 
if  the  parents  will  take  time  to  go 
with  the  children  and  do  the  things 
that  do  not  cost  much  money  but 
still  offer  enrichment  of  life:  family 
picnics;  visiting  public  libraries,  mu- 
seums, or  art  galleries;  attending 
free  concerts;  baseball,  hiking, 
swimming,  and  other  outdoor  activ- 
ities; and  the  development  of  hob- 
bies. You  can  also  gain  pleasure 
52 


from  helping  people  and  taking  part 
in  Church  activities. 

Savings 

Save  for  security  and  financial 
independence. 

Save  for  accumulation  and  in- 
vestment. 

Save  for  education  of  self  and 
children. 

Save  for  "sunny  days."  You  will 
enjoy  them. 

Save  for  "rainy  days."  They  will 
surely  come. 

Save  for  emergencies. 

Save  for  special  objectives  such 
as  college  or  mission. 

Save  regularly  and  systematically. 

Luxuries 

If  the  desire  for  luxuries  stimu- 
lates economic  effort,  if  this  desire 
tends  to  elevate  tastes  and  can  be 
afforded  without  decreasing  or  elim- 
inating some  of  the  more  funda- 
mental requirements,  then  the  allo- 
cation of  a  certain  amount  of  funds 
for  the  purchase  of  luxuries  can  be 
justified. 

Things  that  are  necessities  for 
some  are  luxuries  for  others.  No 
general  rule  can  be  drawn  to  fit  all 
cases.  Any  excess  amounts,  how- 
ever, that  are  spent  for  housing,  au- 
tomobiles, clothing,  food,  entertain- 
ment over  and  above  what  the  in- 
come or  position  of  the  family 
would  warrant  should  be  consider- 
ed as  luxuries. 


It  is  considered  an  unsound  prac- 
tice to  purchase  luxury  goods  on  the 
installment  plan,  as  this  leads  to 
over-indulgence  and  mortgages 
your  future  income  which  might  be 
needed  for  emergencies. 

If  you  make  it  a  practice  to  save 
in  advance  to  buy  luxury  goods  and 
articles,  you  will  probably  not  spend 
too  much  in  this  way  because  you 
will  find  that  money  is  too  hard  to 
earn  to  spend  for  things  that  have 
only  fleeting  value. 

Making  the  Budget  Work 

Tn  working  out  a  financial  plan  for 
the  family  and  developing  a  sys- 
tem that  includes  budgeting  and 
record-keeping,  take  it  for  granted 
that  mistakes  will  be  made.  Agree 
in  the  beginning  not  to  disagree 
about  these  mistakes,  but  let  them 
be  a  problem  to  solve  the  following 
month. 

Remember  that  efficiency  increas- 
es with  practice  and  the  main  factor 
necessary  is  an  honest  and  patient 
will  to  win.  In  the  inspired  words  of 
President  Heber  J.  Grant,  "That 
which  we  persist  in  doing  becomes 
easier  to  do;  not  that  the  nature  of 
the  thing  has  changed^  but  our  abil- 
ity to  do  is  increased." 

The  woman  of  the  home  is  the 
keynote  to  the  success  of  any  finan- 
cial plan.  She  is  in  a  position  to 
make  a  real  contribution.  She  can 
literally  become  a  miracle  worker. 
As  business  manager,  record-keep- 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA,  JANUARY,  1940 


PERSONAL  PROGRESS  THROUGH  WISE  MONEY  MANAGEMENT 


er,  financial  secretary,  purchasing 
agent,  and  general  manager,  she  is 
in  a  strategic  position  to  locate  and 
stop  the  leaks  that  usually  occur  in 
families  that  are  not  well  managed. 

The  efficient  manager  will  try  to 
keep  operating  expenses  and  lux- 
uries as  low  as  possible,  keeping  al- 
ways in  mind  the  needs  of  her  fam- 
ily, to  keep  them  neatly  dressed  and 
properly  nourished.  The  main  em- 
phasis should  not  be  to  adopt  the 
harsh  rule  to  do  without  things.  You 
budget  to  eliminate  the  non-essen- 
tials so  you  can  have  what  you  real- 
ly want,  things  that  will  bring  the 
greatest  personal  progress  here  and 
hereafter. 

If  the  husband  will  give  advice, 
encouragement,  and  sympathetic  un- 
derstanding; if  he  will  specialize  in 
becoming  more  efficient  in  his  work 
and  increasing  his  income  and  give 
the  responsibility  of  household  man- 
agement to  his  wife,  where  it  right- 
fully belongs,  it  will  be  a  truly  fifty- 
fifty  partnership,  and  the  chances 
for  a  successful  and  happy  home  are 
greatly  increased.  A  training  period 
is  required,  however,  during  which 
the  husband  cooperates  with  the 
wife  and  the  entire  family  unites  to 
get  the  system  working  smoothly. 

It  is  generally  recognized  that  the 
wife  should  have  her  own  personal 
allowance  to  do  with  as  she  pleases. 
The  husband  is  not  to  ask  questions 
in  connection  with  what  she  does 
with  her  own  money.  This  gives  her 
a  feeling  of  independence  that 
should  be  rightfully  hers. 

The  husband  likewise  should 
have  his  own  personal  spending 
money  with  "no  questions  asked." 

Things  to  Remember 

1.  Live  within  your  income. 

2.  Distribute  your  income  pro- 
portionately. 

3.  Deposit  your  savings  and  pay 


your  tithing  on  the  first  of  the  month. 
Do  not  wait  to  see  if  you  have  any 
left  at  the  end  of  the  month. 

4.  Always  pay  this  month's  bills 
with  last  month's  income.  This  will 
eliminate  "installment  plan"  buying, 
which  is  the  most  expensive  way  to 
buy.  If  you  have  met  installment 
payments  successfully  in  the  past  it 
proves  you  have  self-control.  You 
can,  therefore,  save  in  advance  to 
buy  needed  articles.  This  method 
of  buying  will  save  you  money  or 
will  allow  you  to  buy  more  goods 
with  the  same  amount  of  funds. 

5.  To  purchase  goods  on  credit 
when  you  know  you  cannot  afford 
them  and  have  no  money  to  pay,  is 
obtaining  and  using  goods  belong- 
ing to  others  under  false  pretenses. 
It  is  a  form  of  dishonesty  compar- 
able to  theft  or  stealing. 

6.  If  you  buy  on  the  installment 
plan,  purchase  only  durable  goods 
where  the  value  of  the  articles  will 
last  after  all  installments  have  been 
fully  paid.  Meet  all  payments 
promptly  to  conserve  your  credit. 

7.  Avoid  borrowing.  This  pre- 
vents having  to  pay  exorbitant  in- 
terest rates  to  "loan  sharks." 

8.  Avoid  waste  in  all  its  forms. 
Remember  that  a  penny  of  waste 
saved  is  a  penny  earned.  Every  dol- 
lar counts  toward  the  attainment  of 
your  goal. 

9.  If  there  is  too  little  put  aside 
as  savings  your  future  is  being 
jeopardized. 

10.  If  there  is  too  little  spent  to- 
ward betterments,  life  in  the  pres- 
ent is  too  meagre. 

11.  If  there  is  too  much  against 
recreation  and  luxuries,  over-indul- 
gence is  in  evidence. 

12.  To  give  too  little  for  tithing 
and  Church  offerings  reflects  on 
character  and  denotes  lack  of  faith. 

13.  Before  purchasing  articles  or 
making    expenditures   ask  yourself 


The  Church  Moves  On 

(Concluded  from  page  31) 
amusement  hall  was  dedicated  by  Pres- 
ident J.  Reuben  Clark,  Jr. 

December  3,  1939 

President  Levi  Edgar  Young,  head 
of  the  New  England  Mission,  spoke 
in  the  national  Washington  Memorial 
chapel  as  the  representative  of  Gov- 
ernor Henry  H.  Blood  of  Utah. 

Reorganization  of  the  bishopric  of 
the  Eighteenth  Ward,  Mount  Ogden 
Stake,  made  William  Demik,  Sr., 
bishop,  succeeding  Bishop  L.  Grant  Lof- 


green.  Alma  Jennings  was  retained  as 
first  counselor  and  Wendell  James 
appointed  second  counselor.  George 
Compton  remains  ward  clerk,  With 
Seth  Reeder  assistant. 

December  10,  1939 

The  Logan  Seminary  building,  com- 
pleted two  years  ago  at  a  cost  of  $23,- 
000,  was  dedicated  by  Elder  Stephen 
L  Richards  of  the  Council  of  the 
Twelve.  Principal  at  the  institution, 
from  which  a  total  of  1,419  people  will 
have  received  diplomas  with  coming 
graduation,  is  E.  J.  Passey;  W.  C. 
Talbot,  Newell  K.  Young,  and  Russell 
R.  Rich  are  instructors. 


these  questions,  "Do  I  need  it?" 
"Am  I  getting  the  greatest  value 
here  and  hereafter  for  every  dollar 
I  spend?" 

14.  Refuse  to  buy  anything  that 
cannot  be  afforded. 

15.  Do  not  buy  anything  that  is 
not  needed.  No  purchase  is  a  bar- 
gain at  any  price  unless  there  is  a 
definite  need  for  it. 

16.  To  spend  money  for  tobacco, 
alcoholic  beverages,  and  tea  and 
coffee  is  a  waste.  They  destroy  the 
body  and  imprison  the  soul. 


-  J  WORRIED 

by 
Meal  Planning? 


WRITE  FOR  THIS  HELPFUL 
FREE  RECIPE  BOOKLET 


There's  a  new  taste-thrill  in  store 
for  you  when  you  serve  Three  Dia- 
monds Brand  Fancy  Crabmeat. 
These  firm,  tender  leg  segments, 
with  all  their  natural  ocean  flavor, 
are  packed  for  you  fresh  at  sea. 
For  salads,  cocktails,  appetizers 
and  main-course  dishes,  you'll  find 
countless  suggestions  that  will  add 
new  variety  to  meals  in  this  Three 
Diamonds  Crabmeat  recipe  book- 
let.    It's  free.     Write  for  it   today. 

Insist  on  this  label  at 
your  grocer's  today — 


VWIAMUVWWVVVVWMMMWAWVMAMA/M/WWMAMWWMMVVVWVVWWI 


THREE  DIAMONDS  CRABMEAT, 
350  Russ  Bldg., 
San  Francisco,  Calif. 

Please  send  me  your  free,  recipe 
booklet  illustrating  in  color  dozens 
of  new  crabmeat  recipes. 

Name    

Address    


53 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    JANUARY,    1940 


Bee-Hive— 

A  Worldwide  Program 

(Concluded  [com  page  50) 

This  organization  is  one  of  the  finest  aids 
to  missionary  work.  Here  we  have  an  op- 
portunity to  show  what  "Mormonism"  is  in 
action.  (Nola  Mae  Kerby  and  Ruth  B. 
Erikson,  Evansville,  Indiana.) 

The  response  from  the  Southern 
States  proves  that  in  nearly  every 
section  of  the  mission,  the  Bee-Hive 
work  is  going  forward  joyfully. 

During  this  Jubilee  year,  the  girls 
will  undoubtedly  find  that  they  can 
increase  their  own  joy  and  that  of 
the  communities  in  which  they  live 
by  carrying  their  program  forward 
actively  in  the  various  ways  that 
have  been  outlined. 


HOLE-IN-THE-ROCK 


THE  ADVERTISERS 

and  Where  You  Will  Find 

Their  Messages 

Beneficial  Life  Insurance  Co 

Back  Cover 

Brigham  Young  University 59 

Continental  Oil  Co 7 

Deseret  News  Press ..-.  62 

Globe  Grain  &  Milling  Co.-- 35 

Hello  Life! 7 

Hotel   Lankershim 54 

International  Harvester  Co.,  Inc. 

Inside  Front  Cover 

Iron  Fireman 1 

KSL  Radio  Station 

Inside   Back   Cover 

L.  D.  S.  Business  College 63 

Miss  Saylor's  Chocolates  37 

Mountain  Fuel  Supply  Co 4 

Nalley's,  Inc 34 

Ogden  School  of  Beauty  Culture..  56 

Pioneer  Minced  Sea  Clams... 5 

Quish  School  of  Beauty  Culture  ..     7 

Royal  Baking  Co 7 

Safeway  Stores,  Inc 57 

Three  Diamonds  Crabmeat 53 

Utah  Engraving  Co 54 

Utah  Home  Fire  Insurance  Co 61 

Utah  Oil  Refining  Co.  .. 3 

Utah  Poultry  Producers'  Associa- 
tion    36 

Utah  Power  &  Light  Co 6 

Washburn  &  Condon  6 

Z.  C.  M.  I 55 


♦    ♦    ♦    ♦ 


WE  OFFER 

A  COMPLETE 
ENGRAVING  SERVICE 

From    Missionary    portraits    to   the    largest 

catalogues. 

Mail  Orders  Given  Prompt  Attention. 

UTAH  ENGRAVING  CO. 

113  Regent  St.  Salt  Lake  City,   Utah 


HOTEL  LANKERSHIM 

7th  &  BROADWAY 


LOS  ANGELES 

'TWO  PERSONS     -     ONE  CHARGE' 


{Continued  from  page  21 ) 
"D  y  the  time  Zeke's  story  was  fin- 
ished we  had  picked  up  the  old 
trail  itself  and  were  well  down  onto 
Whirlwind  Desert,  working  steadily 
toward  Clay  Hills  Pass. 

It  was  here  the  scene  really  be- 
gan. The  old  roadway  was  still 
plainly  visible  even  after  sixty  years, 
balancing  on  the  crest  of  a  long  nar- 
row finger  of  clay  as  we  started  the 
climb.  Farther  up  the  Pass  we 
found  the  old  dugway  so  steep  the 
horses  had  to  stop  for  breath  every 
hundred  yards,  and  the  Pass  was 
three  miles  from  bottom  to  top. 

"I  see  why  they  had  to  cross-lock 
wagon  wheels  when  they  came 
down  this."  Whitaker  surveyed  the 
steep  trail  rising  above  his  head  only 
a  few  yards  on.  He  wiped  his  hot 
face  on  his  sleeve. 

"You  ain't  seen  nothin'  yet,"  coun- 
tered Zeke.    We  rode  on. 

The  sun  was  hanging  on  the  upper 
rim  of  the  Pass.  Bands  of  brilliantly 
colored  clay  running  from  burnt- 
apple  brown  through  dusty  reds  into 
deep  purple,  cut  the  peculiar  base 
strata  of  the  little  canyon.  High 
above  us  the  ever-present  sandstone 
finally  pushed  out  of  the  clay,  and 
from  there  to  the  Colorado,  three 
days  later,  we  didn't  find  another  bit 
of  dirt:  nothing  but  bare  rock  and 
heavy  shifting  sands  blown  free  by 
wind  from  the  outcropping  bulges, 
the  sheer  walls,  and  finally  from  the 
vast  sea  of  smooth,  pock-marked 
sandstone  billows  that  let  us  down 
to  the  river  itself. 

The  horses  had  had  no  water  all 
day.  They  were  froth-covered 
from  perspiration  and  the  intense 
climb.  Our  own  drinking  water  had 
been  carried  in  two  two-gallon  sacks 
over  saddle  horns.  But  the  sacks 
were  new  and  most  of  the  water  had 
leaked  out.  We  were  as  desper- 
ately in  need  of  water  as  were  the 
horses.  It  had  been  an  hour  since 
we  could  even  spit  the  dust  from  our 
throats.  Our  lips  were  swelling,  our 
nostrils  stung,  and  I  began  to  wonder 
if  we'd  ever  make  the  top  of  the  Pass. 
"You  fellows  need  more  pioneer 
blood  in  you,"  grinned  Zeke  wryly. 

"I'll  settle  for  water,"  countered 
Whitaker.      He  didn't  even  smile. 

At  the  crest  of  the  Pass  we  turned 
to  look  back.  The  old  road  fell  away 
from  us  like  a  ragged  string  let  down 
a  broken  canyon  wall.  Half  a  mile 
below,  the  string  seemed  to  bury 
itself  on  end  in  the  steep,  colored 
knolls  and  cones  of  clay  that  banked 


the  cliffs.  Farther  on  it  broke  into 
view  again,  twisting  and  turning 
and  seeming  to  get  nowhere,  then 
finally  dropped  from  sight  com- 
pletely in  the  dry  gullies  and  ridges 
that  ran  like  colored  washboards 
down  to  the  foot  of  the  Pass. 

Far  out  on  the  rough  desert  floor 
— miles  and  miles  to  the  eye — the 
slanting  rays  of  a  red  sun  high- 
lighted deformities  in  the  earth, 
throwing  shadows  into  hazy  blue 
relief,  finally  losing  them,  too,  in  a 
soft  wispy  purple  carpet  which  ap- 
peared to  be  tacked  right  against 
the  base  of  turreted  rims  in  Monu- 
ment Valley.  It  was  a  magnificent 
view,  but  we  couldn't  help  imagining 
how  it  looked  that  day,  a  long  time 
ago,  when  wagons  wound  in  and 
out  among  the  knolls,  and  weary 
oxen  plodded  .  .  .  plodded  ...  to  the 
shouts  of  dusty-faced  men  and  grim, 
determined  women. 

Next  day- — beyond  Greenwater 
Spring — we  ran  into  the  sand,  heavy 
sand,  into  which  our  horses  sank, 
fetlock  deep.  The  sun  burned  down, 
parboiling  our  legs  in  our  high 
boots.  We  switched  them  back  and 
forth  along  the  sides  of  the  sweating 
horses,  trying  to  break  the  heat  rays, 
but  it  didn't  do  much  good. 

"Must  be  one  hundred  twenty  de- 
grees," Zeke  announced  from  under 
his  big,  torn  Stetson.  "Even  in 
April  this  sand  gets  hot.  Many's  the 
time  old  Aunt  Deal  Perkins  told 
about  her  walking  alongside  their 
wagon  through  this  stretch.  Her 
bare  feet'd  get  so  hot  in  the  sand 
she'd  take  off  her  sunbonnet  and 
stand  on  it  to  cool  'em  off." 

It  was  the  third  day,  noon,  when 
we  finally  reached  the  Slick  Rocks 
leading  down  off  Wildhorse  Mesa. 
Ten  feet  below  the  crest  of  the  up- 
land wound  the  shoreline  of  the 
old,  prehistoric  sea  which  geologists 
say  once  covered  that  country  and 
washed  all  the  top  off.  From  that 
line  down  to  the  desert  floor,  eight 
or  nine  hundred  feet  below,  was 
nothing  but  a  maze  of  gullies,  small 
canyons,  and  ridges  of  pock-marked 
"Irish  potatoes  in  stone,"  carved  and 
piled  thereby  the  ancient  waters  and 
eroded  later  by  the  desert  wind.  To 
bring  wagons  down  that  place  look- 
ed as  impossible  as  a  flight  to  Mars. 

"It  was  here,"  Zeke  said,  "that 
the  original  scouts  almost  gave  up 
finding  a  way  down.  After  two 
days'  looking,  they  finally  knelt 
down  and  prayed,  and  soon  after 
that  some  mountain  goats  showed 


54 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     JANUARY,     1940 


HOLE-IN-THE-ROCK 


up  from  nowhere.  They  shinnied 
off  down  the  side  of  the  Mesa.  The 
scouts  followed  them,  and  later 
when  the  wagon  train  finally  arrived 
from  Hole-in-the-Rock,  they  fol- 
lowed down  the  exact  trail  set  by 
those  goats.  Wait  till  you  see  it." 
The  wait  wasn't  long. 

We  ate  a  liquid  lunch  in  the  scant 
shade  of  a  broken  cedar — tomatoes, 
peaches,  pineapple,  with  lots  of 
syrup,  to  avoid  excessive  thirst  in 
the  middle  of  the  hot  day— and  half 
an  hour  later  we  were  at  the  bottom 
of  the  first  of  the  three  dugways 
which  had  catapulted  the  wagons 
down  off  the  Mesa.  We  looked  at 
the  old  road  in  amazement. 

The  blasted  out  section  was  prob- 
ably less  than  a  hundred  feet  down, 
but  it  pitched  towards  us  at  an  angle 
of  some  forty  degrees,  banging  down 
in  a  series  of  rough,  broken  drops 
sometimes  a  foot  or  more  at  a  time. 
To  the  immediate  right  of  the  dug- 
way  was  a  giant  pothole,  dropping 
the  entire  distance  in  one  perpen- 
dicular plunge.  Scarcely  six  feet 
separated  the  blasted-out  wall  from 
the  dizzy  edge,  and  it  seemed  im- 
possible that  anyone  would  dare 
drive  a  wagon  between  the  two. 

"Mormon  dugways,"  Zeke  ob- 
served with  a  wide  grin  at  our 
shocked  faces,  "reminded  one  old 
pioneer  of  the  cowboys  beefsteak: 
just  done  enough  to  eat  raw!" 

"He  knew  his — dugways,"  said 
Whitaker  through  grim  lips. 

The  other  two  dugways  were  just 
as  bad,  the  last  one  even  worse  in 
angle  of  descent.  The  horses  picked 
their  way  gingerly.  It  seemed  a 
miracle  they  could  even  keep  their 
feet  on  such  a  trail.  (I  had  Zeke 
take  the  whole  train  up,  then  come 
back  down  while  I  took  motion  pic- 
tures. )  When  we  finally  pulled 
away  from  those  Slick  Rocks,  up  the 
Mesa,  we  determined  if  Hole-in-the- 
Rock  were  any  worse,  we'd  be  glad 
to  give  the  whole  trail  back  to  the 
pioneers — with  emphasis. 

We  reached  the  river  at  noon  on 
the  fourth  day.  And  Hole-in-the- 
Rock  looked  worse!  As  we  stood 
at  what  seemed  the  bottom  of  the 
world,  looking  up  to  the  top  of  those 
great  walls,  which  appeared  riveted 
against  the  very  top  of  the  sky,  and 
our  eyes  followed  the  course  of  that 
gigantic  crack  which  rushed  down 
at  us  from  the  blue  sky  far  above,  we 
had  to  stand  for  a  moment  in  silent 
tribute  to  the  courage  of  people  who 
would  dare  drive  wagons  into  such 


RICHARDSON    AND    WHITAKER 

"We  slept  in  our  shirts  and   left  our  razors  in 
Blanding." 

a  place.  It  seemed  no  wagon  ever 
made  could  hold  together  and  come 
down  that  wild  slide.  But  it  had 
been  done:     Successfully! 

We  had  made  arrangements  be- 
fore leaving  Detroit  to  have  Zeke 
put  a  raft  or  boat  across  the  stream, 
and  swim  a  horse  to  the  other  side. 
There  seemed  no  other  way  of  pic- 
turing on  film  what  it  meant  to  the 
pioneers  to  swim  their  cattle  and 
horses  across  and  float  eighty-two 
wagons  over.    Now  as  we  looked  at 


the  thick  swirling  current  we  quite 
lost  our  enthusiasm  for  the  job.  We 
found  an  old  tin  boat  high  in  the 
brush  that  had  a  date  mark  of  1915 
on  it.  We  had  no  idea  how  it  got 
there,  but  Zeke  decided  it  would  be 
safer  than  a  raft  despite  the  fact  it 
leaked  like  a  basket.  A  1  x6  ripped 
from  the  boat  floor  and  split  in  the 
middle,  became  the  paddles.  Whit- 
taker  was  to  handle  them;  Jim  Mike 
was  to  do  the  bailing,  and  Zeke  led 
the  horse. 

The  first  try  was  unsuccessful :  the 
horse  pulled  them  back  to  the  bank. 
The  second  try  got  them  into  the 
current,  but  the  horse  still  refused 
to  strike  for  the  other  side.  He 
swam  round  and  round  the  boat 
while  the  river  swept  them  far  down 
stream.  He  was  finally  turned  loose 
to  save  himself  from  drowning. 
With  difficulty  the  "leaking  old  tub" 
was  also  pulled  back  to  our  shore. 
The  third  try,  with  a  different  horse, 
brought  success.  He  swam  like  a 
duck.  But  hours  later  while  we  stood 
around  the  camp  fire  with  night 
settled  over  us  like  a  satin  comforter, 
and  the  moon  making  ghostly  shad- 
ows on  the  great  walls,  we  were 
sure  we  had  an  inkling  of  what  it 
was  like  on  that  cold  January  day, 
1 880,  when  the  first  wagon  careened 
wildly  down  that  crack  opposite  us, 
and  slipped  gingerly  into  the  cur- 
(Conctuded  on  page  56) 


He:      "Dear,     I've     made      a     lot      of     resolutions     this     year." 
She:  "So  have  I . . .  I've  decided  to  buy  all  my  clothes  at  Z  C  M  I !" 


55 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    JANUARY,    1940 


HOLE-IN-THE-ROCK 


(Concluded  from  page  55) 
rent  that  now  whined  so  softly  at  our 
very  feet. 

Next  morning  we  crossed  again 
and  climbed  to  the  top  of  the  famous 
Hole.  It  took  us  almost  two  hours 
to  make  the  distance,  for  the  sun  was 
terrific,  and  the  steep  grade,  strewn 
now  with  huge  boulders,  made  the 
going  very  slow  indeed.  The  nar- 
row part  of  the  crack  itself  was  all 
Zeke  had  described:  close-walled, 
terrifying,  scarred  by  the  wheelhubs 
of  heavy  wagons!  It  seemed  impos- 
sible to  believe  that  eighty-two  of 
them  had  ever  made  the  wild  de- 
scent. But  the  scars,  the  small 
hand-drilled  holes  that  had  held  pegs 
anchoring  brush,  logs,  and  loose 
rock  to  the  slanting  face  of  the  slick- 
rocked  turn  half  way  down,  and 
the  stone  steps  both  there  and  at  the 
top  of  the  Hole,  too,  bore  mute  testi- 
mony we  could  not  deny.  On  the 
desert  floor  above  we  found  part  of 
an  old  iron  wheel — probably  a  fly- 
wheel of  a  smithy's  forge — and 
broken  bits  of  dishes,  to  add  weight 
to  that  already  impressive  testimony. 
The  whole  silent  atmosphere  seemed 


(Continued  from  page  17) 
And  she  walked  around  the  big 
kitchen,  admiring  the  new  sink  and 
the  big  steel  range,  the  shining  brass 
candlesticks,  and  the  dresser  with 
its  willow  pattern  plates  and  bowl 
and  marigolds. 

"But,  where's  the  American 
dresser?"  she  demanded. 

"That's  in  the  workshop  noo  fin- 
ished yet,"  said  her  friend,  smiling. 
"And  ye  must  come  richt  oot  there. 
I  wouldna  miss  Ian's  face  when  he 
sees  ye  for  the  world." 

"I  didn't  know  he  was  home," 
said  the  girl.  A  strange  feeling  of 
eagerness  mixed  with  reluctance 
filled  her  so  that  her  heart  pounded. 
But  Elspeth  was  hurrying  ahead  to 
the  old  barn  that  was  Ian's  work- 
shop, and  when  Margaret  got  there 

ENROLL     NOW 

(Commence  Later  if  Desired) 

$25.  Discount  on  a  Complete 

COURSE    IN   BEAUTY    CULTURE 
A  State  Accredited  School 

Ogden  School  of  Beauty  Culture 


HEAVY  GOING    IN   THE   DEEP  SAND    BETWEEN 
LAKE  GULCH   AND   GREENWATER  SPRING. 


filled  with  voices  of  the  past  want- 
ing to  tell  us  of  heroism,  courage, 
and  achievement.  And  it  didn't  take 
much  imagination  to  listen  to  those 
voices! 

Back  in  Blanding  we  found  ten 
survivors  of  that  epic  trail  brought 


Over  Egyptian  Theatre 

Name      

Address  City  . 

56 


OGDEN,    UTAH 


.State  . 


SCOTCH  WOOING 

he  was  at  the  door  with  outstretched 
hands. 

"I've  dreamed  of  you  coming  in 
this  door  again,  Meg,"  and  his  voice 
was  as  deep  and  quiet  as  she  re- 
membered, "but  the  real  thing's  bet- 
ter than  dreams." 

He  put  his  arm  round  her  shoul- 
ders in  comradely  fashion  and  drew 
her  into  the  workshop.  Neither  no- 
ticed that  Elspeth  had  gone  back 
to  the  house  with  a  quiet  smile. 

Ian  brushed  a  lot  of  shavings  from 
a  bench  and  suddenly  lifted  the  girl 
onto  it. 

"Now,  let  me  look  at  you,"  and 
hands  on  her  shoulders,  his  blue  eyes 
gazed  into  her  brown  ones  deep, 
deep,  like  a  man  drinking  who  has 
long  been  thirsty. 

Then  he  turned  away  as  though 
satisfied  and  picked  up  the  wooden 
bowl  he  had  been  working  on.  It 
was  a  beautifully  turned  piece  of 
work  and  he  was  smoothing  it  with 
emery  paper. 

"You  never  answered  my  last  let- 
ter— about  authority — Ian,"  Mar- 
garet found  herself  saying,  com- 
pletely against  her  will.  What  had 
Granny  said  about  not  beginning 
with  Joseph  Smith?  What  was  the 
matter  with  her? 


together  in  reunion  and  for  pictures 
to  finish  off  the  movies  we  had  taken 
over  the  route:  Kumen  Jones,  83, 
the  man  who  drove  the  first  wagon 
down  Hole-in-the-Rock;  Sarah  W. 
Perkins,  79;  Parley  R.  Butt,  77; 
Margaret  Adams,  75;  Charles  E. 
Walton,  72;  Mary  Jane  Wilson,  68; 
Leona  J.  Neilson,  67;  Caroline  C. 
Thurston,  66;  Caroline  Redd,  64; 
and  Jennie  D.  Wood,  61.  All  of 
them  were  "feeling  fine"  and  could 
tell  stories  that  made  fiction  seem 
tame  and  colorless.  They  did  an 
old-fashioned  dance — the  swing 
your  partner,  all  promenade,  kind — 
to  commemorate  the  big  dance  held 
New  Year's  Eve,  December  31, 
1879,  on  the  smooth  expanse  of 
slick-rock  at  the  top  of  Hole-in-the- 
Rock.  It  seemed  a  fitting  climax  to 
a  film  dedicated  to  the  courageous 
accomplishment  of  men  and  women 
who  found  no  obstacle  too  great  to 
bar  them  from  a  path  designated  by 
a  prophet  of  God. 

"And  they  fled  into  the  wilderness.  .  .  . 
And  they  pitched  their  tents,  and  began  to 
build  buildings;  yea,  they  were  industrious 
and  did  labor  exceedingly." — Mosiah  23:3 
and  5. 


"Well,"  Ian  turned  the  bowl 
slowly  in  his  brown  hands,  "I  had 
already  written  and  was  waiting  for 
Posty.  Didn't  Jesus  say,  'Go  ye 
into  all  the  world  and  preach  the 
Gospel'?" 

"Yes,  but  that  is  just  the  point. 
He  was  speaking  only  to  the  apos- 
tles. This  authority  had  to  be  re- 
stored.   Oh,  Ian,  won't  you  see!" 

JYLargaret  got  a  glimpse 
of  eyes  frostily  blue  with,  surely!  a 
glint  of  laughter  in  them.  What 
had  Granny  said?  "Velvet  gloves," 
oh,  goodness! 

And  throwing  caution  to  the  wind 
she  plunged  into  the  all-important 
argument  and  she  heard  herself  say- 
ing ere  long:  "Ian  McLean  you  are 
the  most  obstinate  individual  I  ever 
met.  Nobody  could  penetrate  that 
thick  skull  of  yours." 

"Margaret,  you  must  be  prepared 
to  meet  these  arguments  without 
losing  your  temper.  How  can  you 
ever  convince  anybody  if  you  just 
get  angry!" 

"Angry!"  Margaret  fairly  yelled. 
"I  am  not  angry,  but  you — you 
would  exasperate  a  saint.  I'm  go- 
ing 


!" 


(Concluded  on  page  58) 


&U0  W,BV  ? ^Sfkl 


Nutritionists  Agree: 

Prunes  give  you  10  essential  food  minerals,  including 
calcium  and  phosphorus — necessary  for  sound  teeth  and 
bones;  and  iron— for  healthy  blood. 

They  provide  you  the  important  vitamins  A,  B  and  G 
— to  protect  health  and  vitality. 

They  are  high  in  energy  value. 

And  prunes  are  a  gentle,  natural  laxative. 

So  include  prunes  in  your  diet  often.    You  and  your 
family  will  feel  all  the  better  for  it! 


Say  Home  Economists: 

Dried  prunes,  when  properly  cooked,  are  one  of  the  most 
tempting  of  all  fruits. 

They  should  be  served  plump  and  firm — never  mushy- 
soft.  Cooking  about  40  minutes  in  water  to  cover  is  just 
enough. 

Cook  with  slice  of  lemon  if  you  like,  and  sugar  to  taste. 
Serve  chilled,  preferably  with  fresh  cream. 

Prunes  also  are  grand  as  Prune  Whip.  Yes,  and  in 
luscious  salads,  cakes,  puddings,  pies,  and  breads! 

And  put  a  bowl  of  "raw"  dried  prunes  out  where  the 
folks  can  get  at  'em.  They'll 
disappear  as  fast  as  candy!, 


J^aWftd^r 


LET'S  ALL  HELP  THE  PRUNE  GROWERS  AND  THEY'LL  HELP  ALL  OF  US 


Western  prune  growers  have  a  quarter  of  a 
million  tons  of  their  fruit  to  sell  each  year. 

City  folks  buy  most  of  these.  But  farm 
families  must  also  buy  a  large  percentage 
annually  if  the  15,000  prune  growers  in  Cali- 
fornia, Oregon  and  Washington  are  to  make 
a  living  wage. 

Eating  more  dried  prunes  benefits  every- 
body— the  eater  most  of  all.  Prunes  are  one 
of  our  most  healthful  foods. 


It's  always  good  business  for  farmers  to  con- 
sume more  of  each  other's  products.  Such 
cooperation  between  ranchers  is  necessary  if 
each  is  to  enjoy  a  satisfactory  market  for 
his  crop. 

Safeway  hopes  to  encourage  such  grower 
cooperation  with  messages  like  this.  Because 
35%  of  this  firm's  customers  are  farmers 
and  only  when  these  farmer  customers  pros- 
per can  Safeway  prosper. 


», 


Statistical  Sam  says: 

All  the  dried  prunes  grown 
in  America  come  from  the 
Pacific  Coast.  There  are 
over  15,000  prune  growers. 
Annual  crop  averaged  as 
follows  for  1935-38  period: 
California  .  .  222,500  tons 
Oregon  ....  19,325  tons 
Washington  .       2,350  tons 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     JANUARY,     1940 


{Concluded  from  page  56) 

But  Ian  grasped  her  and  pulled 
her  back.  Holding  her  shoulders  he 
shook  her  none  too  gently. 

"Meg,  dear,  you  must  listen.  I 
have  something  important  to  tell 
you." 

Margaret  was  suddenly  limp. 
What  did  it  matter?  She  cared 
deeply  for  Ian,  His  hands,  hurting 
her  shoulders,  were  dearer  than  she 
had  ever  dreamed,  but  something 
else  was  dearer  yet.  The  principles 
she  believed — knew  to  be  true — 
could  not  be  sacrificed  for  any 
earthly  love! 

She  waited  quietly,  for  Ian  seemed 
to  have  some  difficulty  in  beginning. 

Suddenly  a  loud  hail  made  them 
both  start  and  a  round-faced  young 
man  wheeled  a  bicycle  up  to  the  door 
and  walked  in. 

"Hullo,  there!  Mrs.  McLean  said 
I'd  find  you  here." 

Margaret  was  gazing  at  him  in 
amazement  as  he  shook  hands  with 
Ian. 

"Did  Granny  tell  you  I  was  here, 
Elder  Barnes?"  she  asked,  as  he  took 
her  hand. 

"No,  haven't  been  down  there  yet, 
Margaret.  Sure  glad  to  see  you, 
though." 


[Continued  from  page  15) 
to  use  skilfully,  but  until  then  they 
were  of  no  use  in  helping  Mr.  Bris- 
bane produce  good  newspapers. 

However,  the  artist,  author,  or 
journalist  who  was  taken  under 
Brisbane's  wing  was  given  every 
opportunity  to  become  outstanding. 
He  inspired  others  to  achieve.  One 
could  not  come  in  contact  with  him 
without  being  impressed  by  his  sin- 
cerity and  his  brilliance.  Profes- 
sional association  with  him  was  an 
education  in  itself.  He  never 
stewed  or  fussed,  always  respected 
the  opinion  of  others,  and  was  ever 
courteous — always  a  gentleman. 

TK7hen  I  first  went  to  New  York  I 
met  a  distinguished  cartoonist, 
Dan  McCarthy.  He  took  a  liking 
to  me.  McCarthy  coached  me  and 
told  me  exactly  the  kind  of  draw- 
ings Brisbane  would  buy.  He  di- 
rected me  in  great  detail  how  to  land 
in  Brisbane's  office  without  being 
stopped  and  given  the  third  degree 
by  office  boys  or  secretaries.  The 
plan  worked  perfectly  in  every  de- 
tail, except  one — the  drawings  taken 
58 


SCOTCH  WOOING 

"But  how  did  you  know  I  was 
here?" 

"Why,  I  didn't!  I  never  dreamed 
of  seeing  you  out  of  Edinburgh. 
You  must  give  us  a  talk  at  meeting 
tomorrow." 

He  had  been  delving  in  his  brief 
case  and  now  drew  out  some  papers. 

"Well,  what  are  you  doing  here? 
If  it's  missionary  work  with  Ian  Mc- 
Lean you're  doomed  to  failure!" 

Elder  Barnes  gave  her  a  puzzled 
look. 

"What  you  talking  about,  mis- 
sionary work?  I  was  just  bringing 
Brother  McLean  some  report  blanks. 
Look,  Ian,  fill  these  in  for  me  by  to- 
night, will  you?  I've  got  to  get  my 
reports  in  to  headquarters  right 
away.  See  you  later,  Margaret.  I'm 
staying  the  night  at  Sister  McLean's, 
and  she  says  you'll  be  here  for  sup- 
per! 

And  before  Margaret  could  say  a 
word,  he  had  mounted  his  bicycle 
and  was  peddling  gaily  down  the 
road. 

The  girl  turned  to  Ian  and  found 
him  gazing  at  her  with  a  much  dis- 
comfited countenance. 

"You  wouldn't  let  me  tell  you,"  he 
said  plaintively.     "Granny  sent  the 


DECISION! 

into  Mr.  Brisbane's  office  came  back 
so  quickly  I  doubted  that  he  had 
seen  them. 

I  learned  later  that  he  had  seen 
them  all  right,  but  they  were  all 
wrong.  Moreover,  there  was  but 
one  chance  in  a  million  for  those 
drawings  sent  in  so  hopefully.  Sel- 
dom did  artist  or  writer  sell  his  stuff 
if  he  called  upon  Mr.  Brisbane  un- 
invited. Brisbane  did  the  inviting 
in  his  own  due  time. 

When  Brisbane  sent  back  my 
drawings  on  my  first  visit  I  did  not 
try  to  see  him  again,  but  went  after 
other  contracts  which  eventually 
carried  me  back  to  him.  Later  my 
work  was  appearing  regularly  in 
Judge,  and  the  Journal  was  repro- 
ducing many  of  these  drawings,  by 
courtesy  of  the  copyright  owners. 
They  were  being  splashed  across 
the  newspaper  page  with  big,  im- 
pressive headlines.  Once  when  Mr. 
Brisbane  was  in  Boston  an  idea  of 
mine  in  Judge  struck  him  forcefully 
enough  to  cause  him  to  wire  his 
secretary  to  get  permission  from 
Judge  to  use   the  picture  with   an 


Elders  to  me  just  after  you  went 
home  last  summer.  I  was  interested 
because  it  was  your  Church.  And 
I  had  long  felt  a  lack  in  the  doctrines 
of  the  Auld  Kirk.  It  was  like  a  reve- 
lation to  Mother  and  me,  but  you 
were  so  bullheaded  I  couldn't  resist 
continuing  the  arguments.  Besides 
I  learned  a  lot.  You  have  a  rare 
grasp  of  the  fundamentals,  my  dear." 

"But  Granny — " 

"Granny  has  known  all  along,  of 
course,  but  she  thought  a  wee  lesson 
wouldna  hurt  ye!" 

"So  that's  what  she  meant  by 
bairns  and  fools,"  murmured  Mar- 
garet.   "Ian,  am  I  such  a  fool?" 

"Ye're  my  ain  wee  Covenantor," 
laughed  Ian,  as  he  kissed  her  thor- 
oughly. After  a  minute  he  released 
her  and  turned  her  around.  "And 
noo,  ma  bonny  wee  lass,"  he  lapsed 
again  into  the  Scots.  "Wad  ye  be 
pleased  to  suggest  any  improve- 
ments on  the  American  dresser?" 

Margaret  dimpled. 

"Am  I  to  consider  this  a  proposal, 
Mr.  McLean?"  she  asked. 

Ian  looked  much  surprised. 

"My  dear  lassie,"  he  rejoined,  "I 
thought  that  was  all  settled  a  year 
ago." 


editorial  he  was  sending  by  wire — 
and  to  get  hold  of  the  artist.  It  was 
just  five  years  after  I  had  first  waited 
on  Brisbane  that  I  received  a  very 
cordial  letter  to  call. 

The  drawing  which  did  the  trick 
featured  the  word  "Don't"  in  big, 
bold,  black  letters,  which  towered 
high  above  the  surrounding  land- 
scape. Chained  to  these  four  huge 
letters  was  a  small,  worried  boy,  and 
written  on  the  face  of  the  letters  were 
many  "don'ts":  don't  get  your  feet 
wet,  don't  play  on  the  grass,  and 
don't  do  this  and  don't  do  that.  How 
Brisbane  did  scorn  parents  who  nag 
their  children!  (See  cartoon  on  op- 
posite page.) 

This  incident  shows  how  Mr.  Bris- 
bane allowed  people  to  develop — 
executives,  writers,  artists — and  then 
scooped  them  up.  That  is  why  he 
so  keenly  scanned  the  current  mag- 
azines, always  looking  for  the  tal- 
ented people. 

Brisbane's  cubby-hole  office  had 
the  appearance  of  a  second-hand 
furniture  store,  whose  owner  had 
bought  out  a  book  store.    Finding  it 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA,  JANUARY,  1940 


necessary  to  get  the  books  moved 
in  a  hurry  and  not  having  sufficient 
room  for  them,  he  had  them  in  every 
available  place.  There  were  books 
behind  glazed  doors,  on  shelves,  and 
stacks  of  books  on  a  table  against 
a  wall — so  heavily  loaded,  it 
seemed,  that  one  more  book  might 
have  sent  the  whole  mass  plunging 


DECISION! 

which  was  seated  a  dog  with  a  warm 
robe  carefully  placed  about  it. 
Hanging  onto  this  woman's  coat 
was  a  child  about  three  years  of  age, 
making  its  way  with  difficulty 
through  the  sloppy  snow.  I  hurried 
to  my  studio  and  immediately  made 
a  pen  and  ink  drawing,  making  use 
of  some  quick  sketches  dashed  off 


my  side  and  said,  "Please  write 
above  your  signature  already  on  the 
picture,  'I  actually  saw  this!' 


THIS  IS  ONE  OF  THE  "IDEA" 
CARTOONS,  TYPICAL  OF  THOSE 
WHICH  BROUGHT  THE  WORK 
OF  THE  AUTHOR  TO  THE  AT- 
TENTION OF  BRISBANE. 


1.  When  I  was  just  a  little  boy, 
As  active  as  a  cat. 
The  word  that  always  blocked  my  joy 
Was,  "DON'T  do  that!" 


downward.  An  old  trunk  had  books 
upon  it,  and  another  table  an  assort- 
ment of  current  magazines. 

Mr.  Brisbane  watched  for  new 
and  original  drawings.  He  was  a 
great  believer  in  pictures — always 
pictures.  Stacked  high  on  still  an- 
other spindle-legged  table  were  dis- 
colored, dusty  drawings.  He  could 
reach  under  that  pile  of  drawings 
and  pull  out  the  one  he  desired, 
even  though  he  had  not  seen  some  of 
the  material  in  more  than  a  year. 

Always  on  his  desk  was  a  mass  of 
newspapers — a  great  stack  of  mail 
to  look  over.  Within  handy  reach, 
Mr.  Brisbane  kept  his  often-used 
Bible.  All  of  his  books,  although 
scattered  over  the  room  and  perched 
at  different  angles,  were  there  for 
a  purpose. 

Mr.  Brisbane  was  convincing 
when  we  talked  about  his  favorite 
subject — advertising.  To  get  an 
enthusiastic  response  from  him,  one 
had  only  to  ask  him  what  he  con- 
sidered effective  advertising.  He 
would  tell  you  what  he  had  proved: 
"Repetition  is  reputation,  if  the 
product  is  worthy.  The  advertise- 
ment must  be  seen.  It  must  be  read. 
It  must  be  understood.  It  must  be 
believed." 

Mr.  Brisbane  demanded  facts;  he 
presented  facts,  clearly  and  force- 
fully. One  winter  day,  in  New  York 
City,  I  was  going  along  West  23rd 
Street.  Coming  towards  me  was  a 
woman  pushing  a  baby  carriage,  in 


while  on  the  street.  Mr.  Brisbane 
was  incensed  and  wrote  a  masterful 
editorial  around  the  picture. 

The  drawing  was  so  out  of  the 
ordinary,  he  questioned  me  at  great 
length,  because  he  wanted  to  be  sure 
of  the  facts.  After  Mr.  Brisbane 
had  asked  me  several  sharp,  direct 
questions  he  was  convinced  I  had 
seen  the  incident.  Turning  to  his 
secretary,  he  asked  him  to  bring  pen 
and  ink  from  the  art  room,  which 
was  done.     Mr.  Brisbane  stood  at 


my   side   and    said,    "Please   write 
signature  already  - 
ctually  saw  this!' 

Arthur  Brisbane  valued  time 
above  all  else — his  time — your 
time.  One  drawing  I  created  for 
him,  "Time,"  gave  him  an  unusual 
thrill  and  sent  him  hurrying  to  his 
dictating  machine.  If  ever  he  wrote 
into  an  editorial,  himself,  his  divine 
creed,  his  sincere  belief,  it  was  into 
this  editorial  on  "Time." 

His  big  caption  to  go  with  this 
full-page  editorial  was  "All  You 
Own  Is  Time!"  In  a  panel  he  had 
this  to  say :  "One  Thing  Is  Certain : 
the  Only  Real  Thing  in  the  Little 
Speck  of  Consciousness  Which  We 
Call  Human  Life  Is  Time.  And  All 
That  We  Are  and  Do  Is  the  Exer- 
cise of  a  Little  Force,  a  Little  Human 
Vibration  Within  Fleeting  Time. 
So  We  Suggest  a  Monument  to 
Time  and  Sermons  in  Time's 
Honor." 

The  cartoon  ( see  illustration  page 
1 5 )  showed  an  immense  shaft  tower- 
ing skyward,  and  on  the  four  sides  in 
bold  letters  were  the  words  TIME. 
Mounted  on  top  of  this  shaft  was  a 
large  alarm  clock,  continually  ring- 
ing and  sending  out  lightning-shaped 
flashes  bearing  messages  of  this  na- 
ture :  "Time  is  Man's  most  precious 
possession."  "What  did  you  do 
yesterday?"  "What  are  you  doing 
today?"  "Are  you  wasting  your 
time?"  At  the  base  stood  a  man 
(Concluded  on  page  60) 


nsnc 


3t*C 


:x*c 


:xjc 


DOC 


3tx: 


3**C 


:xtc 


3iSC 


xx and  the  truth  shall  make 

you  free" 

This  ringing  declaration  of  the  Master  forms  the  inspiring  theme  of 
the  19th  annual  "Leadership  Week"  which  will  be  held  at  Brigham  Young 
University  January  22  to  26. 

Truth-seeking  is  also  the  fundamental  guide  of  educational  advance- 
ment at  the  University.  By  gaining  and  applying  truth,  young  men  and 
women  become  free  to  achieve  the  greatness  that  is  their  destiny. 


"8 


WINTER  QUARTER 
January  2  to  March  15 


SPRING  QUARTER 
March  18  to  lune  4 


L 


BRIGHAM   YOUNG    UNIVERSITY 

PROVO,  UTAH 
HiC 


59 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    JANUARY,    1940 


DECISION! 


(Concluded  from  page  59) 
speaking  to  the  multitude — people 
of  different  ages — a  few  interested, 
and  many  indifferent.  On  the  face 
of  this  clock  was  written  twelve 
times  the  word  "Opportunity,"  used 
to  designate  the  hour  figures.  The 
two  hands  pointed  directly  at  the 
hour — Opportunity. 

Here  are  some  excerpts  from  this 
editorial  done  as  only  Brisbane  knew 
how  to  write  it: 

In  an  hour  you  can  map  out  in  thought, 
or  in  written  words,  a  course  of  conduct, 
a  plan  of  action  that  may  change  and  benefit 
your  entire  life.  .  .  .  But  we  wander 
through  lite,  scattering  that  of  which  we 
have  only  a  certain  amount,  wasting  the 
only  thing  that  we  really  possess — Time.  .  . 

The  seconds,  the  minutes,  the  hours,  days, 
weeks,  months,  and  years  pass.  When 
twenty-five  years  have  gone  you  have  lost 
your  best  chance.  When  twenty-five  years 
more  are  wasted,  you  have  lost  your 
remaining  good  chance.  And  at  the  end 
of  the  third  period  of  twenty-five  years, 
you  have  lost  all  your  chances,  and  your 
life  as  well,  usually.  .  .  . 

Suppose  that  a  man  today  is  able  to  read, 
and  otherwise  comparatively  ignorant.     In 


one  year  from  today,  if  he  will  use  his  time, 
and  only  his  spare  time,  he  may  be  a  man 
of  good  average  education. 

The  reading  of  a  dozen  books  properly 
selected  would  give  a  man  knowledge  suf- 
ficient of  history,  of  astronomy,  of  geology, 
of  evolution,  of  philosophy,  of  physiology, 
and  a  knowledge  of  human  thought. 

For  a  little  while  men  study,  because  they 
are  compelled  to.  And  for  a  good  many 
years  they  pass  the  time  forgetting  that 
which  they  have  only  partly  learned.  And 
at  the  end  they  drop  into  the  grave,  old 
and  more  ignorant  than  they  were  as  chil- 
dren. 

On  the  face  of  the  clock  you  will  see 
every  hour  is  marked  Opportunity.  And 
every  hour  is  marked  correctly.  You  have 
not  every  hour  the  opportunity  to  make  a 
fortune  or  a  great  name,  but  you  have  the 
opportunity  to  use  your  time.  .  .  . 

Cut  out  this  picture;  put  it  where  you  can 
see  it  occasionally,  for  a  while  at  least  .  .  . 
and  if  you  stop  time's  waste,  you  will  have 
reason  to  be  glad  that  this  picture  met  your 
eye.  .  .  . 

The  only  time  in  which  to  appreciate  the 
importance  of  time  is  this  second  that  is 


passing! 


Arthur  Brisbane  had  a  noble  back- 
ground of  achievement.     His  work 


is  itself  a  monument  to  time.  That  is 
the  enduring  picture  of  him  which  I 
have  kept  from  my  numerous  first- 
hand impressions — notes  made  over 
the  years  in  the  spirit  of  enthusiasm 
and  sincerity — an  endearing  appre- 
ciation of  a  great  man. 

Today  as  one  looks  intelligently 
at  Brisbane's  life-work,  one  sees  him 
secure,  at  the  very  top,  because  he 
always  incorporated  into  his  own 
life  that  which  he  had  continuously 
asked  others  to  do.  Concerning  the 
hereafter  he  said: 

Eternity  is  glorious  to  a  man  of  ambi- 
tion, who  believes  that  his  soul  and  his  life 
will  endure  forever;  that  he,  like  time,  is 
eternal.  Eternity  will  give  him  plenty  of 
time  for  his  ambitions  to  be  realized. 

The  timid  soul,  shrinking  from  the  fearful 
stretch  of  eternal  years,  or  the  bitter  mind, 
convinced  that  this  little  life  ends  everything, 
need  find  no  terror  in  eternity.  For  if, 
indeed,  they  go  to  sleep  and  never  awaken, 
eternity  does  not  interest  them.  If  you  went 
to  sleep  tonight  it  would  not  matter  to  you, 
as  regards  time,  whether  you  awoke  to- 
morrow morning  or  a  thousand  million 
years  hence. 


THE  FIRST  DAY  OF  THE  SWARM 


(Continued  [rom  page  12) 
seven  great  fields  which  the  Bee- 
Hive  Girl  explores  remain  the  same, 
but  new,  colorful  approaches  and 
study  have  been  introduced.  Now 
instead  of  waiting  for  the  fourteen- 
year-old  girl  to  enter  this  work,  the 
young  Latter-day  Saint  girl  enters 
into  the  Bee-Hive  Department  at  the 
age  of  twelve.  Here  she  learns 
what  the  Spirit  of  the  Hive  is,  and 
she  progresses  from  the  first  rank 
of  Builder  in  the  Hive,  where  she 
makes  her  trial  flights  into  the  seven 
great  fields  of  life,  on  to  the  second 
stage,  known  as  the  rank  of  Gatherer 
of  Honey,  where  she  gathers  and 
stores  everything  that  is  "lovely,  or 


(Continued  from  page  1 1 ) 
as   to  reform   humanity.   But   who 
would  advocate  killing  humanity  be- 
cause they  are  slow  to  reform? 

We  must  be  patient  with  our 
American  system.  It  will  take  a  long 
time  to  eliminate  the  imperfections 
in  its  operation.  To  be  patient  it  is 
necessary  to  be  tolerant — tolerant  of 
other  people  and  their  views.  Every- 
thing we  do  in  America  is  a  compos- 
ite of  many  opinions.  The  unifying 
element  in  our  national  affairs  is 
common  purpose  and  desire.  I  like 
to  think  that  all  Americans,  how- 
60 


of  good  report,  or  praiseworthy"  for 
her  everyday  use,  then  on  to  the 
final  rank  of  the  Bee-Hive  depart- 
ment, known  as  the  Guardian  of  the 
Treasure,  where  she  is  taught  to 
guard  well  the  golden  Treasure  of 
her  Hive  of  Life,  to  replenish  it  with 
Flowers  of  Experience  all  along  the 
way,  and  to  use  these  experiences 
wisely  for  her  present  and  her  future 
good.  Greater  than  all  these,  is  the 
spirit  of  Service.  She  learns  to  share 
generously  with  others  all  of  her 
sweetness. 

As  a  result  of  the  birth  of  this 
Bee-Hive  department  twenty-five 
years  ago,  the  self-assertive,  com- 
plex girl  of  that  period  was  taught, 


THE  GOSPEL  OF  WORK 

ever  their  views  may  vary  as  to 
methods  and  policies,  have  common 
desire  to  maintain  our  fundamental 
liberties,  one  of  the  most  important 
of  which  is  our  system  of  free  en- 
terprise. So  I  hesitate  to  impugn 
men's  motives,  even  though  I  do  not 
agree  with  their  methods.  I  make 
these  observations  because  I  want 
to  enter  a  plea  for  intelligent  coop- 
eration among  all  who  have  regard 
for  our  American  institutions  and 
principles. 

There  is  a  great  need  for  cooper- 
ation in  the  field  of  economics.  Our 


and  through  the  last  twenty-five 
years  this  same  age  group  have  had 
the  spirit  of  Bee-Hive  work  to  guide 
and  direct  their  girlhood  lives.  The 
girl  of  today  and  yesterday  has  felt 
the  influence,  participated  in  the  ac- 
tivity, and  gleaned  the  religious 
teachings  from  Bee-Hive  work.  On 
this  the  Twenty-fifth  Anniversary  of 
the  birth  of  Bee-Hive  work  into  the 
Young  Women's  Mutual  Improve- 
ment Association  of  the  Church, 
high  tribute  is  paid  for  the  plans  and 
the  work  of  those  who  originated  it, 
and  to  those  leaders  who  have  faith- 
fully and  attractively  instilled  it  into 
the  girl  life  of  the  Church. 

Many  Happy  Returns,  Bee-Hive! 


citizens  must  themselves  be  educat- 
ed to  understand  the  systems  under 
which  they  live  and  work.  They 
must  know  enough  to  establish  the 
proper  education  for  themselves  and 
their  children  and  reach  conclusions 
for  themselves,  I  believe  that  it  is 
neither  wise  nor  safe  to  leave  the 
determination  of  our  educational 
systems  and  policies  exclusively  to 
the  professional  educators.  I  do  not 
discount  the  valuable  service  of  our 
teachers.  I  should  always  want  their 
expert  advice,  but  I  am  confident 
that    the    patrons    of    the    schools 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    JANUARY,     1940 


should  have  a  much  larger  voice 
than  they  now  have  in  the  establish- 
ment of  curriculums,  school  policies, 
and  management.  This  is  a  distinct 
subject  in  itself  which  I  will  not  fur- 
ther pursue.  I  mention  it  because  it 
has  a  direct  bearing  upon  work  and 
economic  conditions,  which  are  my 
subject. 

"Mow  to  return  to  the  gospel  of 
work — and  it  is  a  gospel,  if  ever 
God  gave  us  a  message  and  prin- 
ciple for  our  salvation.  It  would 
seem  apparent,  without  further  com- 
ment, that  the  spread  of  this  gospel 
of  work  is  absolutely  indispensable 
to  the  solution  of  the  problems  of 
our  individual  and  national  econo- 
my. I  think  we  can  lay  it  down  as 
an  almost  unfailing  rule,  because  the 
exceptions  are  so  few,  that  the  loyal, 
able,  skilled,  industrious  worker  is 
successful.  His  loyalty  is  his  char- 
acter. He  makes  that  for  himself. 
His  skill  is  attained  by  training  and 
education.  Even  genius  is  little  more 
than  the  capacity  for  hard,  sustain- 
ed work. 

I  am  in  favor  of  more  concentra- 
tion in  our  educational  processes  in 
the  development  of  the  useful  skills. 
The  student  who  comes  out  of  a  high 
school,  college,  or  university  with- 
out ability  to  serve  in  useful  capaci- 
ties has  failed,  whatever  his  alleged 
scholarship  may  be.  I  am  willing 
that  the  term  "useful"  should  be 
applied  to  every  form  of  human  en- 
deavor that  contributes  to  the  wel- 
fare of  humanity,  but  I  demand  that 
it  be  consciously  useful  in  the  mind 
and  heart  of  the  student  himself. 

What  better  could  we  do  than  to 
teach  every  boy  and  girl,  and  our- 
selves, meanwhile,  that  the  ambition 
of  every  life  should  be  a  distinct  con- 
tribution to  the  economic  welfare  of 
the  whole  people? 

For  the  purposes  of  this  discus- 
sion I  lay  the  emphasis  on  economic 
education.  I  am  sure  that  in  the  long 
view  of  our  living  that  emphasis  is 
not  misplaced.  It  is  not  misplaced 
because  happiness  and  contentment 
and  progression  come  to  people  only 
who  are  not  hampered  by  destitution 
and  poverty  and  who  are  able  to 
maintain  the  right  kind  of  manhood 
and  womanhood  in  reasonable  in- 
dependence and  prosperity.  Self- 
reliance,  itself,  is  a  necessary  con- 
comitant of  the  principle  of  free  en- 
terprise. There  is  no  sin  in  pro- 
prietorship and  every  man  and 
woman  can  be  a  proprietor  if  he  or 
she  but  will.    All  may  not  be  landed 


THE  GOSPEL  OF  WORK 

proprietors  or  the  owners  of  great 
property  but  all  may  be  proprietors 
of  their  services,  so  developed  and 
executed  as  to  make  them  indis- 
pensable units  in  the  progress  of  the 
people. 

Will  you  now  consider  with  me 
another  phase  of  the  economic  situ- 
ation? I  have  advanced  the  doctrine, 
for  which  I  give  credit  to  another, 
that  lower  prices  increase  consum- 
er's purchasing  power  and  promote 
employment,  and  that  better  and 
more  efficient  service  rendered  by 
loyal  workers  makes  possible  reduc- 
tion in  prices.  Why  is  it  that  the 
public  do  not  always  receive  the 
benefit  of  advanced  methods  and 
more  efficient  service?  The  answer 
is:  short-sightedness  and  selfishness 
on  the  part  of  some  men  in  industry. 
This  short-sightedness  and  selfish- 
ness are  most  conspicuous  in  two 
forms — first,  in  what  are  known  as 
combinations  in  restraint  of  trade; 
and  second,  arbitrary  and  uncon- 
scionable control  and  manipulation 
of  labor. 

While  the  two  items  may  not  oc- 
cupy the  same  legal  status,  I  place 
them  both  in  the  same  category  be- 
cause they  produce  substantially  the 
same  effect  in  our  national  economy. 
Both  tend  to  raise  prices  to  the  con- 
sumer and  fail  to  pass  on  to  him  the 
benefits  accruing  from  better  meth- 
ods and  more  efficient  service;  both 
increase  rather  than  decrease  unem- 
ployment, and  both  promote  indus- 
trial animosity  and  discord  where 
cooperation  and  unity  are  so  much 
required.  We  have  laws  to  deal  with 
the  former — combinations  in  re- 
straint of  trade.  Perhaps  some  day 
there  will  be  adequate  statutory 
regulation  of  labor. 

But  it  is  not  with  reference  to  the 
legal  aspects  of  the  situation  that  I 
am  now  greatly  concerned.  That 
which  does  give  me  anxiety  is  the 
questionable  motives  and  disposi- 
tions of  men  and  the  lack  of  fore- 
sight apparent  in  such  uneconomic 
setups  and  policies.  How  is  a  three- 
dollar-a-day  farmer  to  pay  for  a 
two-dollar-an-hour  plasterer?  How 
much  twenty-cent  wool  does  it  take 
to  pay  for  sixty-dollar  suits  of 
clothes?  How  can  a  moderately  paid 
clerk,  however  much  his  family  may 
need  it,  build  a  house  when  the  con- 
trolled prices  for  materials  and  labor 
subject  him  to  a  life  mortgage  on 
his  gainful  occupation  to  pay  the 
debt? 

I  am  perfectly  aware  that  profit 
is  the  life  of  business,  and  I  have  no 


objection  whatever  to  the  profit  in- 
centive, but  I  do  not  have  any  sym- 
pathy with  the  avarice  and  stupid- 
ity which  in  the  long  run  cut  off 
profits  and  stifle  prosperity.  It 
would  almost  seem  as  if  the  privi- 
lege of  profit  should  not  be  permit- 
ted to  those  who,  either  through  ig- 
norance or  lack  of  humanitarian 
principles,  are  not  capable  of  being 
entrusted  with  it.  It  is  here  that  the 
concept  of  the  brotherhood  of  man 
plays  such  an  important  role.  No 
one  who  recognizes  the  Fatherhood 
of  God  and  mankind  as  His  children 
can  tolerate  with  equanimity  the  in- 
equalities and  injustices  which  such 
selfishness  brings  about.  I  am  sure 
that  our  system  of  free  enterprise 
could  have  no  greater  assurance  of 
success  than  in  true  Christian  broth- 
erhood. 

However,  I  am  not  a  defeatist.  I 
believe  there  is  more  good  in  men 
than  bad  and  that  the  good  will  tri- 
umph. I  am  sure  that  the  people 
of  the  United  States  will,  through 
work,  create  wealth  and  in  that  cre- 
ation give  employment  and  happi- 
ness, if  only  the  natural  laws  upon 
which  free  enterprise  has  been  es- 
(Concluded  on  page  63) 


When  YOUR 
Home  Burns... 


There's  a  certain  amount  of 
comfort  to  know  that  should 
fire  destroy  your  home  tonight 
that  you  are  covered  by  Fire 
Insurance. 

Such  insurance  will  indemnify 
you  for  the  loss  incurred  and 
allow  you  to  rebuild  your 
home  without  financial  hard- 
ship. 

It's  worth  a  good  deal  to  have 
this  protection  in  these  times. 
See  our  agent  in  your  town. 


UTAH  HOME  FIRE 
INSURANCE  CO. 

HEBER  J.  GRANT  &  CO. 
General  Agents 

22  South  Main  Street 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


61 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    JANUARY,    1940 


SOLUTION  OF  DECEMBER  PUZZLE 


'& 

A 

N 

D 

« 

« 

1 

s 

R 

A 

E 

L 

«J 

A 

R 

0 

u 

N 

D 

K 

0 

R 

D 

A 

i 

N 

V 

i 

T 

R 

E 

0 

u 

s 

& 

A 

S 

T 

S 

$ 

5 

E 

R 

V 

E 

D 

§ 

T 

H 

E 

« 

R 

$ 

A 

E 

R 

A 

T 

E 

s 

A 

c 

E 

N 

& 

$ 

& 

L 

E 

A 

P 

D 

0 

L 

& 

L 

0 

•R 

D 

A 

L 

L 

O 

N 

I 

N 

A 

G 

E 

$ 

N 

s 

E 

A 

$ 

Q 

a 

u 

N 

$ 

V 

1 

O 

L 

& 

A 

B 

0 

U 

i 

$ 

T 

H 

E 

8 

D 

A 

Y 

s 

$ 

V 

E 

0 

M 

» 

i 

•R 

A 

M 

E 

E 

K 

E 

R 

N 

O 

1 

s 

E 

D 

P 

T 

0 

N 

E 

8 

0 

F 

& 

$ 

J 

0 

s 

H 

u 

A 

? 

N< 

a 

Scriptural  Crossword  Puzzle-uThen  Said  Solomon" 

(2  Chron.  9:2) 


>C  X=XX>!  >0<  X=><  >0<>0<  Xrx  X=X  X=X  KSOCX  *=><  X=x 


*y^5  (convenient/ 


3t's& 


nexpensive 


I 


WHA  T? 


Our  New,  Convenient,  Inex- 
pensive ready-made  Binder 
for  keeping  your  IMPROVE- 
MENT ERAS  readily  acces- 
sible with  a  minimum  of 
trouble. 

These  binders  are  durable, 
attractive,  and  so  made  that 
a  whole  year's  issues  can  be 
conveniently  kept,  issue  by 
issue,  ready  for  immediate 
reference. 

And  the  price  is  only  $1.25 
per  binder! 

See  them  in  our  display  win- 
dow, No.  8,  South  Main 
Street,  or  call  at  29  Richards 
Street,  for  full  particulars. 


eJue&eret  i  lewd 


p. 


redd  .  .  . 

29  Richards  Street 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

Prompt  Attention  Given  to 
Mail  Orders  and  Inquiries 

>Oi  XZX  X=X  X=X  X=X  XX  x=x  x=x  >a<  X=X  XZX  O  X=X  X 


ACROSS 


11 


14 


I  ".  .  .  all  Israel  obeyed  him" 
3  "he  reigned  over  .   .  .  the  kings" 
5  "And  she  said  to  .  .  .  king" 
o  "whether  small  .  .  .  great" 
9  Goddess  of  the  harvest   (Rom.) 
Old     stone     implement;     the     oil 

(anag.) 
"such    as   none    of    the  .  .  .  have 
had" 

16  "out  .  .  .  the  city  of  David" 

17  "he  built  Tadmor  in  .  .  .  wilder- 

ness" 

19  Each 

20  Do  work  like  Simon  who  lodged 

Peter 

22  South  Atlantic  state 

23  "like  the  dust  of  the  .  .  ." 

26  ".  .  .  him  with  their  whole  desire" 

29  ".  .  .  much  .  .  .  thou  shalt  need" 

30  Printer's  measure 

31  Sea  eagle 

32  God  in  Hebrew   names 

34  "Then     Solomon     sat     on    .    .    . 
throne" 


36  "Cast  me  not  away  from  thy  .  .   ." 

38  Game  implement;  scores  (anag.) 

39  Tellurium 

40  "which  .  .  .  built    in  Hamath" 

41  "on  the  altar  .  .  .  the  Lord" 

42  "And  .  .  .  the  son  of  David" 
46  Bone 

48  "my  .  .  .runneth    over" 

49  "the  Lord  hath  ...  it  from  me" 

50  "when    she   was    come  .  .  .  Solo- 

mon" 
52  "Then  .  .  .  thou   from  heaven" 

54  ".  .  .  God  was  with  him" 

55  "they  were  filled  with  .  .  ." 

56  Fools 

59  ".  .  .  no  man  any  thing" 

60  "Give    me    now  .  .  .  and    knowl- 

edge" 

61  Sunday  School 

Our  Text  from  Chronicles  is  1,  3,  5, 
14,  16,  17,  23,  26,  34,  36,  41,  42, 
50,  52,  54,  and  60  combined 


DOWN 


1  "and  the  Levites  took  up  the  .  .  ." 

2  Gift  receivers;  on  a  steed  (anag.) 

3  Helper 

4  Feminine   name 

5  Thallium 

6  Unite 

7  Suffix  of  ordinal  numbers 
10  Portugal   (abbr.) 

12  "Moreover  the  king  made  a  great 

throne  .  .  .  ivory" 

13  The   queen   of   Sheba   "communed 

with  him  of  all  that  was  in#.  .  . 

heart" 
15  Noun  suffix  denoting  agency 
18  "we  will  bring  it  to  thee  in  notes 

by  .  .  .  to  Joppa" 
V-  New  Testament  form  of  Asher 
22  Worthless 

24  Star,  a  combining  form 

25  His  Majesty 

27  Open,  as  ears  Isa.  35:5 


28  Technicians 
33  Shelter 

35  Town  in  Bavaria 

36  Footlike  part 

37  Find  time  (Dial.  Eng.) 

43  Wood  sorrel 

44  Ghastly 

45  State 

47  "be  thou  strong  therefore,  and  .  .  . 
thyself  a  man" 

50  "as  a  thread  of  .  .  .  is  broken" 

51  "the  .  .  .  half  of  the  greatness  of 

thy  wisdom  was  not  told  me" 

53  Son  of  Gad;  ire  (anag.) 

54  "Solomon    kept    the    feast    seven 

days,  and  all   Israel  with  .  .  ." 

55  Trouble 

57  "therefore  made  he  thee  king  over 

them,      to  .  .   .  judgment      and 
justice" 

58  Means  of  transportation 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     JANUARY,     1940 


THE  GOSPEL  OF  WORK 


(Concluded  from  page  61 ) 
tablished  are  allowed  freely  to  op- 
erate. But  wealth  cannot  be  created 
in  sufficient  amount  to  go  around 
and  bring  prosperity  to  all  the  peo- 
ple if  those  laws  are  seriously  con- 
travened by  any  group  in  our  so- 
ciety— capital,  labor,  or  government. 
Nothing  but  work  can  create 
wealth  in  this  day  and  age — pro- 
ductive work  of  the  laborer.  Other 
manipulations  may  seem  to  do  it  but 
they  do  not  create  real  wealth  that 
feeds  and  clothes  and  houses  and 
makes  happy  people.  The  Govern- 
ment cannot  do  it  because  in  final 
analysis  it  is  not  possessed  of  the 
elemental  necessities  for  the  crea- 
tion of  wealth.  Of  itself  it  has  no 
capital  and  it  has  no  labor.  All  that 
it  can  do  is  take  from  one  and  give 
to  another.  It  takes  by  taxation,  its 
only  ultimate  source  of  revenue;  and 
it  gives  in  wages,  subsidies,  boun- 
ties, and  many  other  ways,  but  it 
does  not  create  wealth  and  the  cre- 
ation of  wealth  lies  at  the  basis  of 
prosperity. 

I  want  to  make  it  distinctly  clear 
that  I  am  not  attacking  the  motives 
or  intentions  of  the  Government  or 
governmental  agencies  who  have 
sought  to  meet  emergencies  and  dif- 
ficult situations  with  much  novel 
and  experimental  legislation.  I  have 
never  desired  failure  for  any  of  the 
experiments.  I  have  always  wished 
for  their  success  and  I  think  some 
have  succeeded.  I  disclaim  any  in- 
tention or  any  effort  to  influence 
partisan  politics.  My  sole  desire  is 
to  expound  the  principles  of  sound 
economics  as  I  conceive  them  and 
believe  in  them  and  as  I  deem  them 
to  be  in  harmony  with  the  well-es- 
tablished and  time-tested  principles 
of  our  religion. 

I  hope  1  recognize  as  fully  as  I 
should  the  severance  of  church  and 
state.  I  hope,  too,  that  I  recognize 
the  influence  of  religion  on  life — not 
only  spiritual  life,  but  social,  eco- 
nomic, moral,  and  political  life.  Life 
is  not  a  thing  of  severable  segments. 
It  is  a  whole  course  of  conduct,  a 
unity  of  experience  and  existence, 
and  every  aspect  of  our  living  af- 
fects every  other  aspect.  I  so  justify 
a  sermon  on  economics. 

If  it  needs  any  further  justifica- 
tion, I  point  to  the  state  of  the  world. 
Behold  the  mad  scramble  of  nations 
for  territory  and  power!  What  lies 
at  the  foundation  of  this  horrible, 
inhumane  struggle?  Chiefly  econom- 
ic advantage,  control  of  the  world's 


markets,  outlets  for  industry  that 
more  food,  more  independence,  and 
more  of  the  comforts  of  life  may  be 
obtained.  Oh,  it  is  true  that  some 
few  may  be  urged  on  by  personal 
craving  for  self-aggrandizement  but 
the  real  reasons  why  the  masses  are 
induced  to  enter  and  maintain  such 
unholy  warfare  upon  each  other  lie 
in  economic  considerations.  So, 
peace,  that  most  desired,  most  pray- 
ed for,  and  seemingly  the  most  elu- 
sive and  unobtainable  thing  in  the 
modern  world,  is  found  to  rest  on 
economic  foundations.  The  econo- 
my that  will  support  peace,  how- 
ever, will  be  tempered  with  broth- 
erly love,  mutual  consideration,  and 
intelligent  and  equitable  concepts  of 
men  living  together  on  the  earth. 

We  of  the  Church  are  but  few  in 
number  among  the  populations  of 
the  world.  We  can  scarcely  count 
on  our  size  to  wield  great  influence, 
but  ideas  are  more  potent  than  size 
and  I  believe  that  if  we  have  the 
will  to  do  it  we  can  send  out  from 
our  midst  the  gospel  of  dignified, 
honest,  loyal,  efficient  service  as  it 
has  not  been  preached  in  the  world 
for  many  a  day.  We  can  extol  self- 
reliance,  industrious  manhood  and 
womanhood,  family  solidarity  and 
community  cooperation,  and  demon- 
strate their  essentiality  in  a  civilized 
state.  We  can  show  that  brotherly 
love  is  more  than  an  ethereal  ideal 
and  that  it  works  and  makes  for 
prosperity  and  happiness.  I  know 
of  no  other  people  anywhere  that 
are  so  well  prepared  in  organization, 
in  leadership,  in  disposition  and  ex- 
perience for  the  undertaking. 

I  am  grateful  that  we  have  taken 
a  step  in  the  direction  of  our  oppor- 
tunity and  our  duty.  That  step  has 
served  to  open  our  hearts  to  kindly 
and  charitable  considerations  and 
also  to  open  our  minds  to  new  and 
great  avenues  of  service.  We  will 
build  upon  the  beginning  we  have 
made.  We  will  produce  better  and 
more  efficient  workers  who  in  turn 
will  produce  better  and  more 
abundant  products  and  services. 

We  do  not  believe  in  the  doctrine 
of  scarcity.  We  believe  in  produc- 
tion and  plenty.  We  believe  that  the 
earth  is  designed  for  the  comfort- 
able abode  of  man  and  we  believe 
that  the  righteous  will  inherit  it. 
Good  men,  united,  cannot  fail.  Free 
America,  though  she  may  falter, 
will  in  the  end  find  peace,  prosperity, 
and  happiness.  The  Church  of 
Christ  will  lead  the  way.   Amen. 


L  D.  S.  Training  Enables 
Idaho  Youth  to  Qualify 
for  Excellent  Position 


De  Ralph  Perry 

On  October  4,  1938,  De  Ralph 
Perry,  son  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  R. 
Perry  of  Preston,  Idaho,  enrolled 
at  the  L.  D.  S,  Business  College 
for  a  stenographic  -  accounting 
course.  lust  a  few  months  later 
he  secured  a  position  in  the  Salt 
Lake  offices  of  a  transcontinental 
bus  line.  Though  he  had  not 
completed  the  entire  course,  he 
was  able  to  do  the  work  success- 
fully, and  has  now  been  given  an 
excellent  promotion. 

Mr.  Perry  says,  "It  was  my 
training  at  L.  D.  S.  that  enabled 
me  to  hold  the  job  and  win  this 

promotion." 

Jobs   are   more   plentiful!      Our 

Employment  Department  received 
33  per  cent  more  calls  for  office 
workers  in  1939  than  it  did  the  pre- 
ceding year.  Register  now  for 
your  progress  in  1940. 


L  D.  S.  BUSINESS 
COLLEGE 

70  North  Main  Street 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

Ask  for  "Bulletin  of  Information." 


63 


LET'S  SAY  IT  CORRECTLY 

Maya,  the  name  for  an  Indian  who  now  inhabits  Yucatan, 
is  pronounced:  ma,  a  as  in  alms;  ya,  a  as  in  account.  The 
accent  is  placed  on  ma.  Since  we  are  so  intensely  interested 
in  the  archeological  work  that  is  being  done  on  ancient  Mayan 
lands,  we  should  learn  to  pronounce  this  word  correctly. 


-^- 


Logan,  Utah. 
Dear  Editors: 

I  AM  especially  grateful  for  The  Improvement  Era.  Since 
coming  from  the  mission  field,  and  now  to  Logan  attending 
college,  I  can  see  a  greater  need  among  fellow  students  for  the 
Era.  So  many  times  students  (sometimes  not  because  of  their 
schooling,  but  by  natural  thought)  wish  to  have  a  more 
thorough  explanation  of  certain  matters.  The  articles  of  Brother 
Widtsoe  are  of  great  value  to  students,  should  they  but  pick 
them  up  and  study  further.  May  such  articles  bear  continually 
the  firm  conviction  of  the  restored  Church,  emphasizing  our 
doctrine-truth  in  the  matter,  for  indeed  we  have  nothing  to 
fear.  The  Gospel,  when  understood  in  its  grandeur,  encom- 
passes all  fields  of  knowledge,  gathering  what  truth  lies  therein. 
How  I  wish  that  every  college  student  had  the  remarkable 
influence  of  the  Era  with  him  as  he  attends  his  schooling.  Why 
doesn't  every  father  supply  his  children  who  are  away  from 
home  with  this  great  Church  messenger — The  Improvement 
Era? 

S.  George  Ellsworth. 


-&■ 


Editors,  The  Improvement  Era: 

Please  accept  my  thanks  and  appreciation  for  the  Improve- 
ment Era.  I  have  read  it  and  its  predecessors  since  I  was 
first  able  to  read,  and  I  appreciate  it  now  more  than  ever.  All 
that  appears  under  "The  Editor's  Page"  by  President  Grant, 
together  with  the  two  articles  by  his  counselors,  namely 
"The  Home"  in  the  May  number  and  "Widening  Horizons" 
in  the  August  number,  is  a  testimony  to  me  of  the  inspiration 
of  our  leaders. 

Brother  Widtsoe 's  articles  on  "Evidences  and  Reconcilia- 
tions" are  especially  good.    To  my  mind  all  these  articles  are 
masterpieces  and  should  be  re-read  and  studied  by  all  of  us. 
Nutrioso,  Arizona. 

A.  W.  Burk 


-^- 


Dear  Editors: 

I  would  like  to  tell  you  at  this  time  how  much  we  appreciate 
the  Era.    We  are  grateful  for  the  positive  teachings  we  get 
from  it  each  month.    We  think  it  is  wonderful  to  have  a  mes- 
sage from  President  Grant  each  month,  also  from  the  Apostles. 
We  are  sending  our  subscription  now  so  we  shall  not  miss  an 
issue.    We  wish  you  continued  success, 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  Olin  H.  Jeppson 

Thornton,  Idaho. 


■^- 


Dear  Sirs: 

IN  YOUR  April  number  you  published  a  letter  from  Richard  W. 
Maycock  saying  that  he  and  his  wife  were  the  only  Mormons 
on  the  island  of  Puerto  Rico.  Later  he  met  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Reese, 
with  their  three  year  old  son,  and  Mrs.  Raymond  Smith.  These, 
as  far  as  is  known,  comprised  the  Church  membership.  En- 
closed please  find  a  paragraph  which  you  will  please  publish 
if  you  find  it  sufficiently  interesting.  Mrs.  Reese  is  our 
daughter. 

Yours  sincerely, 

Mrs.  T.  L.  Fisher, 

Bountiful,  Utah. 

Zion  is  growing!  even  in  Puerto  Rico.  On  September  6,  a 
son  was  born  to  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  W.  Maycock  in  the 
Presbyterian  Hospital  at  Santurce,  Puerto  Rico.  On  September 
12,  a  son  was  born  to  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Knowlton  Reese  at 
the  same  place.  To  have  these  two  Mormon  mothers  and  babies 
in  the  hospital  at  the  same  time  created  a  good  deal  of  interest. 


CORRECTION 

Through  an  inadvertence  the  price  of  A  Voice  from 
the  Dust  by  Genet  Bingham  Dee  was  misquoted  at 
$2.00  instead  of  $2.50. 


FEARED  FOR  HER  DADDY 

One  hot  summer  day,  Mr.  White  was  busy  pulling  weeds. 
His  four-year-old  daughter,  Mary,  noticing  the  beads  of 
sweat  rolling  down  his  face,  ran  to  the  house,  shouting,  "Mam- 
ma, Mamma,  come  quick,  Daddy  is  melting." 

UNANIMOUS 

Visitor  (to  hostess):  "It  isn't  often  I  have  the  privilege 
of  eating  such  an  excellent  meal." 

Small  Son  (interrupting):     "We  don't  either." 

RADIO  IN  SCOTLAND 

"Why  are  you  smiling,  Angus — is  it  no  the  kirk  service  ye 
are  listening  in  to?" 

"It  is  that,  Maggie,  and  I  can  hear  them  taking  the  collection." 

SAFETY  FIRST 

A  woman  motorist  was  driving  along  a  country  road  when 
she  noticed  a  couple  of  repair  men  climbing  telephone  poles. 

"Fools,"  she  exclaimed  to  her  companion.  "They  must 
think  I  never  drove  a  car  before  in  my  life." 

KNEW  HIS  BUSINESS 

Willis:  "That  phrenologist  is  wonderful.  As  soon  as 
he  put  his  hands  on  my  head  he  told  me  my  business  was 
very  dull." 

Gillis:     "He  probably  felt  the  depression." 

A  PARADOX 

Teacher:      "Tommy,  can   you   give  me  an  example  of   a 

paradox?" 

Tommy:  "Yes,  sir.  A  man  walking  a  mile  and  only 
moving  two  feet." 

THE  WRONG  NUMBER 

Mr.  Black:     "I  never  knew  Green  had  twins!" 
Mrs.  Black:     "My  dear,  he  married  a  telephone  girl,  and,  of 
course,  she  gave  him  the  wrong  number." 

SHORT  MEMORY 


Father:     "Well,  son,  what  did  you  learn  in  school  today?" 
Son  (proudly):     "I  learned  to  say  'Yes,  Sir'  and  'No,  Sir' 
and  'Yes,  Ma'am'  and  'No,  Ma'am'." 
Father:     "You  did,  eh?" 
Son:     "Yeah." 


64 


SUPREME  IN  THE  WEST 


KSL  is  the  FIRST  station  in  the  Intermnuntain  West, 
the  listening  post  for  the  best  in  radio  entertainment 


FOR  NINETEEN  YEARS  the  Western  states  have 
tuned  to  KSL  for  their  favorite  programs.  They 
have  learned  that  this  station  brings  them  the  ulti- 
mate in  music,  in  drama,  in  comedy,  in  news,  in 
current  affairs. 

KSL  jealously  guards  this  listening  trust.  Always 
careful  in  the  programs  it  presents  during  its  daily 


schedule  of  19  broadcast  hours,  this  station  is  also 
in  the  forefront  of  technical  progress.  Installation 
of  Its  new  50,000  watt  transmitter  and  455-foot 
vertical  radiator  will,  early  in  1940,  bring  you  an 
even  clearer  signal  when  you  tune  to  "The  Voice 
of  the  West."     . 


KSL-Cfllumbia's  50,000  Watt  Affiliate  in  Salt  Lake  City 


Going  down!  It's  a  grand  and  glorious  feeling  if  you  have 
full  control  of  your  course.  Just  coasting  and  enjoying  the 
easy  downward  slide  .  .  .  after  the  hard  climb  up.  _  How  like 
life!-  The  downhill  slide,  in  those  declining,  yet  active  years, 
can  be  the  most  enjoyable  of  all  .  .  .  if  you  are  financially 
prepared  and  have  peace  of  mind.  If  everything  is  in  con- 
trol. A  substantial  life  insurance  estate  is  the  best  possible 
"stabilizer"  for  the  downhill  slide  of  life.  And  be  sure  your 
insurance  is  Beneficial.    See  your  Beneficial  representative. 


fisiiour 


MW»JkMT 


Heber  J.  Grant,  Pres. 


Salt  Lake  City.  Utah